Free Online FOOD for MIND & HUNGER - DO GOOD š PURIFY MIND.To live like free birds š¦ š¦¢ š¦
grow fruits š š š„ š„ š š š š š š š„ vegetables š„¦ š„ š„ š„¬ š„ š š„ š š« š
š š§
š š š„ š„ š½ š š« š³ š š š„„ šµ š š° š§š§ š« š
š š«Plants š±in pots šŖ“ along with Meditative Mindful Swimming šāāļø to Attain NIBBÄNA the Eternal Bliss.
Kushinara NIBBÄNA Bhumi Pagoda White Home, Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru, Prabuddha Bharat International.
05/31/18
Pali Canon Online
The Original Words of the Buddha
The Origin of the Pali Canon
79) Classical Samoan-Samoan Samoa,80) Classical Scots Gaelic-GĆ idhlig Albannach Clasaigeach,81) Classical Serbian-ŠŠ»Š°ŃŠøŃŠ½Šø ŃŃŠæŃŠŗŠø,82) Classical Sesotho-Sesotho ea khale,83) Classical Shona-Shona Shona,
79) Classical Samoan
79) Samoan Samoa
2638 Fri 1 LONA LESONA
Pali Canon Online
O Upu Autu a le Buddha
Le Amataga o le Canon Papa “Faapea
o se monike e fai mai:” Au uo, na ou faalogo ma maua lenei mea mai
laugutu o le Alii lava ia: o le Dhamma, o le amio pulea lea, o le
aŹ»oaŹ»oga lea a le Matai “, o le mea lea, monike, e le tatau ona e
faamaonia pe le taliaina foi upu. Ma,
e aunoa ma le faamaonia pe le taliaina foi, o ana upu ma faaupuga e
tatau ona tusia ma le faaeteete ma faatusatusa i le Suttas ma toe iloilo
i le malamalama o le amio pulea. Afai
latou, i luga o sea faatusatusaga ma iloiloga, ua maua e le ogatasi ma
le Suttas poo le amio, o le faaiuga e tatau ona i ai: “E mautinoa e le o
le upu lenei a le Buddha, ua sese ona malamalama i ai lenei monike”, ma
le mataupu e tatau ona teena. Ae
o fea i luga o sea faatusatusaga ma iloiloga ua latou maua ina ia
ogatusa ma Suttas poo le amio pulea, o le faaiuga e tatau ona: “E
mautinoa lava o le upu lenei a le Buddha, ua malamalama lelei i ai lenei
monike.” - DN 16 MahÄparinibbÄna Sutta - Le FaŹ»amasinoga Sili, Aso Mulimuli o Buddha
O aŹ»oaŹ»oga moni a Gotama le Buddha ua faŹ»asaoina ma tuŹ»uina mai ia i matou ma o loŹ»o maua i le Tipiį¹aka. O le upu PÄli, ‘Tipiį¹aka’, o lona uiga moni o ‘ato e tolu’ (ti = tolu + piį¹aka = aoina o tusitusiga paia). O aŹ»oaŹ»oga a Buddha na vaevaeina i ni vaega se tolu. 1. O le vaega muamua e taua o le Vinaya Piį¹aka ma o loo aofia ai tulafono uma na faataatia e Buddha mo faifeau ma nuns.
2. O le vaega lona lua ua taŹ»ua o le Suttaį¹ ta Piį¹aka ma o loo aofia ai le Discourses.
3. O le vaega lona tolu o loŹ»o taŹ»ua o Abhidhamma Piį¹aka ma e aofia ai aŹ»oaŹ»oga faŹ»apitoa a le Buddha. Ua
lauiloa, soo se taimi lava e tuuina atu ai e le Buddha se lauga i ona
soo faauuina po o ni tagata e faatalanoaina pe faatonuina se pulega
faamasani i le faagasologa o lana galuega e fasefululima tausaga, oi
latou o ana aulotu tuuto ma aoao, o le a latou tuuina atu loa ana aoaoga
upu mo le upu manatua. Na faapena ona faasaoina saŹ»o upu a le Buddha ma na iu lava ina pasi le tautala mai le faiaoga i le tamaititi aoga. O
nisi o patele na faalogo i le Buddha o lauga i le tagata lava ia o
Araha, ma i le faauigaga, o le ‘mama aŹ»iaŹ»i’ e aunoa ma le tuinanau, le
fiafia ma le sese ma o lea, e le masalomia e mafai ona faatumauina, ma
le atoatoa upu a Buddha. O lea na latou faamautinoaina ai o le a tausia ma le faamaoni ia aoaoga a le Buddha mo fanau. E
oo lava i nei faifeau tuuto e le i oo i le vavalalata ae na latou ausia
ia vaega muamua e tolu o le paia ma e malolosi, o manatuaga manatua e
mafai foi ona manatua ai upu mo le upu po o le a le mea na laugaina e le
Buddha ma mafai ai foi ona avea ma tagata e leoleoina aoaoga a Buddha. O se tasi o ia tamaloa o Änanda, o le tagata filifilia ma le soa tumau o le Buddha i le luasefululima tausaga o lona olaga. O Äanda sa sili ona atamamai ma faŹ»amanuiaina i le mafai ona manatua mea uma na ia faŹ»alogo ai. O
le mea moni lava, o lana moomooga moni lava e masani ona faamatala uma e
le Buddha ana lauga uma ia te ia ma e ui lava e lei avea o ia ma
Arahanta na ia faia ma le loto i ai le upu mafaufau mo upu uma lauga a
le Buddha lea na ia apoapoai atu ai i faipule, au ma ana tagata taoto. O
taumafaiga tuufaŹ»atasiga a nei faifeŹ»au taŹ»utaŹ»ua ma faŹ»amaonia na
mafai ai e Dhamma ma Vinaya, e pei ona aŹ»oaŹ»oina e le Buddha ina ia
puipuia i lona uluai setete. O
le PÄli Tipiį¹aka ma ana tusitusiga vavalalata o loŹ»o i ai o se taunuuga
o le mauaina e le Buddha le ala mamalu ma le saoloto o le Dhamma mama. O lenei ala e mafai ai ei latou uma oe mulimuli i ai ona taŹ»itaŹ»ia se olaga filemu ma le fiafia. O
le mea moni, i lenei aso ma tausaga ua tatou manuia i le i ai o
aŹ»oaŹ»oga moni a le Buddha e puipuia mo augatupulaga i le lumanaŹ»i e ala i
taumafaiga faamaoni ma le faŹ»amaoni a ona soo faauuina i lalo e oŹ»o atu
i augatupulaga. O
le Buddha na fai atu i ona soo, ina ua le toe i ai o ia i totonu ia i
latou, e taua le sau faatasi o le Saį¹ gha mo le faamoemoe o le
faapotopoto faatasi o le Dhamma, e pei lava ona ia aoaoina. I
le usitaia o lenei faatonuga, na valaauina ai e uluai Toeaina se aufono
ma faatulaga lelei ia lauga uma a le Buddha ma tulafono a le patele,
ona toe faitauina ma le faamaoni lea upu mo le upu.
Le Amataga o le Canon Papa “Faapea
o se monike e fai mai:” Au uo, na ou faalogo ma maua lenei mea mai
laugutu o le Alii lava ia: o le Dhamma, o le amio pulea lea, o le
aŹ»oaŹ»oga lea a le Matai “, o le mea lea, monike, e le tatau ona e
faamaonia pe le taliaina foi upu. Ma,
e aunoa ma le faamaonia pe le taliaina foi, o ana upu ma faaupuga e
tatau ona tusia ma le faaeteete ma faatusatusa i le Suttas ma toe iloilo
i le malamalama o le amio pulea. Afai
latou, i luga o sea faatusatusaga ma iloiloga, ua maua e le ogatasi ma
le Suttas poo le amio, o le faaiuga e tatau ona i ai: “E mautinoa e le o
le upu lenei a le Buddha, ua sese ona malamalama i ai lenei monike”, ma
le mataupu e tatau ona teena. Ae
o fea i luga o sea faatusatusaga ma iloiloga ua latou maua ina ia
ogatusa ma Suttas poo le amio pulea, o le faaiuga e tatau ona: “E
mautinoa lava o le upu lenei a le Buddha, ua malamalama lelei i ai lenei
monike.” - DN 16 MahÄparinibbÄna Sutta - Le FaŹ»amasinoga Sili, Aso Mulimuli o Buddha
O aŹ»oaŹ»oga moni a Gotama le Buddha ua faŹ»asaoina ma tuŹ»uina mai ia i matou ma o loŹ»o maua i le Tipiį¹aka. O le upu PÄli, ‘Tipiį¹aka’, o lona uiga moni o ‘ato e tolu’ (ti = tolu + piį¹aka = aoina o tusitusiga paia). O aŹ»oaŹ»oga a Buddha na vaevaeina i ni vaega se tolu. 1. O le vaega muamua e taua o le Vinaya Piį¹aka ma o loo aofia ai tulafono uma na faataatia e Buddha mo faifeau ma nuns.
2. O le vaega lona lua ua taŹ»ua o le Suttaį¹ ta Piį¹aka ma o loo aofia ai le Discourses.
3. O le vaega lona tolu o loŹ»o taŹ»ua o Abhidhamma Piį¹aka ma e aofia ai aŹ»oaŹ»oga faŹ»apitoa a le Buddha. Ua
lauiloa, soo se taimi lava e tuuina atu ai e le Buddha se lauga i ona
soo faauuina po o ni tagata e faatalanoaina pe faatonuina se pulega
faamasani i le faagasologa o lana galuega e fasefululima tausaga, oi
latou o ana aulotu tuuto ma aoao, o le a latou tuuina atu loa ana aoaoga
upu mo le upu manatua. Na faapena ona faasaoina saŹ»o upu a le Buddha ma na iu lava ina pasi le tautala mai le faiaoga i le tamaititi aoga. O
nisi o patele na faalogo i le Buddha o lauga i le tagata lava ia o
Araha, ma i le faauigaga, o le ‘mama aŹ»iaŹ»i’ e aunoa ma le tuinanau, le
fiafia ma le sese ma o lea, e le masalomia e mafai ona faatumauina, ma
le atoatoa upu a Buddha. O lea na latou faamautinoaina ai o le a tausia ma le faamaoni ia aoaoga a le Buddha mo fanau. E
oo lava i nei faifeau tuuto e le i oo i le vavalalata ae na latou ausia
ia vaega muamua e tolu o le paia ma e malolosi, o manatuaga manatua e
mafai foi ona manatua ai upu mo le upu po o le a le mea na laugaina e le
Buddha ma mafai ai foi ona avea ma tagata e leoleoina aoaoga a Buddha. O se tasi o ia tamaloa o Änanda, o le tagata filifilia ma le soa tumau o le Buddha i le luasefululima tausaga o lona olaga. O Äanda sa sili ona atamamai ma faŹ»amanuiaina i le mafai ona manatua mea uma na ia faŹ»alogo ai. O
le mea moni lava, o lana moomooga moni lava e masani ona faamatala uma e
le Buddha ana lauga uma ia te ia ma e ui lava e lei avea o ia ma
Arahanta na ia faia ma le loto i ai le upu mafaufau mo upu uma lauga a
le Buddha lea na ia apoapoai atu ai i faipule, au ma ana tagata taoto. O
taumafaiga tuufaŹ»atasiga a nei faifeŹ»au taŹ»utaŹ»ua ma faŹ»amaonia na
mafai ai e Dhamma ma Vinaya, e pei ona aŹ»oaŹ»oina e le Buddha ina ia
puipuia i lona uluai setete. O
le PÄli Tipiį¹aka ma ana tusitusiga vavalalata o loŹ»o i ai o se taunuuga
o le mauaina e le Buddha le ala mamalu ma le saoloto o le Dhamma mama. O lenei ala e mafai ai ei latou uma oe mulimuli i ai ona taŹ»itaŹ»ia se olaga filemu ma le fiafia. O
le mea moni, i lenei aso ma tausaga ua tatou manuia i le i ai o
aŹ»oaŹ»oga moni a le Buddha e puipuia mo augatupulaga i le lumanaŹ»i e ala i
taumafaiga faamaoni ma le faŹ»amaoni a ona soo faauuina i lalo e oŹ»o atu
i augatupulaga. O
le Buddha na fai atu i ona soo, ina ua le toe i ai o ia i totonu ia i
latou, e taua le sau faatasi o le Saį¹ gha mo le faamoemoe o le
faapotopoto faatasi o le Dhamma, e pei lava ona ia aoaoina. I
le usitaia o lenei faatonuga, na valaauina ai e uluai Toeaina se aufono
ma faatulaga lelei ia lauga uma a le Buddha ma tulafono a le patele,
ona toe faitauina ma le faamaoni lea upu mo le upu.
Le Fono Lua
O
le Fono Lona Lua na taŹ»ua i le selau tausaga talu ona uma le Buddha’s
ParinibbÄna ina ia mafai ai ona foia se finauga ogaoga i ‘’ sefulu ‘. O se faŹ»amatalaga lea i nisi o faipule na vavaeina tulafono laiti e sefulu. na tuŹ»uina atu ia i latou: 1. FaŹ»asaoina o le masima i se pu.
2. AŹ»ai ina ua maeŹ»a le aoauli.
3. Fafaga tasi ona toe foi lea i se nuu mo meaalofa.
4. Tausia o le Sauniga Uposatha ma faipule nofo i le nuŹ»u lava e tasi.
5. Faia o galuega aloaia pe a le maeŹ»a le fonotaga.
6. Mulimuli i se faiga masani ona sa faia e le tasi o le faiaoga poŹ»o le faiaoga.
7. Fua le susu susu pe a uma ona fai sana taumafataga o le aoauli.
8. FaŹ»aaogaina o le inu malosi ao leŹ»i faŹ»amaina.
9. FaŹ»aaogaina o se fala e leŹ»o le tele o le tele.
10. Faaaogaina o auro ma siliva. Na
avea a latou sese ma mataupu ma mafua ai se feeseeseaiga autu o le
solia o nei tulafono na manatu e feteenai ma uluai aoaoga a Buddha. O le Tupu o KÄkÄsoka o le sui lagolago lona lua ma na faia le fonotaga i VesÄli ona o tulaga nei. I
se tasi aso, ao asiasi atu i le MahÄvana Grove i VeÄsli, na iloa ai e
Elder Yasa o se vaega tele o faifeŹ»au ua lauiloa o Vajjians ua solia le
tulafono lea na faasaina ai le taliaina e le monk o auro ma siliva e ala
i le faalauiloa faalauaitele mai ia latou tagata tapuaŹ»i. Na
ia vave faitioina a latou amioga ma o la latou tali o le ofoina atu lea
ia te ia o se vaega oa latou tupe faasolitulafono i le faamoemoe o le a
manumalo o ia. O le Elder Yasa, e ui i lea na teena ma ulagia a latou amio. Na vave ona molia o ia e le au monike i se faiga aloaia o le faaleleiga, ma molia o ia i le tuuaia o latou tagata tapuaŹ»i. O
le mea lea na faŹ»amaonia ai e Elder Yasa ia lava ma le au faipisinisi,
ae i le taimi lava e tasi, na latou talitonu ai na faia e le au faifeau a
Vijjia le sese i le siiina mai o le faŹ»aaliga a le Buddha i luga o le
faŹ»asaina o le taliaina poŹ»o le talosaga mo auro ma siliva. Na
vave ona faailoa mai e le alii faipule la latou lagolago mo le Elder
Yasa ma tautino atu misi Vajjian i tagata sese ma tagata faatuiese, fai
mai ‘’ o Elder Yasa na o ia o le tamaloa moni ma tama tama a SÄkana. O isi uma e le o ni faipese, ae le o tama a SÄkyan ‘’. O
le au Stubborn ma le salamÅ o faifeau a Vajjian na siitia loa le
Venerable Yasa Thera e aunoa ma le faamaoniga a le vaega totoe o le
Saį¹ gha ina ua latou iloa le iuga o lana feiloaiga ma a latou tagata
tapuaŹ»i. O
le alii o Yasa, e ui lava na sola ese mai le latou moliaga ma alu atu e
saili le lagolago a le au monike i se isi itu, o le na lagolagoina ona
manatu masani i luga o le Vinaya. O
le ono ono o vaomatua o loŹ»o nonofo ai mai PavÄ ma le valu sefulu alii
monokesa mai le itu i saute o Avanti oe na tutusa le manatu, na ofoina
atu e fesoasoani ia te ia e siaki le leaga o le Vinaya. Na
latou filifili faatasi eo atu i Soreyya e feutagai ma le Venerable
Revata ona o ia o se alii sili ona faaaloalo ma o se tagata atamai i
Dhamma ma le Vinaya. O
le taimi lava na iloa ai e le au monks Vajjian lenei mea na latou
sailia foi le lagolago a le Venerable Revata e ala i le ofoina atu ia te
ia o mea e fa na ia vave teena. Na taumafai nei taupulega ina ia faŹ»aaogaina ia lava auala e manumalo ai i le tagata o Venerable Revata, le Venerable Uttara. I
le taimi muamua, na ia teenaina le latou ofo, ae na latou tauanauina o
ia e talia la latou ofo, ma fai mai afai e le taliaina e ia ia mea e
manaomia mo le Buddha, o le a talosagaina Änanda e talia ma e masani ona
malie e faia. Na suia e lona mafaufau ma faŹ»afeiloaŹ»i ai manaoga. Na
faŹ»amalosia i latou e ia na ia malilie e alu ma faŹ»amaonia le Venerable
Revata e taŹ»utino atu ai o faifeŹ»au Vajjian o ni failauga tonu ia o le
Upumoni ma tagata o loŹ»o umia le Dhamma. Na vaaia e le Venerable Revata la latou faŹ»aŹ»oleŹ»ole ma mumusu e lagolagoina i latou. Ona ia lafoina lea o Uttara. Ina
ia mafai ona foia le mataupu i le taimi e tasi, o le Venerable Revata
na fautua mai e tatau ona valaauina se fono i VÄkamikama ma ia lava e
fesiligia fesili e sefulu o le sili ona sinia o toeaina o le aso, o le
Thera SabbjakÄmi. O
le taimi lava na tuuina atu ai ia te ia o le a faafofogaina e se komiti
o alii siliva e toavalu, ma lona aloaia na filifilia i la latou palota.
O
le au faipule e valu na valaauina e faamasino le mataupu, o le
Venerables SabbakÄmi, saha, Khujjasobhita ma Vasasafamika, mai sasaŹ»e ma
le fa misa mai Sisifo, Venerables Revata, Sambhuta-SÄį¹avÄ«sÄ«, Yasa ma
Sumana. Na latou finau ma le faŹ»aaliga le mataupu ma Revata ao fesili le tagata fesiligia ma sabbakÄmÄ« i ana fesili. Ina
ua maeŹ»a le felafolafoaiga, na filifili le au faipule e toŹ»avalu e
tetee i le au faipule a Vajjian ma na faasilasilaina le latou faaiuga i
le faapotopotoga. Mulimuli
ane, e fitu selau faipule na toe taŹ»ua le Dhamma ma Vinaya ma o lenei
mataupu na taua o le Sattasatī ona o le fitu selau pasene na auai. O
lenei aufaŹ»asolopito taua o loŹ»o taŹ»ua foi, le Yasatthera SangÄ«ti ona o
le tele o matafaioi a Elder Yasa i ai ma lona maelega mo le puipuia o
le Vinaya. Na
teena e le au faipule a Vajjian le taliaina o le faaiuga a le Fono ma
le tetee, na latou taua ai le fono a le aufono lea sa taua o le
MahÄsaį¹ giti.
le Fono Lona Lua na taŹ»ua i le selau tausaga talu ona uma le Buddha’s
ParinibbÄna ina ia mafai ai ona foia se finauga ogaoga i ‘’ sefulu ‘. O se faŹ»amatalaga lea i nisi o faipule na vavaeina tulafono laiti e sefulu. na tuŹ»uina atu ia i latou: 1. FaŹ»asaoina o le masima i se pu.
2. AŹ»ai ina ua maeŹ»a le aoauli.
3. Fafaga tasi ona toe foi lea i se nuu mo meaalofa.
4. Tausia o le Sauniga Uposatha ma faipule nofo i le nuŹ»u lava e tasi.
5. Faia o galuega aloaia pe a le maeŹ»a le fonotaga.
6. Mulimuli i se faiga masani ona sa faia e le tasi o le faiaoga poŹ»o le faiaoga.
7. Fua le susu susu pe a uma ona fai sana taumafataga o le aoauli.
8. FaŹ»aaogaina o le inu malosi ao leŹ»i faŹ»amaina.
9. FaŹ»aaogaina o se fala e leŹ»o le tele o le tele.
10. Faaaogaina o auro ma siliva. Na
avea a latou sese ma mataupu ma mafua ai se feeseeseaiga autu o le
solia o nei tulafono na manatu e feteenai ma uluai aoaoga a Buddha. O le Tupu o KÄkÄsoka o le sui lagolago lona lua ma na faia le fonotaga i VesÄli ona o tulaga nei. I
se tasi aso, ao asiasi atu i le MahÄvana Grove i VeÄsli, na iloa ai e
Elder Yasa o se vaega tele o faifeŹ»au ua lauiloa o Vajjians ua solia le
tulafono lea na faasaina ai le taliaina e le monk o auro ma siliva e ala
i le faalauiloa faalauaitele mai ia latou tagata tapuaŹ»i. Na
ia vave faitioina a latou amioga ma o la latou tali o le ofoina atu lea
ia te ia o se vaega oa latou tupe faasolitulafono i le faamoemoe o le a
manumalo o ia. O le Elder Yasa, e ui i lea na teena ma ulagia a latou amio. Na vave ona molia o ia e le au monike i se faiga aloaia o le faaleleiga, ma molia o ia i le tuuaia o latou tagata tapuaŹ»i. O
le mea lea na faŹ»amaonia ai e Elder Yasa ia lava ma le au faipisinisi,
ae i le taimi lava e tasi, na latou talitonu ai na faia e le au faifeau a
Vijjia le sese i le siiina mai o le faŹ»aaliga a le Buddha i luga o le
faŹ»asaina o le taliaina poŹ»o le talosaga mo auro ma siliva. Na
vave ona faailoa mai e le alii faipule la latou lagolago mo le Elder
Yasa ma tautino atu misi Vajjian i tagata sese ma tagata faatuiese, fai
mai ‘’ o Elder Yasa na o ia o le tamaloa moni ma tama tama a SÄkana. O isi uma e le o ni faipese, ae le o tama a SÄkyan ‘’. O
le au Stubborn ma le salamÅ o faifeau a Vajjian na siitia loa le
Venerable Yasa Thera e aunoa ma le faamaoniga a le vaega totoe o le
Saį¹ gha ina ua latou iloa le iuga o lana feiloaiga ma a latou tagata
tapuaŹ»i. O
le alii o Yasa, e ui lava na sola ese mai le latou moliaga ma alu atu e
saili le lagolago a le au monike i se isi itu, o le na lagolagoina ona
manatu masani i luga o le Vinaya. O
le ono ono o vaomatua o loŹ»o nonofo ai mai PavÄ ma le valu sefulu alii
monokesa mai le itu i saute o Avanti oe na tutusa le manatu, na ofoina
atu e fesoasoani ia te ia e siaki le leaga o le Vinaya. Na
latou filifili faatasi eo atu i Soreyya e feutagai ma le Venerable
Revata ona o ia o se alii sili ona faaaloalo ma o se tagata atamai i
Dhamma ma le Vinaya. O
le taimi lava na iloa ai e le au monks Vajjian lenei mea na latou
sailia foi le lagolago a le Venerable Revata e ala i le ofoina atu ia te
ia o mea e fa na ia vave teena. Na taumafai nei taupulega ina ia faŹ»aaogaina ia lava auala e manumalo ai i le tagata o Venerable Revata, le Venerable Uttara. I
le taimi muamua, na ia teenaina le latou ofo, ae na latou tauanauina o
ia e talia la latou ofo, ma fai mai afai e le taliaina e ia ia mea e
manaomia mo le Buddha, o le a talosagaina Änanda e talia ma e masani ona
malie e faia. Na suia e lona mafaufau ma faŹ»afeiloaŹ»i ai manaoga. Na
faŹ»amalosia i latou e ia na ia malilie e alu ma faŹ»amaonia le Venerable
Revata e taŹ»utino atu ai o faifeŹ»au Vajjian o ni failauga tonu ia o le
Upumoni ma tagata o loŹ»o umia le Dhamma. Na vaaia e le Venerable Revata la latou faŹ»aŹ»oleŹ»ole ma mumusu e lagolagoina i latou. Ona ia lafoina lea o Uttara. Ina
ia mafai ona foia le mataupu i le taimi e tasi, o le Venerable Revata
na fautua mai e tatau ona valaauina se fono i VÄkamikama ma ia lava e
fesiligia fesili e sefulu o le sili ona sinia o toeaina o le aso, o le
Thera SabbjakÄmi. O
le taimi lava na tuuina atu ai ia te ia o le a faafofogaina e se komiti
o alii siliva e toavalu, ma lona aloaia na filifilia i la latou palota.
O
le au faipule e valu na valaauina e faamasino le mataupu, o le
Venerables SabbakÄmi, saha, Khujjasobhita ma Vasasafamika, mai sasaŹ»e ma
le fa misa mai Sisifo, Venerables Revata, Sambhuta-SÄį¹avÄ«sÄ«, Yasa ma
Sumana. Na latou finau ma le faŹ»aaliga le mataupu ma Revata ao fesili le tagata fesiligia ma sabbakÄmÄ« i ana fesili. Ina
ua maeŹ»a le felafolafoaiga, na filifili le au faipule e toŹ»avalu e
tetee i le au faipule a Vajjian ma na faasilasilaina le latou faaiuga i
le faapotopotoga. Mulimuli
ane, e fitu selau faipule na toe taŹ»ua le Dhamma ma Vinaya ma o lenei
mataupu na taua o le Sattasatī ona o le fitu selau pasene na auai. O
lenei aufaŹ»asolopito taua o loŹ»o taŹ»ua foi, le Yasatthera SangÄ«ti ona o
le tele o matafaioi a Elder Yasa i ai ma lona maelega mo le puipuia o
le Vinaya. Na
teena e le au faipule a Vajjian le taliaina o le faaiuga a le Fono ma
le tetee, na latou taua ai le fono a le aufono lea sa taua o le
MahÄsaį¹ giti.
O le Fono Lona Tolu
O
le Fono Lona Tolu na faia muamua lava e aveesea ai le Saį¹ gha o faiga
piŹ»opiŹ»o ma masalosalo masalomia na latou umia manatu faaalia. Na taloina le Fono i le 326 TLM. I AsokÄrÄma i Paį¹aliputta i lalo o le lagolago a le Emeperoa Asoka. Sa pulefaamalumalu ai Elder Moggaliputta Tissa ma le tasi le afe o failotu na auai i lenei Fono. Tu
ma aga masani na manumalo ia Asoka i lona nofoalii e ala i le
faŹ»amaligiina o le toto o le tama tama a lona tama sei vagana lona lava
uso, o Tissa KumÄra lea na iu lava ina faŹ»auŹ»uina ma ausia le
faŹ»alavelave. Na faapaleina Asoka i le lua selau ma le sefulu valu tausaga talu ona maua le Budapha a Mahaparinibbana. I
le taimi muamua, sa ia na o le faŹ»aaloaloga o le faŹ»afetai i le Dhamma
ma le Saį¹ gha ma na lagolagoina foi sui auai o isi lotu faŹ»alelotu e pei
ona faia e lona tama i ona luma. Ae ui i lea, na suia nei mea uma ina ua latou feiloai ma le auvalu-noc Nigrodha o le na talaiina ia te ia le Appimada-vagga. Mulimuli ane, na ia taofia le lagolagoina o isi vaega faalelotu ma lona fiafia ma le tuuto i le Dhamma ua loloto. Na
ia faaaogaina lona tamaoaiga tele ina ia fausia, o loo taua, e valu
sefulu fa afe pagodas ma vihÄras ma lagolagoina malosi Bhikkhus i mea e
fa. O lona atalii o Mahinda ma lona afafine o Saį¹ ghamittÄ na faauuina ma taliaina i le Saį¹ gha. Mulimuli ane, o lona agalelei na mafua ai faafitauli matuia i totonu o le Saį¹ gha. O
le taimi na faia ai le poloaiga e le toatele o alii le taualoa, o loo i
ai ni manatu faaalia ma na tosina atu i le poloaiga ona o le fesoasoani
a le Emeperoa ma le ofoina atu o meaai, lavalava, fale ma vailaau
faafomai. O
le toŹ»atele o tagata le faŹ»atuatuaina, matapeŹ»apeŹ»a faŹ»afeiloaŹ»i manatu
sese na taumafai e auai i le faŹ»atonuga ae na manatu e le talafeagai mo
le faŹ»auŹ»uga. E
ui lava i lea na latou faŹ»aaogaina le avanoa e faŹ»aaoga ai le agaalofa o
le Emeperoa mo o latou lava iuga ma fai ofu talaloa ma auai i le
poloaiga e aunoa ma le faauuina lelei. O le mea lea, na faŹ»aitiitia le faŹ»aaloalo mo le Saį¹ gha. Ina
ua oo mai lenei mea, o nisi o faipule moni na mumusu e taofi le
faŹ»amamaina faŹ»amaonia po o le sauniga a Uposatha i le faŹ»atasi ai ma
tagata leaga, o faifeŹ»au. Ina
ua faalogo le Emeperoa i lenei mea sa ia saili e toe faaleleia le
tulaga ma auina atu se tasi o ana faifeau i monike ma le poloaiga latou
te faatinoina le sauniga. Ae
ui i lea, na tuuina atu e le Emeperoa i le faifeau ni faatonuga patino
pe o le a le uiga e tatau ona faaaoga e faatino ai lana poloaiga. O le au monks na mumusu e usitai ma taofi le sauniga i le kamupani oa latou uo pepelo ma le ‘gaoi’ [themyasinivÄsaka]. I
le atuatuvale, na alu ifo ai le faifeau ita i lalo o le laina o le
aufono a le au monike ma toso lana pelu, vavae ese uma i latou mai le
tasi seia oo i le uso o le Tupu, o Tissa o le na faauuina. Na
taofia e le faifeau mataŹ»utia le fasiga ma sola ese mai le fale tele ma
toe lipoti atu i le Emperor Asoka na matuai faanoanoa ma le fiafia ona o
le mea na tupu ma tuuaia o ia lava mo le fasioti tagata. Na ia sailia le fautuaga a Thera Moggaliputta Tissa. Na ia fai mai e tatau ona tuliesea le au faipule mai le poloaiga ma le tolu Fono e fono vave. Na faapena foi i le sefulu fitu o tausaga o le nofoaiga a le Emeperoa na taua ai le Fono lona tolu. O
Lera Moggaliputta Tissa na taŹ»itaŹ»ia taualumaga ma filifili ai le
faitau afe o faipule mai le toŹ»a 60,000 tagata na auai mo le tafaoga
masani a Dhamma ma le Vinaya, lea na faaauau mo le iva masina. O le Emeperoa, na fesiligia e le au monokesa mai le tele o monasala e uiga i aoaoga a le Buddha. O i latou na faia ni manatu sese na faŹ»aalia ma tuliese mai le Saį¹ gha vave. I lenei auala sa faŹ»amamÄina ai le Bhikkhu Saį¹ gha mai tagata atamamai ma bogus bhikkhus.
O lenei aufono na ausia foi le tele o isi mea taua. O
le Elder Moggaliputta Tissa, ina ia faafitia ai le tele o taŹ»iala ma
faamautinoa ua tausia mama le Dhamma, na ia usitaia se tusi i le taimi o
le fono e taŹ»ua o le KathÄvatthu. O
lenei tusi e aofia ai mataupu e luasefulutolu, ma o se tuufaatasiga o
talanoaga (kathÄ) ma faŹ»ataŹ»itaŹ»iga o manatu faŹ»avae na faia e le tele o
vaega i matÄupu faŹ»alosolo. O le lima o tusi e fitu a Abhidhamma Piį¹aka. O
sui auai o le Fono na latou tuuina mai foi se faamaufaailoga a le tupu o
le faamaoniga i le aoaoga faavae o le Buddha, faaigoaina o le
Vibhajjavada, o le Mataupu Faavae o le SuŹ»esuŹ»ega. E tutusa lelei ma le aŹ»oaŹ»oga a le TheravÄda. O
se tasi o mea sili ona taua na ausia o lenei fonotaga a Dhamma ma le
tasi lea na fua mai mo le tele o seneturi, na auina mai ai e le Emeperoa
le au monike, e masani lelei i le Buddha o Dhamma ma Vinaya, e mafai
ona tauloto uma i le fatu, e aoao ai i atunuu eseese e iva. O nei faifeau DhammadÅ«ta na aofia ai le Venerable Majjhantika Thera na malaga atu i Kashmir ma GandhÄra. Sa talosagaina o ia e talai le Dhamma ma faatuina se poloaiga a faifeau iina. O
le Venerable MahÄdeva na auina atu i Mahinsakamaį¹įøa’Äa (Mysore i ona po
nei) ma le Venerable Rakkhita Thera na auina atu i VanavÄsÄ« (Northern
Kanara i le itu i saute o Initia.) O le Venerable Yonaka Dhammarakkhita
Thera na auina atu i Upper Aparantaka (Gujarat, Kathiawar, Kutch ma
Sindh) .
le Fono Lona Tolu na faia muamua lava e aveesea ai le Saį¹ gha o faiga
piŹ»opiŹ»o ma masalosalo masalomia na latou umia manatu faaalia. Na taloina le Fono i le 326 TLM. I AsokÄrÄma i Paį¹aliputta i lalo o le lagolago a le Emeperoa Asoka. Sa pulefaamalumalu ai Elder Moggaliputta Tissa ma le tasi le afe o failotu na auai i lenei Fono. Tu
ma aga masani na manumalo ia Asoka i lona nofoalii e ala i le
faŹ»amaligiina o le toto o le tama tama a lona tama sei vagana lona lava
uso, o Tissa KumÄra lea na iu lava ina faŹ»auŹ»uina ma ausia le
faŹ»alavelave. Na faapaleina Asoka i le lua selau ma le sefulu valu tausaga talu ona maua le Budapha a Mahaparinibbana. I
le taimi muamua, sa ia na o le faŹ»aaloaloga o le faŹ»afetai i le Dhamma
ma le Saį¹ gha ma na lagolagoina foi sui auai o isi lotu faŹ»alelotu e pei
ona faia e lona tama i ona luma. Ae ui i lea, na suia nei mea uma ina ua latou feiloai ma le auvalu-noc Nigrodha o le na talaiina ia te ia le Appimada-vagga. Mulimuli ane, na ia taofia le lagolagoina o isi vaega faalelotu ma lona fiafia ma le tuuto i le Dhamma ua loloto. Na
ia faaaogaina lona tamaoaiga tele ina ia fausia, o loo taua, e valu
sefulu fa afe pagodas ma vihÄras ma lagolagoina malosi Bhikkhus i mea e
fa. O lona atalii o Mahinda ma lona afafine o Saį¹ ghamittÄ na faauuina ma taliaina i le Saį¹ gha. Mulimuli ane, o lona agalelei na mafua ai faafitauli matuia i totonu o le Saį¹ gha. O
le taimi na faia ai le poloaiga e le toatele o alii le taualoa, o loo i
ai ni manatu faaalia ma na tosina atu i le poloaiga ona o le fesoasoani
a le Emeperoa ma le ofoina atu o meaai, lavalava, fale ma vailaau
faafomai. O
le toŹ»atele o tagata le faŹ»atuatuaina, matapeŹ»apeŹ»a faŹ»afeiloaŹ»i manatu
sese na taumafai e auai i le faŹ»atonuga ae na manatu e le talafeagai mo
le faŹ»auŹ»uga. E
ui lava i lea na latou faŹ»aaogaina le avanoa e faŹ»aaoga ai le agaalofa o
le Emeperoa mo o latou lava iuga ma fai ofu talaloa ma auai i le
poloaiga e aunoa ma le faauuina lelei. O le mea lea, na faŹ»aitiitia le faŹ»aaloalo mo le Saį¹ gha. Ina
ua oo mai lenei mea, o nisi o faipule moni na mumusu e taofi le
faŹ»amamaina faŹ»amaonia po o le sauniga a Uposatha i le faŹ»atasi ai ma
tagata leaga, o faifeŹ»au. Ina
ua faalogo le Emeperoa i lenei mea sa ia saili e toe faaleleia le
tulaga ma auina atu se tasi o ana faifeau i monike ma le poloaiga latou
te faatinoina le sauniga. Ae
ui i lea, na tuuina atu e le Emeperoa i le faifeau ni faatonuga patino
pe o le a le uiga e tatau ona faaaoga e faatino ai lana poloaiga. O le au monks na mumusu e usitai ma taofi le sauniga i le kamupani oa latou uo pepelo ma le ‘gaoi’ [themyasinivÄsaka]. I
le atuatuvale, na alu ifo ai le faifeau ita i lalo o le laina o le
aufono a le au monike ma toso lana pelu, vavae ese uma i latou mai le
tasi seia oo i le uso o le Tupu, o Tissa o le na faauuina. Na
taofia e le faifeau mataŹ»utia le fasiga ma sola ese mai le fale tele ma
toe lipoti atu i le Emperor Asoka na matuai faanoanoa ma le fiafia ona o
le mea na tupu ma tuuaia o ia lava mo le fasioti tagata. Na ia sailia le fautuaga a Thera Moggaliputta Tissa. Na ia fai mai e tatau ona tuliesea le au faipule mai le poloaiga ma le tolu Fono e fono vave. Na faapena foi i le sefulu fitu o tausaga o le nofoaiga a le Emeperoa na taua ai le Fono lona tolu. O
Lera Moggaliputta Tissa na taŹ»itaŹ»ia taualumaga ma filifili ai le
faitau afe o faipule mai le toŹ»a 60,000 tagata na auai mo le tafaoga
masani a Dhamma ma le Vinaya, lea na faaauau mo le iva masina. O le Emeperoa, na fesiligia e le au monokesa mai le tele o monasala e uiga i aoaoga a le Buddha. O i latou na faia ni manatu sese na faŹ»aalia ma tuliese mai le Saį¹ gha vave. I lenei auala sa faŹ»amamÄina ai le Bhikkhu Saį¹ gha mai tagata atamamai ma bogus bhikkhus.
O lenei aufono na ausia foi le tele o isi mea taua. O
le Elder Moggaliputta Tissa, ina ia faafitia ai le tele o taŹ»iala ma
faamautinoa ua tausia mama le Dhamma, na ia usitaia se tusi i le taimi o
le fono e taŹ»ua o le KathÄvatthu. O
lenei tusi e aofia ai mataupu e luasefulutolu, ma o se tuufaatasiga o
talanoaga (kathÄ) ma faŹ»ataŹ»itaŹ»iga o manatu faŹ»avae na faia e le tele o
vaega i matÄupu faŹ»alosolo. O le lima o tusi e fitu a Abhidhamma Piį¹aka. O
sui auai o le Fono na latou tuuina mai foi se faamaufaailoga a le tupu o
le faamaoniga i le aoaoga faavae o le Buddha, faaigoaina o le
Vibhajjavada, o le Mataupu Faavae o le SuŹ»esuŹ»ega. E tutusa lelei ma le aŹ»oaŹ»oga a le TheravÄda. O
se tasi o mea sili ona taua na ausia o lenei fonotaga a Dhamma ma le
tasi lea na fua mai mo le tele o seneturi, na auina mai ai e le Emeperoa
le au monike, e masani lelei i le Buddha o Dhamma ma Vinaya, e mafai
ona tauloto uma i le fatu, e aoao ai i atunuu eseese e iva. O nei faifeau DhammadÅ«ta na aofia ai le Venerable Majjhantika Thera na malaga atu i Kashmir ma GandhÄra. Sa talosagaina o ia e talai le Dhamma ma faatuina se poloaiga a faifeau iina. O
le Venerable MahÄdeva na auina atu i Mahinsakamaį¹įøa’Äa (Mysore i ona po
nei) ma le Venerable Rakkhita Thera na auina atu i VanavÄsÄ« (Northern
Kanara i le itu i saute o Initia.) O le Venerable Yonaka Dhammarakkhita
Thera na auina atu i Upper Aparantaka (Gujarat, Kathiawar, Kutch ma
Sindh) .
Venerable MahÄrakkhita Thera na malaga atu i Yonaka-loka (o le nuu o
tagata Saina, Bactania ma Eleni.) O Venerable Majjhima Thera na alu i
Himavanta (le mea e lata ane i le Himalaya.) Na auina atu le Venerable
Soį¹a ma le Venerable Uttara i Suvaį¹į¹abhÅ«mi [now Myanmar]. O
le Venerable Mahinda Thera, Le Venerable Ittiya Thera, le Venerable
Uttiya Thera, le Venerable Sambala Thera ma le Venerable Bhaddasalala
Thera na auina atu i Tambapaį¹į¹i (lea ua iai nei Sri Lanka). O
le galuega a Dhamma o nei faipule na faamanuiaina ma fua mai ai ni fua
lelei i le gasologa o le taimi ma ua umi se taimi i le faamamaluina o
tagata o nei laueleele faatasi ai ma le meaalofa a le Dhamma ma
faatosina ai o latou aganuu ma aganuu. Faatasi
ai ma le faasalalauina o Dhamma e ala i upu a le Buddha, i le taimi
mulimuli na amata ai ona iloa Initia o Visvaguru, le faiaoga o le
lalolagi. Fono Lona Fa O le Fono lona fa na faia i Tambapaį¹į¹i [Sri Lanka] i le aso 29 TLM. i lalo o le lagolago a le Tupu Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i. O
le mafuaaga autu mo le taloina o le iloa lea ua le mafai nei e le
toatele o faipule ona taofi le Tipiį¹aka atoa i lo latou manatua e pei o
le mataupu muamua mo le Venerable Mahinda ma i latou na mulimuli ia te
ia i se taimi vave. O
le mea lea, e pei ona tusia e le tusitusi, i le taimi lea na matua
atiaeina, na manatu e talafeagai ma tatau ona tusia i lalo le vaega atoa
o aoaoga a Buddha. Na
lagolagoina e le Tupu Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i le manatu o le monk ma sa faia se
fono faapitoa ina ia faaitiitia ai le Tipiį¹aka atoa i le tusitusi. O
le mea lea, ina ia mafai ona faasaoina lelei le Dhamma moni, o le
Venerable MahÄrakhita ma le limaselau faifeŹ»au na latou tauloto upu a le
Buddha ona tusi lea i lalo i luga o pama. O
lenei galuega ofoofogia na faia i totonu o se ana e taua, o le Aloka
lena, o loŹ»o i totonu o le vaŹ»aiga o se laufanua anamua e lata ane i le
mea ua i ai nei Matale. Na faapena ona ausia le sini o le Fono ma o le faasaoina o tusitusiga a le Dhamma moni na mautinoa. Mulimuli ane, i le seneturi lona sefuluvalu, o King VijayarÄjasÄ«ha ei ai ata o le Buddha na faia i totonu o lenei ana. Le Lima Fono Na faia le Fono lona Lima i MÄndalay, Burma lea ua iloa nei o Myanmar i le 1871 TA i le nofoaiga a le Tupu Mindon. O
le autu autu o lenei fonotaga o le taulotoina uma o aŹ»oaŹ»oga a le
Buddha ma suŹ»esuŹ»eina i minute auiliili e fai pe a fai o se tasi oi
latou ua suia, faŹ»avasegaina pe paŹ»u. Na
pulefaamalumalu ia e Toeaina e toŹ»atolu, le Maota o MahÄthera
JÄgarÄbhivaÅsasa, le Venerable NarindÄbhidhaja, ma le Venerable
MahÄthera Sumaį¹ galasÄmi ma le lua afe fÄ selau faifeŹ»au (2,400). O a latou faŹ»asalalauga Dhamma faŹ»atasi na tumau mo le lima masina. O
le galuega a lenei aufono na mafua ai ona tusia le Tipiį¹aka atoa mo
fanau i luga o le fitu selau luasefulu-iva i luga o le maamora i le
Myanmar i le maeŹ»a ai o le toe faitauina ma ua autasi le autasi. O
lenei galuega taua na faia e nisi pe tusa ma le lua afe faselau faipule
ma le toatele o tagata atamamai tomai, ina ua maeŹ»a paŹ»u taŹ»itasi sa
latou nonofo i totonu o le ‘piį¹aka’ pagodas i se nofoaga faapitoa i le
lotoa o le Tupu Mindon o Kuthodaw Pagoda i lalo o MÄndalay Hill lea e taŹ»ua ai le ‘tusi sili ona tele i le lalolagi’, e tu mai i lenei aso.
Le Ono Lona Ono O
le Ono Ono na valaauina i le Kaba Aye i Yangon, muamua o Rangoon i le
1954, valu-tolu tausaga talu ona faia le lima lona lima i Mandalay. O loŹ»o lagolagoina e le Malo o Burmese na taŹ»itaŹ»ia e le Palemia, le mamalu o le U Nu. Na
ia faatagaina le fausiaina o le MahÄ PÄsÄna GÅ«hÄ, o le ana tele lea na
fausia mai le eleele, e avea ma nofoaga e faapotopoto ai e pei o le
SattapÄnni Cave Initia - le nofoaga o le uluai Fono a Dhamma. Ina
ua maeŹ»a, na fono le Fono i le aso 17 o Me, 1954. E pei o le fono
muamua, o lana uluai sini o le faamautuina ma le puipuia o le moni o
Dhamma ma Vinaya. Ae ui lava i lea, e tulaga ese lava e pei o le au faipule na auai i lea mea na sau mai i atunuu e valu. O
nei tagata e lua afe lima selau na aŹ»oaŹ»oina le aufaipese a leravÄda
mai Myanmar, Cambodia, Initia, Laos, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Taialani ma
Vietnam. Na
tofia le Susuga Venerable MahÄsi Sayadaw i le galuega mamalu o le
fesiligia o fesili e uiga i le Dhamma o le Venerable Bhadanta
VicittasÄrÄbhivagunasa Tipiį¹akadhara Dhammabhaį¹įøÄgÄrika o le na taliina
uma i latou aŹ»oga ma le fiafia. E
oo atu i le taimi na fono ai lenei fono, o atunuu uma sa auai na maua e
le Pali Tipiį¹aka a latou tusitusiga, sei vagana ai Initia. O
le taulotoina masani o Tusitusiga a Dhamma na faia i le lua tausaga na
suesueina ai ma le maelega le Tipiį¹aka ma ana tusitusiga i tusitusiga
uma lava. Soo se eseesega na maua, sa maitauina, na faia faasaoga talafeagai ma toe tuufaatasia uma lomiga. O le mea e fiafia ai, na maua ai e leai se eseesega tele i le anotusi o soŹ»o se tusitusiga. Mulimuli
ane, ina ua uma ona aloaia aloaia e le Fono, na saunia uma volumes o le
Tipiį¹aka ma a latou FaŹ»asalalauga mo le lomitusi i luga o lomiga
faŹ»aonaponei ma lolomiina i le Myanmar (Burmese) tusitusiga. O lenei tulaga taua na ausia e ala i taumafaiga tuuto a le lua afe lima selau faifeau ma le tele o tagata tafafao. O la latou galuega na iu ia Me, 1956, lua ma le afa miliona talu ona ausia e le Alii ParinibbÄna. O lenei galuega a le aufono o le tulaga tulaga ese lea o le ausia o sui mai le lalolagi atoa o Buddha. O
le lomiga o le Tipiį¹aka lea na ia faia ina ia maua, ua aloaia o le
faamaoni i aoaoga taua a Gotama le Buddha ma le sili ona aloaia o latou
faaliliuga i le taimi nei. O voluma na lomia ina ua maeŹ»a le Ono SausagÄyana sa lolomiina i le Myanmar script. Ina
ia mafai ona tuŹ»uina atu voluma i tagata o Initia, na amataina e le
Vipassana Research Institute le poloketi e lolomi le Tipiį¹aka ma ona
Aį¹į¹hakathÄs ma į¹ikas i Devanagari i le tausaga 1990. Fafaguina le tasi i le faŹ»alogoina o Aoaoga a Buddha i le 5 Upu
Ia Lelei Pea Lelei Ia Manatua! Mo le faŹ»amatalaga atoa Faamolemole asiasi mai:
Analtic
Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiį¹aka Research ma Practice University ma
TALA FOU e ala i http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org i totonu o 105 gagana
faŹ»anumera
Mai:
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org FaŹ»aliliu lenei FaŹ»aliliuga Google i lau gagana gagana e faŹ»aaoga
https://translate.google.com O lau LESONA lena Imeli:
buddhasaid2us@gmail.com
http://www.palicanon.org/
https://www.youtube.com/watchā¦
Batzorig Vaanchig - Morin Khuur
Tengiz TĆ¼rk
Published on Feb 25, 2015
Batzorig Vaanchig - Morin Khuur (MoÄolistan)
Category
Music
youtube.com
Batzorig Vaanchig - Morin Khuur (MoÄolistan)
80) Classical Scots Gaelic
80) GĆ idhlig Albannach Clasaigeach
2638 Fri 1 Ćgmhios LESSON
Pali Canon Air-loidhne
Na faclan tĆ¹sail bhon Buddha
TĆ¹s an Canon Pali “Nam
biodh manach ag rĆ dh:” Cairdean, chuala mi seo agus fhuair mi seo bho
bhilean an Tighearna: is e seo an Dhamma, is e seo an smachd, is e seo
teagasg an Mhaighstir “, an sin, manaich, cha bu chĆ²ir dhut a bhith a
‘toirt cead no aimhreit dha. faclan. An
uairsin, gun aonta no aontachadh, bu chĆ²ir na faclan agus na
h-abairtean aige a bhith air an toirt fa-near gu cĆ¹ramach agus an
coimeas ris na Suttas agus an ath-bhreithneachadh ann an solas na
smachd. Ma
tha iad, air a leithid de choimeas agus lĆØirmheas, air an lorg gun a
bhith a ‘co-fhreagairt ris na Suttas no an smachd, feumaidh an
co-dhĆ¹nadh a bhith: “Gu cinnteach chan e seo facal an Buddha, tha am
manach seo air a thuigsinn gu ceĆ rr”, agus a’ chĆ¹is a bhith air a dhiĆ¹ltadh. Ach
far a bheil coimeas agus lĆØirmheas mar sin air an lorg gu bheil iad a
‘freagairt ris na Suttas no an smachd, feumaidh an co-dhĆ¹nadh a bhith:
“Gu dearbh, is e seo facal an Buddha, tha am manach seo air a thuigsinn
gu ceart.” - DN 16 MahÄparinibbÄna Sutta - An Slighe MĆ²r, Na LĆ ithean mu dheireadh aig Buddha
Tha an teagasg ceart Gotama an Buddha air a ghleidheadh āāagus air a thoirt thugaibh agus tha sinn ri lorg anns an Tipiį¹aka. Tha
am facal PÄli, ‘Tipiį¹aka’, gu litireil a ‘ciallachadh’ na trƬ
basgaidean ‘(ti = three + piį¹aka = cruinneachaidhean de sgriobtairean). Chaidh a h-uile teachdaireachd Buddha a roinn ann an trƬ pĆ irtean. 1.
Is e ‘Vinaya Piį¹aka’ a chanar ris a ‘chiad phĆ irt agus tha na
riaghailtean anns a bheil Buddha a’ suidheachadh airson manaich agus
mnathan-crĆ bhaidh.
2. Is e an Suttaį¹ ta Piį¹aka an dĆ rna pĆ irt agus tha na Discourses ann.
3. Canar an Abhidhamma Piį¹aka ris an treas pĆ irt agus tha e a ‘toirt a-steach teisteanasan psycho-ethical an Buddha. Tha
fios againn, nuair a thug an Buddha cĆ²mhradh dha na deisciobail no na
luchd-leanmhainn aige Ć²rduichte no Ć²rdughan manachainn a thoirt seachad
ann an cĆ¹is a ‘mhinistrealachd dĆ fhichead bliadhna a dh’ aois, an
fheadhainn a bh ‘aig na manaich a bha dƬleas agus a dh’ ionnsaich e, an
uairsin bhiodh e an-drĆ sta a ‘teagasg a theagasg facal airson facal gu cuimhne. Mar
sin chaidh faclan nan Buddha a ghleidheadh āāgu ceart agus chaidh an
toirt seachad gu teachdaireachd bho Ć²raidiche gu sgoilearan. Bha
cuid de na manaich a chuala an Buddha a ’searmonachadh gu pearsanta nan
Arahants, agus mar sin le mƬneachadh,’ feadhainn fhƬor ’saor bho
dhƬoghras, droch-thoil agus dealachadh agus mar sin, gun teagamh, bha e
comasach air na briathran Buddha a chumail suas. Mar sin bha iad a ‘dĆØanamh cinnteach gun deidheadh āāteagasg an Buddha a ghleidheadh āāgu dƬomhair airson an ath latha. FiĆ¹
’s na manaich a bha dƬleas sin nach do shoirbhich le Arahantahood ach
gun do rĆ inig iad a’ chiad trƬ Ƭrean de shaighdear agus gun robh
cuimhneachan cumhachdach, dƬoghainteach cuideachd a ‘toirt fa-near facal
airson facal air an robh an Buddha air preasachadh agus mar sin dh’
fhaodadh e bhith airidh air teisteanasan Buddha. B
‘e aon de na manaich sin Änanda, an neach-taic taghte agus companach
leantainneach an Buddha anns na cĆ²ig bliadhna fichead a dh’fhalbh de a
bheatha. Bha Änanda gu math inntinneach agus air a thoirt seachad leis a ‘chomas cuimhneachadh air na bha e air a chluinntinn. Gu
dearbha, bha e ag iarraidh gum biodh an Buddha a ‘bruidhinn air a
h-uile cĆ¹is aige dha, agus ged nach robh e fhathast na Arahanta bha e a’
gealltainn cuimhneachadh air facal uile searmonan Buddha leis an robh e
ag iarraidh manaich, mnathan-crĆ bhaidh agus a luchd-leanmhainn. Rinn
na h-oidhirpean co-cheangailte ris na manaich thiodhlacach seo agus e
comasach dha an Dhamma agus Vinaya, mar a theagasg an Buddha a bhith air
an gleidheadh āāanns an stĆ it thĆ¹sail aca. Tha
am PÄli Tipiį¹aka agus a litreachas co-cheangailte ri chĆØile mar thoradh
air lorg Buddha air slighe uasal agus shaor-bheatha an Dhamma
fhƬor-ghlan. Tha an frith-rathad seo a ‘toirt comas dha na daoine a tha ga leantainn a bhith a’ stiĆ¹ireadh beatha shƬtheil agus sona. Gu
dearbh, anns an latha is an-diugh tha sinn fortanach gu bheil
teisteanasan inntinneach an Buddha air an gleidheadh āāairson nan
ginealaichean ri teachd tro oidhirpean co-chonsail agus co-obrachail nan
deisciobail Ć²rdaichte sƬos tro na linntean. Thuirt
an Buddha ris na deisciobail nach robh e riatanach gum biodh an
Saurlagha a ‘tighinn cĆ²mhla cĆ²mhla gus aithris a dhĆØanamh air an Dhamma,
dƬreach mar a bha e air a theagasg. Ann
a bhith a ‘gĆØilleadh ris an stiĆ¹ireadh seo, dh’ ainmich na ciad
Seanairean comhairle gu riaghailteach agus Ć²rdaich iad gu riaghailteach
gach cĆ¹is Buddha agus riaghailtean manachail agus an uairsin dh’aithris
iad gu fƬrinneach iad airson facal ann an cuirm.
TĆ¹s an Canon Pali “Nam
biodh manach ag rĆ dh:” Cairdean, chuala mi seo agus fhuair mi seo bho
bhilean an Tighearna: is e seo an Dhamma, is e seo an smachd, is e seo
teagasg an Mhaighstir “, an sin, manaich, cha bu chĆ²ir dhut a bhith a
‘toirt cead no aimhreit dha. faclan. An
uairsin, gun aonta no aontachadh, bu chĆ²ir na faclan agus na
h-abairtean aige a bhith air an toirt fa-near gu cĆ¹ramach agus an
coimeas ris na Suttas agus an ath-bhreithneachadh ann an solas na
smachd. Ma
tha iad, air a leithid de choimeas agus lĆØirmheas, air an lorg gun a
bhith a ‘co-fhreagairt ris na Suttas no an smachd, feumaidh an
co-dhĆ¹nadh a bhith: “Gu cinnteach chan e seo facal an Buddha, tha am
manach seo air a thuigsinn gu ceĆ rr”, agus a’ chĆ¹is a bhith air a dhiĆ¹ltadh. Ach
far a bheil coimeas agus lĆØirmheas mar sin air an lorg gu bheil iad a
‘freagairt ris na Suttas no an smachd, feumaidh an co-dhĆ¹nadh a bhith:
“Gu dearbh, is e seo facal an Buddha, tha am manach seo air a thuigsinn
gu ceart.” - DN 16 MahÄparinibbÄna Sutta - An Slighe MĆ²r, Na LĆ ithean mu dheireadh aig Buddha
Tha an teagasg ceart Gotama an Buddha air a ghleidheadh āāagus air a thoirt thugaibh agus tha sinn ri lorg anns an Tipiį¹aka. Tha
am facal PÄli, ‘Tipiį¹aka’, gu litireil a ‘ciallachadh’ na trƬ
basgaidean ‘(ti = three + piį¹aka = cruinneachaidhean de sgriobtairean). Chaidh a h-uile teachdaireachd Buddha a roinn ann an trƬ pĆ irtean. 1.
Is e ‘Vinaya Piį¹aka’ a chanar ris a ‘chiad phĆ irt agus tha na
riaghailtean anns a bheil Buddha a’ suidheachadh airson manaich agus
mnathan-crĆ bhaidh.
2. Is e an Suttaį¹ ta Piį¹aka an dĆ rna pĆ irt agus tha na Discourses ann.
3. Canar an Abhidhamma Piį¹aka ris an treas pĆ irt agus tha e a ‘toirt a-steach teisteanasan psycho-ethical an Buddha. Tha
fios againn, nuair a thug an Buddha cĆ²mhradh dha na deisciobail no na
luchd-leanmhainn aige Ć²rduichte no Ć²rdughan manachainn a thoirt seachad
ann an cĆ¹is a ‘mhinistrealachd dĆ fhichead bliadhna a dh’ aois, an
fheadhainn a bh ‘aig na manaich a bha dƬleas agus a dh’ ionnsaich e, an
uairsin bhiodh e an-drĆ sta a ‘teagasg a theagasg facal airson facal gu cuimhne. Mar
sin chaidh faclan nan Buddha a ghleidheadh āāgu ceart agus chaidh an
toirt seachad gu teachdaireachd bho Ć²raidiche gu sgoilearan. Bha
cuid de na manaich a chuala an Buddha a ’searmonachadh gu pearsanta nan
Arahants, agus mar sin le mƬneachadh,’ feadhainn fhƬor ’saor bho
dhƬoghras, droch-thoil agus dealachadh agus mar sin, gun teagamh, bha e
comasach air na briathran Buddha a chumail suas. Mar sin bha iad a ‘dĆØanamh cinnteach gun deidheadh āāteagasg an Buddha a ghleidheadh āāgu dƬomhair airson an ath latha. FiĆ¹
’s na manaich a bha dƬleas sin nach do shoirbhich le Arahantahood ach
gun do rĆ inig iad a’ chiad trƬ Ƭrean de shaighdear agus gun robh
cuimhneachan cumhachdach, dƬoghainteach cuideachd a ‘toirt fa-near facal
airson facal air an robh an Buddha air preasachadh agus mar sin dh’
fhaodadh e bhith airidh air teisteanasan Buddha. B
‘e aon de na manaich sin Änanda, an neach-taic taghte agus companach
leantainneach an Buddha anns na cĆ²ig bliadhna fichead a dh’fhalbh de a
bheatha. Bha Änanda gu math inntinneach agus air a thoirt seachad leis a ‘chomas cuimhneachadh air na bha e air a chluinntinn. Gu
dearbha, bha e ag iarraidh gum biodh an Buddha a ‘bruidhinn air a
h-uile cĆ¹is aige dha, agus ged nach robh e fhathast na Arahanta bha e a’
gealltainn cuimhneachadh air facal uile searmonan Buddha leis an robh e
ag iarraidh manaich, mnathan-crĆ bhaidh agus a luchd-leanmhainn. Rinn
na h-oidhirpean co-cheangailte ris na manaich thiodhlacach seo agus e
comasach dha an Dhamma agus Vinaya, mar a theagasg an Buddha a bhith air
an gleidheadh āāanns an stĆ it thĆ¹sail aca. Tha
am PÄli Tipiį¹aka agus a litreachas co-cheangailte ri chĆØile mar thoradh
air lorg Buddha air slighe uasal agus shaor-bheatha an Dhamma
fhƬor-ghlan. Tha an frith-rathad seo a ‘toirt comas dha na daoine a tha ga leantainn a bhith a’ stiĆ¹ireadh beatha shƬtheil agus sona. Gu
dearbh, anns an latha is an-diugh tha sinn fortanach gu bheil
teisteanasan inntinneach an Buddha air an gleidheadh āāairson nan
ginealaichean ri teachd tro oidhirpean co-chonsail agus co-obrachail nan
deisciobail Ć²rdaichte sƬos tro na linntean. Thuirt
an Buddha ris na deisciobail nach robh e riatanach gum biodh an
Saurlagha a ‘tighinn cĆ²mhla cĆ²mhla gus aithris a dhĆØanamh air an Dhamma,
dƬreach mar a bha e air a theagasg. Ann
a bhith a ‘gĆØilleadh ris an stiĆ¹ireadh seo, dh’ ainmich na ciad
Seanairean comhairle gu riaghailteach agus Ć²rdaich iad gu riaghailteach
gach cĆ¹is Buddha agus riaghailtean manachail agus an uairsin dh’aithris
iad gu fƬrinneach iad airson facal ann an cuirm.
Is e Doctrine nan Seann Daoine [TheravÄda] a theirear ris na teagasg a tha anns an Tipiį¹aka. Tha na h-aithrisean sin a ‘dĆØanamh grunn cheudan agus chaidh aithris air facal a-riamh bho chaidh a’ chiad Chomhairle a ghairm. Mar
thoradh air an sin, chaidh iarraidh air barrachd Chomhairlean airson
grunn adhbharan ach air a h-uile gin dhiubh, tha a ‘bhuidheann gu lĆØir
de theagasg Buddha air aithris bho na com-pĆ irtichean Saį¹ gha, ann an
cuirm agus facal airson facal. Chaidh
a ‘chiad chomhairle a chumail trƬ mƬosan an dĆØidh dha Buddha a bhith a’
coileanadh MahÄparinibbÄį¹a agus lean e cĆ²ig eile, agus chaidh dithis
dhiubh a ghairm san naoidheamh linn deug agus san fhicheadamh linn. Is
e ‘Dhamma Saį¹ gÄ«tis’ an t-ainm a th ‘air na h-aithrisean coitcheann seo a
rinn na manaich anns a h-uile Comhairle Dhamma seo, na Dhamma
Recitations. Tha
iad air an ainmeachadh mar thoradh air an ro-rĆ dh a chaidh a
stĆØidheachadh aig Comhairle a ‘Chiad Dhamma, nuair a chaidh na Teagasgan
uile aithris an toiseach le Elder of the Saį¹ gha agus an uair sin a’
seinn aon uair eile ann an sĆØist leis na manaich uile a bha an lĆ thair
aig a ‘cho-chruinneachadh. Bha
an aithris air a mheas gu robh e dearbhte, cuin agus a-mhĆ in nuair a
chaidh gabhail ris gu h-aon-ghuthach le buill na Comhairle. Is e na leanas a leanas eachdraidh ghoirid de na Sia Comhairlean. A ‘Chiad Chomhairle Thug King AjÄtasattu taic don chiad Chomhairle. Chaidh a ghairm ann an 544 B.C. anns an Uamh SattapaÄÄÄ« taobh a-muigh RÄjagaha trƬ mƬosan an dĆØidh dhan Buddha bĆ sachadh. Gheibhear cunntas mionaideach mun choinneamh eachdraidheil seo ann an CÅ«llavagga den Vinaya Piį¹aka. A
rĆØir a ‘chlĆ raidh seo, b’ e an tachartas a bhrosnaich an Elder
MahÄkassapa a dh ‘ainmich a’ choinneamh seo a chluinntinn gu robh e ag
rĆ dh gun robh e a ‘cluinntinn mar a bha riaghladh teann dha manaich. Seo mar a thachair. Bha
am manach Subhadda, a bha na bharbair roimhe, a dh ‘Ć²rduich anmoch ann
am beatha, nuair a chuala e gu robh an Buddha air a dhol seachad, a’ cur
dragh air a bhith a ‘cumail ris na riaghailtean air fad airson manaich a
chaidh a shuidheachadh leis a’ Buddha. Bha mĆ²ran manaich a ‘caoidh gu robh iad a’ dol seachad air a ‘Buddha agus bha iad gu mĆ²r duilich. Ach, chuala an Seanair MahÄkassapa Subhadda: “‘Gu leĆ²r do na h-Urrraichean, na gabh grĆ dh, na caoidh. Tha sinn a ‘faighinn cuidhteas math den ath-dhuais mhĆ²ir seo (an Buddha). Chaidh
a chuir an grĆØim nuair a thuirt e, “tha seo ceadaichte dhut, chan eil
seo ceadaichte dhut” ach a-nis bidh sinn comasach air a dhĆØanamh mar a
tha sinn a ‘cĆ²rdadh agus cha leig sinn oirnn na rudan nach eil sinn a’
cĆ²rdadh riinn a dhĆØanamh “. Bha
eagal air MahÄkassapa leis a ‘bheachd aige agus bha eagal oirre gum
faodadh an Dhamma agus an Vinaya a bhith air an truailleadh agus gun a
bhith beĆ² gu leĆ²r nam biodh manaich eile ag iomain mar Subhadda agus a’
mƬneachadh riaghailtean Dhamma agus Vinaya mar a tha iad toilichte. Gus seo a sheach, chuir e roimhe gum feumadh an Dhamma a ghleidheadh āāagus a dhƬon. Chun na crƬche seo Ć s dĆØidh dhaibh cead Saurlagha fhaighinn, ghairm e comhairle cĆ²ig ceud Arahants. Bha Änanda ri ghabhail a-steach anns an seo fhad ’s gun do choilean e Arathantachd ron Ć m a chaidh a’ chomhairle a ghairm. Leis an uachdaran MahÄkassapa na cheannard, choinnich na cĆ²ig ceud manaich Arahant anns a ‘chomhairle rĆØ an t-seusan glainne. B
‘e a’ chiad rud a rinn MahÄkassapa a bhith a ‘ceasnachadh an eĆ²laiche
as cudromaiche air Banais-beatha an latha, UpÄli Urramach air
fiosrachadh mun riaghailt manachail. Bha am manach seo air a dheagh thaghadh airson na h-obrach oir bha an Buddha air a theagasg dha fhĆØin dha fhĆØin. An
toiseach, dh ‘iarr an Elder MahÄkassapa dha gu sĆ²nraichte mun riaghladh
air a’ chiad eucoir [pÄrÄjika], a thaobh a ‘chuspair, an tachartas, an
neach a chaidh a thoirt a-steach, an aithris, ath-aithris an gairm, an
eucoir agus cĆ¹is neo- eucoir. Thug
UpÄli seachad freagairtean fiosraichte agus iomchaidh agus chaidh na
beachdan aige a choileanadh le aonta aona-ghuthach na Saį¹ gha a bha a
‘riaghladh. Mar sin chaidh gabhail ris an Vinaya gu foirmeil. Thionndaidh
an Seanair MahÄkassapa an aire dha Änanda mar thoradh air an eĆ²las
ainmeil aige anns a h-uile cĆ¹is a bha ceangailte ris an Dhamma. Gu
math, an oidhche ron a bha a ‘Chomhairle a’ coinneachadh, bha Änanda
air Arahantship a choileanadh agus chaidh e dhan Chomhairle. Mar
sin, bha an Elder MahÄkassapa comasach air ceasnachadh a dhĆØanamh dheth
le lĆ n mhisneachd mun Dhamma le iomradh sĆ²nraichte air searmonan
Buddha. Dh’iarr
an ceist seo air an Dhamma an Ć ite far an deach a h-uile deasachadh a
shearmonachadh an toiseach agus an neach ris an deach dĆØiligeadh riutha.
Bha
Änanda, air a chuideachadh leis a ‘chuimhne cheart fhacail aige
comasach air freagairt gu ceart agus mar sin choinnich na Discourses le
aonta aon-ghuthach bhon Saį¹ gha. Thug
a ‘Chiad Comhairle cuideachd seula aonta oifigeil airson a bhith a’
dĆ¹nadh a ‘chaibideil mu na riaghailtean beaga agus nas lugha, agus aonta
airson an aire. Thug
e na mĆ naich seachd mƬosan gus aithris a dhĆØanamh air a
‘BhĆ n-fhiadhaich air fad agus bha an Dhamma agus na manaich sin a fhuair
taic gu leĆ²r le cuimhneachain mhath air an cumail a h-uile cĆ il a
chaidh aithris. ThĆ inig
an PaÄcasatika air a ‘chiad chomhairle eachdraidheil seo oir bha cĆ²ig
ceud Arahants lĆ n shoilleir air pĆ irt a ghabhail ann.
thoradh air an sin, chaidh iarraidh air barrachd Chomhairlean airson
grunn adhbharan ach air a h-uile gin dhiubh, tha a ‘bhuidheann gu lĆØir
de theagasg Buddha air aithris bho na com-pĆ irtichean Saį¹ gha, ann an
cuirm agus facal airson facal. Chaidh
a ‘chiad chomhairle a chumail trƬ mƬosan an dĆØidh dha Buddha a bhith a’
coileanadh MahÄparinibbÄį¹a agus lean e cĆ²ig eile, agus chaidh dithis
dhiubh a ghairm san naoidheamh linn deug agus san fhicheadamh linn. Is
e ‘Dhamma Saį¹ gÄ«tis’ an t-ainm a th ‘air na h-aithrisean coitcheann seo a
rinn na manaich anns a h-uile Comhairle Dhamma seo, na Dhamma
Recitations. Tha
iad air an ainmeachadh mar thoradh air an ro-rĆ dh a chaidh a
stĆØidheachadh aig Comhairle a ‘Chiad Dhamma, nuair a chaidh na Teagasgan
uile aithris an toiseach le Elder of the Saį¹ gha agus an uair sin a’
seinn aon uair eile ann an sĆØist leis na manaich uile a bha an lĆ thair
aig a ‘cho-chruinneachadh. Bha
an aithris air a mheas gu robh e dearbhte, cuin agus a-mhĆ in nuair a
chaidh gabhail ris gu h-aon-ghuthach le buill na Comhairle. Is e na leanas a leanas eachdraidh ghoirid de na Sia Comhairlean. A ‘Chiad Chomhairle Thug King AjÄtasattu taic don chiad Chomhairle. Chaidh a ghairm ann an 544 B.C. anns an Uamh SattapaÄÄÄ« taobh a-muigh RÄjagaha trƬ mƬosan an dĆØidh dhan Buddha bĆ sachadh. Gheibhear cunntas mionaideach mun choinneamh eachdraidheil seo ann an CÅ«llavagga den Vinaya Piį¹aka. A
rĆØir a ‘chlĆ raidh seo, b’ e an tachartas a bhrosnaich an Elder
MahÄkassapa a dh ‘ainmich a’ choinneamh seo a chluinntinn gu robh e ag
rĆ dh gun robh e a ‘cluinntinn mar a bha riaghladh teann dha manaich. Seo mar a thachair. Bha
am manach Subhadda, a bha na bharbair roimhe, a dh ‘Ć²rduich anmoch ann
am beatha, nuair a chuala e gu robh an Buddha air a dhol seachad, a’ cur
dragh air a bhith a ‘cumail ris na riaghailtean air fad airson manaich a
chaidh a shuidheachadh leis a’ Buddha. Bha mĆ²ran manaich a ‘caoidh gu robh iad a’ dol seachad air a ‘Buddha agus bha iad gu mĆ²r duilich. Ach, chuala an Seanair MahÄkassapa Subhadda: “‘Gu leĆ²r do na h-Urrraichean, na gabh grĆ dh, na caoidh. Tha sinn a ‘faighinn cuidhteas math den ath-dhuais mhĆ²ir seo (an Buddha). Chaidh
a chuir an grĆØim nuair a thuirt e, “tha seo ceadaichte dhut, chan eil
seo ceadaichte dhut” ach a-nis bidh sinn comasach air a dhĆØanamh mar a
tha sinn a ‘cĆ²rdadh agus cha leig sinn oirnn na rudan nach eil sinn a’
cĆ²rdadh riinn a dhĆØanamh “. Bha
eagal air MahÄkassapa leis a ‘bheachd aige agus bha eagal oirre gum
faodadh an Dhamma agus an Vinaya a bhith air an truailleadh agus gun a
bhith beĆ² gu leĆ²r nam biodh manaich eile ag iomain mar Subhadda agus a’
mƬneachadh riaghailtean Dhamma agus Vinaya mar a tha iad toilichte. Gus seo a sheach, chuir e roimhe gum feumadh an Dhamma a ghleidheadh āāagus a dhƬon. Chun na crƬche seo Ć s dĆØidh dhaibh cead Saurlagha fhaighinn, ghairm e comhairle cĆ²ig ceud Arahants. Bha Änanda ri ghabhail a-steach anns an seo fhad ’s gun do choilean e Arathantachd ron Ć m a chaidh a’ chomhairle a ghairm. Leis an uachdaran MahÄkassapa na cheannard, choinnich na cĆ²ig ceud manaich Arahant anns a ‘chomhairle rĆØ an t-seusan glainne. B
‘e a’ chiad rud a rinn MahÄkassapa a bhith a ‘ceasnachadh an eĆ²laiche
as cudromaiche air Banais-beatha an latha, UpÄli Urramach air
fiosrachadh mun riaghailt manachail. Bha am manach seo air a dheagh thaghadh airson na h-obrach oir bha an Buddha air a theagasg dha fhĆØin dha fhĆØin. An
toiseach, dh ‘iarr an Elder MahÄkassapa dha gu sĆ²nraichte mun riaghladh
air a’ chiad eucoir [pÄrÄjika], a thaobh a ‘chuspair, an tachartas, an
neach a chaidh a thoirt a-steach, an aithris, ath-aithris an gairm, an
eucoir agus cĆ¹is neo- eucoir. Thug
UpÄli seachad freagairtean fiosraichte agus iomchaidh agus chaidh na
beachdan aige a choileanadh le aonta aona-ghuthach na Saį¹ gha a bha a
‘riaghladh. Mar sin chaidh gabhail ris an Vinaya gu foirmeil. Thionndaidh
an Seanair MahÄkassapa an aire dha Änanda mar thoradh air an eĆ²las
ainmeil aige anns a h-uile cĆ¹is a bha ceangailte ris an Dhamma. Gu
math, an oidhche ron a bha a ‘Chomhairle a’ coinneachadh, bha Änanda
air Arahantship a choileanadh agus chaidh e dhan Chomhairle. Mar
sin, bha an Elder MahÄkassapa comasach air ceasnachadh a dhĆØanamh dheth
le lĆ n mhisneachd mun Dhamma le iomradh sĆ²nraichte air searmonan
Buddha. Dh’iarr
an ceist seo air an Dhamma an Ć ite far an deach a h-uile deasachadh a
shearmonachadh an toiseach agus an neach ris an deach dĆØiligeadh riutha.
Bha
Änanda, air a chuideachadh leis a ‘chuimhne cheart fhacail aige
comasach air freagairt gu ceart agus mar sin choinnich na Discourses le
aonta aon-ghuthach bhon Saį¹ gha. Thug
a ‘Chiad Comhairle cuideachd seula aonta oifigeil airson a bhith a’
dĆ¹nadh a ‘chaibideil mu na riaghailtean beaga agus nas lugha, agus aonta
airson an aire. Thug
e na mĆ naich seachd mƬosan gus aithris a dhĆØanamh air a
‘BhĆ n-fhiadhaich air fad agus bha an Dhamma agus na manaich sin a fhuair
taic gu leĆ²r le cuimhneachain mhath air an cumail a h-uile cĆ il a
chaidh aithris. ThĆ inig
an PaÄcasatika air a ‘chiad chomhairle eachdraidheil seo oir bha cĆ²ig
ceud Arahants lĆ n shoilleir air pĆ irt a ghabhail ann.
An DĆ rna Comhairle
Chaidh
an dĆ rna Comhairle a ghairm ceud bliadhna Ć s deidh ParinibbÄį¹a an
Buddha gus deasbad mĆ²r a rĆØiteachadh thairis air na ‘deich puingean’. Tha seo a ‘toirt iomradh air cuid de na manaich a’ briseadh de dheich riaghailtean beaga. chaidh an toirt gu: 1. A ’stĆ²radh salann ann an adharc.
2. A ‘biathadh an dĆØidh meadhan-latha.
3. Ag ithe aon uair agus an uairsin a ‘dol a-rithist gu baile airson laogh.
4. A ‘cumail Seirbheis Uposatha le manaich a’ fuireach anns an aon sgƬre.
5. A ‘coileanadh ghnƬomhan oifigeil nuair nach robh an co-chruinneachadh iomlan.
6. A ‘leantainn dĆ²igh-obrach Ć raidh seach gu robh an neach-teagaisg no an neach-teagaisg air a dhĆØanamh.
7. Ag ithe bainne searbh an dĆØidh dha a bhith ag ithe biadh meadhon-latha.
8. A ‘cleachdadh deoch lĆ idir mus deach a ghluasad.
9. A ‘cleachdadh brat nach b’ e am meud ceart.
10. A ‘cleachdadh Ć²r agus airgead. ThĆ inig
na mƬ-fheuman aca gu bhith na chĆ¹is agus rinn iad connspaid mĆ²r nuair a
bha iad a ’smaoineachadh gun robh iad a’ dol an aghaidh a ‘chiad
theagasg aig Buddha. B
‘e an RƬgh KÄįø·Äsoka an neach-taic aig an dĆ rna Comhairle agus chaidh a’
choinneamh a chumail aig VesÄli air sgĆ th nan suidheachaidhean a
leanas. Aon
latha, fhad ’sa bha e a’ tadhal air a ‘MahÄvana Grove at VeÄsli, bha
fios aig Yasa an Elder gun robh buidheann mĆ²r de na manaich ris an canar
na Vajjians a’ briseadh an riaghailt a bha a ‘toirmisg air na manaich a
bhith a’ gabhail ri Ć²r agus airgead le bhith a ‘faighneachd gu
fosgailte bhon luchd-laighe aca. Rinn
e cĆ in air an giĆ¹lan sa bhad agus b ‘e an fhreagairt a thug e dha cuid
de na buannachdan mƬ-laghail aige leis an dĆ²chas gun toireadh e thairis
e. Ach bha an Elder Yasa, ge-tĆ , a ‘crƬonadh agus a’ cur dragh air an giĆ¹lan. Bha
na manaich a ‘cumail a’ chĆ¹is air dĆ²igh foirmeil de rĆØite air a shon, a
‘cur an cĆØill air a bhith a’ cur a ‘choire air na h-iomairtean aca. Mar
sin, rinn an Elder Yasa rĆØiteachadh dha fhĆØin leis na devotees laids,
ach aig an aon Ć m, bha e air a dhearbhadh gun robh na manaich Vijjian
air a bhith ceĆ rr le bhith a ‘cur an cĆØill abairt Buddha air an
toirmeasg an aghaidh a bhith a’ gabhail no a ‘tagradh airson Ć²r agus
airgead. Chuir
an luchd-laighe an taic aca an-drĆ sta don Y Elder Elder agus dh’ainmich
iad na manaich Vajjian don luchd-ceĆ rr agus na saoraidhean, ag rĆ dh
‘”an Elder Is e Yasa aonar am fƬor mhanaich agus mac SÄkyan. Chan eil a h-uile cĆ il eile nam manaich, chan e mic SÄkyki ‘’. Ghluais
na manaich Diadhaich Stubborn is unrepentant a chuir an grĆØim air Yasa
Thera iongantach gun aonta bhon chĆ²rr den Saį¹ gha nuair a thĆ inig fios
a-mach mu thoradh a ‘choinneimh aca le na devotees a bha aca. Ach
dh ‘fhĆ g Yasa an t-Seanair Ć s an tubaist aca agus chaidh e a-mach a’
lorg taic bho manaich ann an Ć ite eile, a chuir taic ris na beachdan
inntinneach aige air a ‘Vinaya. Bha
seasgad manaich a bha a ‘fuireach ann an coille bho PÄvÄ agus ochdnar
manach bho roinnean ceann a deas Avanti a bha den aon bheachd, a’
tabhann gus cuideachadh le bhith a ’sgrĆ¹dadh coirbeachd a’ Vinaya. CĆ²mhla,
dh ‘aontaich iad a dhol gu Soreyya airson a bhith a’
co-chomhairleachadh leis an Ath-bheothachadh Urramach oir bha e na
mhĆ thar urramach agus eĆ²laiche anns an Dhamma agus an Vinaya. Cho
luath ’sa bha fios aig manaich Vajjian seo, bha iad cuideachd a’
sireadh taic Urramach an Urrais le bhith a ‘tairgse dha na ceithir
feumalachdan a dhiĆ¹lt e. Bha
na manaich sin an uairsin a ‘feuchainn ris na h-aon dhĆ²ighean a
chleachdadh airson a bhith a’ buannachadh thairis air an
neach-frithealaidh Ath-bheothachaidh Urramach, an Uttara Urramach. Aig
a ‘chiad dol a-mach, chuir e sƬos an tairgse aca gu ceart ach chuir iad
an cĆØill air a’ thairgse aca a ghabhail, ag rĆ dh nach biodh aonta aig
Änanda riutha agus gum biodh iad ag aontachadh sin a dhĆØanamh nuair a
bhiodh na feumalachdan airson Buddha. Dh’atharraich Uttara inntinn agus ghabh e ris na riatanasan. Chaidh
iarraidh orra an uairsin a dhol a-steach agus an t-Ath-ghairm Urramach a
dhearbhadh gun robh na manaich Vajjian gu dearbh nan luchd-labhairt an
FhƬrinn agus luchd-gleidhidh an Dhamma. Chleachd an t-Urramach Urramach tro na h-ĆØisg aca agus dhiĆ¹lt iad taic a thoirt dhaibh. An uair sin chuir e Ć s do Uttara. Gus
an gnothach a rĆØiteachadh aon uair agus airson a h-uile duine, mhol an
Ath-bhreithneachadh Urramach gum bu chĆ²ir comhairle a bhith aig
VÄįø·ikÄrÄma cĆ²mhla ris fhĆØin a ‘faighneachd cheistean mu na deich
eucoirean aig Ć rd-inbhe Seann an latha, Thera SabbjakÄmi. Nuair
a bha a bheachd air a thoirt gun robh comataidh de ochd manach ri
chluinntinn, agus cho daingeann ’sa bha am bhĆ²t aca air a cho-dhĆ¹nadh. B
‘e na h-ochd manaich a bha a’ gairm a ‘bhreithneachadh a’ chĆ¹is an
Venerables SabbakÄmi, saįø·ha, Khujjasobhita agus VÄsabhagÄmika, bhon
taobh an Ear agus ceathrar manaich bhon Iar, an Reverables Revata,
Sambhuta-SÄį¹avÄsÄ«, Yasa agus Sumana. Rinn iad deasbad air a ‘chĆ¹is gu mionaideach le Revata mar an ceasniche agus sabbakÄmÄ« a’ freagairt a cheistean. An
dĆØidh na h-ĆØisteachd a chluinntinn, chuir na h-ochd manaich co-dhĆ¹nadh
an aghaidh na manaich Vajjianach agus chaidh an co-dhĆ¹nadh a ghairm don
cho-chruinneachadh. Ćs
dĆØidh sin dh’aithris seachd ceud manaich an Dhamma agus Vinaya agus
thĆ inig an aithris seo gu bhith mar an SattasatÄ« oir bha seachd ceud
manaich air pĆ irt a ghabhail ann. Canar
a ‘chomhairle eachdraidheil seo cuideachd, an Yasatthera SangÄ«ti air
sgĆ th na prƬomh dhreuchd a chluich an Elder Yasa ann agus a shĆ¹ilean
airson dƬon a dhĆØanamh air a’ Vinaya. DhiĆ¹lt
na manaich Vajjian gu h-Ć raid gabhail ri co-dhĆ¹nadh na Comhairle agus
ann an dƬona bha comhairle de sin air an robh an t-ainm MahÄsaį¹ giti.
an dĆ rna Comhairle a ghairm ceud bliadhna Ć s deidh ParinibbÄį¹a an
Buddha gus deasbad mĆ²r a rĆØiteachadh thairis air na ‘deich puingean’. Tha seo a ‘toirt iomradh air cuid de na manaich a’ briseadh de dheich riaghailtean beaga. chaidh an toirt gu: 1. A ’stĆ²radh salann ann an adharc.
2. A ‘biathadh an dĆØidh meadhan-latha.
3. Ag ithe aon uair agus an uairsin a ‘dol a-rithist gu baile airson laogh.
4. A ‘cumail Seirbheis Uposatha le manaich a’ fuireach anns an aon sgƬre.
5. A ‘coileanadh ghnƬomhan oifigeil nuair nach robh an co-chruinneachadh iomlan.
6. A ‘leantainn dĆ²igh-obrach Ć raidh seach gu robh an neach-teagaisg no an neach-teagaisg air a dhĆØanamh.
7. Ag ithe bainne searbh an dĆØidh dha a bhith ag ithe biadh meadhon-latha.
8. A ‘cleachdadh deoch lĆ idir mus deach a ghluasad.
9. A ‘cleachdadh brat nach b’ e am meud ceart.
10. A ‘cleachdadh Ć²r agus airgead. ThĆ inig
na mƬ-fheuman aca gu bhith na chĆ¹is agus rinn iad connspaid mĆ²r nuair a
bha iad a ’smaoineachadh gun robh iad a’ dol an aghaidh a ‘chiad
theagasg aig Buddha. B
‘e an RƬgh KÄįø·Äsoka an neach-taic aig an dĆ rna Comhairle agus chaidh a’
choinneamh a chumail aig VesÄli air sgĆ th nan suidheachaidhean a
leanas. Aon
latha, fhad ’sa bha e a’ tadhal air a ‘MahÄvana Grove at VeÄsli, bha
fios aig Yasa an Elder gun robh buidheann mĆ²r de na manaich ris an canar
na Vajjians a’ briseadh an riaghailt a bha a ‘toirmisg air na manaich a
bhith a’ gabhail ri Ć²r agus airgead le bhith a ‘faighneachd gu
fosgailte bhon luchd-laighe aca. Rinn
e cĆ in air an giĆ¹lan sa bhad agus b ‘e an fhreagairt a thug e dha cuid
de na buannachdan mƬ-laghail aige leis an dĆ²chas gun toireadh e thairis
e. Ach bha an Elder Yasa, ge-tĆ , a ‘crƬonadh agus a’ cur dragh air an giĆ¹lan. Bha
na manaich a ‘cumail a’ chĆ¹is air dĆ²igh foirmeil de rĆØite air a shon, a
‘cur an cĆØill air a bhith a’ cur a ‘choire air na h-iomairtean aca. Mar
sin, rinn an Elder Yasa rĆØiteachadh dha fhĆØin leis na devotees laids,
ach aig an aon Ć m, bha e air a dhearbhadh gun robh na manaich Vijjian
air a bhith ceĆ rr le bhith a ‘cur an cĆØill abairt Buddha air an
toirmeasg an aghaidh a bhith a’ gabhail no a ‘tagradh airson Ć²r agus
airgead. Chuir
an luchd-laighe an taic aca an-drĆ sta don Y Elder Elder agus dh’ainmich
iad na manaich Vajjian don luchd-ceĆ rr agus na saoraidhean, ag rĆ dh
‘”an Elder Is e Yasa aonar am fƬor mhanaich agus mac SÄkyan. Chan eil a h-uile cĆ il eile nam manaich, chan e mic SÄkyki ‘’. Ghluais
na manaich Diadhaich Stubborn is unrepentant a chuir an grĆØim air Yasa
Thera iongantach gun aonta bhon chĆ²rr den Saį¹ gha nuair a thĆ inig fios
a-mach mu thoradh a ‘choinneimh aca le na devotees a bha aca. Ach
dh ‘fhĆ g Yasa an t-Seanair Ć s an tubaist aca agus chaidh e a-mach a’
lorg taic bho manaich ann an Ć ite eile, a chuir taic ris na beachdan
inntinneach aige air a ‘Vinaya. Bha
seasgad manaich a bha a ‘fuireach ann an coille bho PÄvÄ agus ochdnar
manach bho roinnean ceann a deas Avanti a bha den aon bheachd, a’
tabhann gus cuideachadh le bhith a ’sgrĆ¹dadh coirbeachd a’ Vinaya. CĆ²mhla,
dh ‘aontaich iad a dhol gu Soreyya airson a bhith a’
co-chomhairleachadh leis an Ath-bheothachadh Urramach oir bha e na
mhĆ thar urramach agus eĆ²laiche anns an Dhamma agus an Vinaya. Cho
luath ’sa bha fios aig manaich Vajjian seo, bha iad cuideachd a’
sireadh taic Urramach an Urrais le bhith a ‘tairgse dha na ceithir
feumalachdan a dhiĆ¹lt e. Bha
na manaich sin an uairsin a ‘feuchainn ris na h-aon dhĆ²ighean a
chleachdadh airson a bhith a’ buannachadh thairis air an
neach-frithealaidh Ath-bheothachaidh Urramach, an Uttara Urramach. Aig
a ‘chiad dol a-mach, chuir e sƬos an tairgse aca gu ceart ach chuir iad
an cĆØill air a’ thairgse aca a ghabhail, ag rĆ dh nach biodh aonta aig
Änanda riutha agus gum biodh iad ag aontachadh sin a dhĆØanamh nuair a
bhiodh na feumalachdan airson Buddha. Dh’atharraich Uttara inntinn agus ghabh e ris na riatanasan. Chaidh
iarraidh orra an uairsin a dhol a-steach agus an t-Ath-ghairm Urramach a
dhearbhadh gun robh na manaich Vajjian gu dearbh nan luchd-labhairt an
FhƬrinn agus luchd-gleidhidh an Dhamma. Chleachd an t-Urramach Urramach tro na h-ĆØisg aca agus dhiĆ¹lt iad taic a thoirt dhaibh. An uair sin chuir e Ć s do Uttara. Gus
an gnothach a rĆØiteachadh aon uair agus airson a h-uile duine, mhol an
Ath-bhreithneachadh Urramach gum bu chĆ²ir comhairle a bhith aig
VÄįø·ikÄrÄma cĆ²mhla ris fhĆØin a ‘faighneachd cheistean mu na deich
eucoirean aig Ć rd-inbhe Seann an latha, Thera SabbjakÄmi. Nuair
a bha a bheachd air a thoirt gun robh comataidh de ochd manach ri
chluinntinn, agus cho daingeann ’sa bha am bhĆ²t aca air a cho-dhĆ¹nadh. B
‘e na h-ochd manaich a bha a’ gairm a ‘bhreithneachadh a’ chĆ¹is an
Venerables SabbakÄmi, saįø·ha, Khujjasobhita agus VÄsabhagÄmika, bhon
taobh an Ear agus ceathrar manaich bhon Iar, an Reverables Revata,
Sambhuta-SÄį¹avÄsÄ«, Yasa agus Sumana. Rinn iad deasbad air a ‘chĆ¹is gu mionaideach le Revata mar an ceasniche agus sabbakÄmÄ« a’ freagairt a cheistean. An
dĆØidh na h-ĆØisteachd a chluinntinn, chuir na h-ochd manaich co-dhĆ¹nadh
an aghaidh na manaich Vajjianach agus chaidh an co-dhĆ¹nadh a ghairm don
cho-chruinneachadh. Ćs
dĆØidh sin dh’aithris seachd ceud manaich an Dhamma agus Vinaya agus
thĆ inig an aithris seo gu bhith mar an SattasatÄ« oir bha seachd ceud
manaich air pĆ irt a ghabhail ann. Canar
a ‘chomhairle eachdraidheil seo cuideachd, an Yasatthera SangÄ«ti air
sgĆ th na prƬomh dhreuchd a chluich an Elder Yasa ann agus a shĆ¹ilean
airson dƬon a dhĆØanamh air a’ Vinaya. DhiĆ¹lt
na manaich Vajjian gu h-Ć raid gabhail ri co-dhĆ¹nadh na Comhairle agus
ann an dƬona bha comhairle de sin air an robh an t-ainm MahÄsaį¹ giti.
An Treas Comhairle
Chaidh
an Treas Comhairle a chumail sa chiad Ć ite airson cur Ć s don Saurlagha
de choirbeachd agus manaich bhĆ n aig an robh seallaidhean hereticeach. Chaidh a ‘Chomhairle a ghairm ann an 326 B.C. Aig AsokÄrÄma ann am Paį¹aliputta fo phĆ tranachd an Impire Asoka. Bha e na cheann-suidhe leis an Elder Moggaliputta Tissa agus bha mƬle manach a ‘com-pĆ irteachadh anns a’ Chomhairle seo. A
rĆØir beul-aithris, bha Asoka air a rƬgh-chathair a bhuannachadh le
bhith a ‘cur Ć s do fhuil mac athar uile a shĆ bhail a bhrĆ thair fhĆØin,
Tissa KumÄra, a fhuair an Ć²rdugh agus mu dheireadh fhuair e Arahantship. Chaidh Asoka a chrĆ¹nadh anns an dĆ cheud agus an ochdamh bliadhna deug Ć s deidh MahaparinibbÄna an Buddha. An
toiseach cha do phĆ igh e ach gealladh tĆ²cain don Dhamma agus dhan
Saį¹ gha agus thug e taic dha buill de roinnean creideimh eile mar a rinn
athair roimhe. Ach,
dh’atharraich seo uile nuair a choinnich e ris an neach-nuadh-pĆ²saidh
neĆ²nach Nigrodha a shearmonaich e an AppamÄda-vagga dha. Ćs
dĆØidh sin chuir e crƬoch air a bhith a ‘toirt taic do bhuidhnean
creideimh eile agus a dh’ Ć¹idh anns a ‘mhĆ²r-chuid de dh’ ionnsaigh an
Dhamma. Chleachd
e a chuid beairteas mĆ²r airson togail, thathas ag rĆ dh, ceithir fichead
’sa ceithir mƬle pagodas agus vihras agus a’ toirt taic dha na Bhikkhus
leis na ceithir iarrtasan. Chaidh a mhac Mahinda agus an nighean aige SaurlaghamittÄ Ć²rdachadh agus chaidh iad a-steach don Saurlagha. Aig a ‘cheann thall, b’ e a fhialaidheachd a dh ‘adhbharaich droch dhuilgheadasan taobh a-staigh na Saurlagha. Ann
an tƬm bha an t-Ć²rdugh air a thoirt a-steach le mĆ²ran fhir
neo-iomchaidh, a ‘cumail seallaidhean hereticeach agus cĆ² chaidh a
tharraing chun an Ć²rdugh air sgĆ th taic fialaidh an Ćmpire agus
tabhartasan cosgais biadh, aodach, fasgadh agus leigheas. Dh
‘fheuch Ć ireamh mhĆ²r de dhaoine gun chreideamh, neo-chreidinneach a bha
a’ toirt beachdan ceĆ rr a-steach don Ć²rdugh ach bhathas den bheachd
nach robh iad freagarrach airson Ć²rdanachadh. A
dh ‘aindeoin seo, fhuair iad an cothrom brath a ghabhail air fiathachd
an Ćmpire airson an ceann fhĆØin agus aodach a dhĆØanamh agus chaidh iad
a-steach don Ć²rdugh gun a bhith air an Ć²rdachadh ceart. Mar thoradh air seo, bha spĆØis aig Saį¹ gha air a dhol sƬos. Nuair
a thĆ inig seo gu solas dhiĆ¹lt cuid de na fƬor mhanaich am purrachadh
Ć²rdaichte no deasachadh Uposatha a chumail ann an companaidh nam manaich
truaillidh, heretical. Nuair
a chuala an Ćmpire mu dheidhinn seo, bha e airson an suidheachadh a
cheartachadh agus chuir e fios air fear de na ministearan aige dha na
manaich leis an Ć ithne gun dĆØanadh iad an deas-ghnĆ th. Ach,
thug an t-Ćmpire an Ć²rdugh don mhinistear gun Ć²rdughan sĆ²nraichte sam
bith a thaobh dĆØ na dĆ²ighean a bu chĆ²ir a bhith air a chleachdadh gus a
dhreuchd a choileanadh. DhiĆ¹lt
na manaich a bhith ag aontachadh agus a ‘cumail an deas-ghnĆ ithidh ann
an companaidh an cuid chompanaich breugach agus’ thieving
‘[theyyasinivÄsaka]. Ann
an ĆØiginn, chuir am ministear feargach a-mach loidhne nam manaich a bha
a ’suidhe agus a’ chlaidheamh a tharraing, agus iad uile air an
ceannachadh an dĆØidh a chĆØile gus an tĆ inig e gu brĆ thair an RƬgh, Tissa
a chaidh Ć²rdachadh. Chuir
am ministear a bha uabhasach stad air a ‘mharbhadh agus theich e dhan
talla agus thug e iomradh air ais don Impire Asoka gu mĆ²r fo bhrĆ²n agus
a’ cur dragh air na thachair agus chuir e a ‘choire air na mairbh. Dh’iarr e comhairle Thera Moggaliputta Tissa. Mhol e gun deigheadh āāna manaich theasairgidh a chur Ć s an Ć²rdugh agus gun tĆØid an treas Comhairle a ghairm sa bhad. Mar sin, ann an seachdamh bliadhna deug de rƬoghachd an Ćmpire chaidh an Treas Comhairle ainmeachadh. Thog
Thera Moggaliputta Tissa na gnothaichean agus thagh iad mƬle manaich
bho na seasgad mƬle com-pĆ irtiche airson aithris a thoirt air an Dhamma
agus an Vinaya, a chaidh air adhart airson naoi mƬosan. Rinn an Ćmpire ceist air manaich bho iomadh manachainn mu theagasg an Buddha. Bha an fheadhainn a bha a ‘cumail bheachdan ceĆ rr nochdte agus chaidh an cur Ć s an Saį¹ gha sa bhad. San dĆ²igh seo chaidh am Bhikkhu Saį¹ gha a ghlanadh le heretics agus bikkhus bochd.
Choilean a ‘chomhairle seo grunn rudan cudromach eile cuideachd. Bha
an Elder Moggaliputta Tissa, airson a bhith a ‘diĆ¹ltadh grunn heresies
agus a’ dĆØanamh cinnteach gun robh an Dhamma air a ghlanadh, a ‘cumail
ri leabhar rĆØ na comhairle ris an canar an KathÄvatthu. Tha
an leabhar seo air a dhĆØanamh suas de fhichead caibideil fichead, agus
tha e na chruinneachadh de dheasbad (kathÄ) agus ath-bheothachadh air na
seallaidhean eusiceil a tha air an cumail le diofar roinnean air
cuspairean feallsanachail. Is e seo an cĆ²igeamh cuid de na seachd leabhraichean aig an Abhidhamma Piį¹aka. Bha
buill na Comhairle cuideachd a ‘toirt cead rƬoghail cead do theagasg a’
Buddha, ga ainmeachadh mar VibhajjavÄda, an Doctrine of Analysis. Tha e co-ionann ris an teagasg TheravÄda a āāchaidh aontachadh. B
‘e aon de na coileanaidhean as cudromaiche a bh’ aig a
‘cho-chruinneachadh Dhamma seo agus aon a bha ri bhith a’ toirt toradh
fad linntean ri thighinn, an t-Ćmpire a ‘cur a-mach manaich, a bha gu
math inntinneach ann an Dhamma agus Vinaya an Buddha a dh’ fhaodadh a
h-uile cĆ il a sgrƬobhadh gu cridhe airson a theagasg ann an naoi dĆ¹thchannan eadar-dhealaichte. Bha na manaich DhammadÅ«ta seo a ‘gabhail a-steach an Urramach Majjhantika Thera a chaidh gu Kashmir agus Gandhara. Chaidh iarraidh air searmonachadh an Dhamma agus Ć²rdugh manaich a stĆØidheachadh an sin. Chaidh
an MahÄdeva iongantach a chuir gu Mahinsakamaį¹įøaįø·a (Mysore an latha
an-diugh) agus chaidh an Rakkhita Thera iongantach a chur a-mach gu
VanavÄsÄ« (Kanara a tuath ann an ceann a deas nan Innseachan.) Chaidh
Yonaka Dhammarakkhita an-diugh a chuir gu Aparantaka Uarach (Gujarat gu
tuath, Kathiawar, Kutch agus Sindh] S an Iar-
an Treas Comhairle a chumail sa chiad Ć ite airson cur Ć s don Saurlagha
de choirbeachd agus manaich bhĆ n aig an robh seallaidhean hereticeach. Chaidh a ‘Chomhairle a ghairm ann an 326 B.C. Aig AsokÄrÄma ann am Paį¹aliputta fo phĆ tranachd an Impire Asoka. Bha e na cheann-suidhe leis an Elder Moggaliputta Tissa agus bha mƬle manach a ‘com-pĆ irteachadh anns a’ Chomhairle seo. A
rĆØir beul-aithris, bha Asoka air a rƬgh-chathair a bhuannachadh le
bhith a ‘cur Ć s do fhuil mac athar uile a shĆ bhail a bhrĆ thair fhĆØin,
Tissa KumÄra, a fhuair an Ć²rdugh agus mu dheireadh fhuair e Arahantship. Chaidh Asoka a chrĆ¹nadh anns an dĆ cheud agus an ochdamh bliadhna deug Ć s deidh MahaparinibbÄna an Buddha. An
toiseach cha do phĆ igh e ach gealladh tĆ²cain don Dhamma agus dhan
Saį¹ gha agus thug e taic dha buill de roinnean creideimh eile mar a rinn
athair roimhe. Ach,
dh’atharraich seo uile nuair a choinnich e ris an neach-nuadh-pĆ²saidh
neĆ²nach Nigrodha a shearmonaich e an AppamÄda-vagga dha. Ćs
dĆØidh sin chuir e crƬoch air a bhith a ‘toirt taic do bhuidhnean
creideimh eile agus a dh’ Ć¹idh anns a ‘mhĆ²r-chuid de dh’ ionnsaigh an
Dhamma. Chleachd
e a chuid beairteas mĆ²r airson togail, thathas ag rĆ dh, ceithir fichead
’sa ceithir mƬle pagodas agus vihras agus a’ toirt taic dha na Bhikkhus
leis na ceithir iarrtasan. Chaidh a mhac Mahinda agus an nighean aige SaurlaghamittÄ Ć²rdachadh agus chaidh iad a-steach don Saurlagha. Aig a ‘cheann thall, b’ e a fhialaidheachd a dh ‘adhbharaich droch dhuilgheadasan taobh a-staigh na Saurlagha. Ann
an tƬm bha an t-Ć²rdugh air a thoirt a-steach le mĆ²ran fhir
neo-iomchaidh, a ‘cumail seallaidhean hereticeach agus cĆ² chaidh a
tharraing chun an Ć²rdugh air sgĆ th taic fialaidh an Ćmpire agus
tabhartasan cosgais biadh, aodach, fasgadh agus leigheas. Dh
‘fheuch Ć ireamh mhĆ²r de dhaoine gun chreideamh, neo-chreidinneach a bha
a’ toirt beachdan ceĆ rr a-steach don Ć²rdugh ach bhathas den bheachd
nach robh iad freagarrach airson Ć²rdanachadh. A
dh ‘aindeoin seo, fhuair iad an cothrom brath a ghabhail air fiathachd
an Ćmpire airson an ceann fhĆØin agus aodach a dhĆØanamh agus chaidh iad
a-steach don Ć²rdugh gun a bhith air an Ć²rdachadh ceart. Mar thoradh air seo, bha spĆØis aig Saį¹ gha air a dhol sƬos. Nuair
a thĆ inig seo gu solas dhiĆ¹lt cuid de na fƬor mhanaich am purrachadh
Ć²rdaichte no deasachadh Uposatha a chumail ann an companaidh nam manaich
truaillidh, heretical. Nuair
a chuala an Ćmpire mu dheidhinn seo, bha e airson an suidheachadh a
cheartachadh agus chuir e fios air fear de na ministearan aige dha na
manaich leis an Ć ithne gun dĆØanadh iad an deas-ghnĆ th. Ach,
thug an t-Ćmpire an Ć²rdugh don mhinistear gun Ć²rdughan sĆ²nraichte sam
bith a thaobh dĆØ na dĆ²ighean a bu chĆ²ir a bhith air a chleachdadh gus a
dhreuchd a choileanadh. DhiĆ¹lt
na manaich a bhith ag aontachadh agus a ‘cumail an deas-ghnĆ ithidh ann
an companaidh an cuid chompanaich breugach agus’ thieving
‘[theyyasinivÄsaka]. Ann
an ĆØiginn, chuir am ministear feargach a-mach loidhne nam manaich a bha
a ’suidhe agus a’ chlaidheamh a tharraing, agus iad uile air an
ceannachadh an dĆØidh a chĆØile gus an tĆ inig e gu brĆ thair an RƬgh, Tissa
a chaidh Ć²rdachadh. Chuir
am ministear a bha uabhasach stad air a ‘mharbhadh agus theich e dhan
talla agus thug e iomradh air ais don Impire Asoka gu mĆ²r fo bhrĆ²n agus
a’ cur dragh air na thachair agus chuir e a ‘choire air na mairbh. Dh’iarr e comhairle Thera Moggaliputta Tissa. Mhol e gun deigheadh āāna manaich theasairgidh a chur Ć s an Ć²rdugh agus gun tĆØid an treas Comhairle a ghairm sa bhad. Mar sin, ann an seachdamh bliadhna deug de rƬoghachd an Ćmpire chaidh an Treas Comhairle ainmeachadh. Thog
Thera Moggaliputta Tissa na gnothaichean agus thagh iad mƬle manaich
bho na seasgad mƬle com-pĆ irtiche airson aithris a thoirt air an Dhamma
agus an Vinaya, a chaidh air adhart airson naoi mƬosan. Rinn an Ćmpire ceist air manaich bho iomadh manachainn mu theagasg an Buddha. Bha an fheadhainn a bha a ‘cumail bheachdan ceĆ rr nochdte agus chaidh an cur Ć s an Saį¹ gha sa bhad. San dĆ²igh seo chaidh am Bhikkhu Saį¹ gha a ghlanadh le heretics agus bikkhus bochd.
Choilean a ‘chomhairle seo grunn rudan cudromach eile cuideachd. Bha
an Elder Moggaliputta Tissa, airson a bhith a ‘diĆ¹ltadh grunn heresies
agus a’ dĆØanamh cinnteach gun robh an Dhamma air a ghlanadh, a ‘cumail
ri leabhar rĆØ na comhairle ris an canar an KathÄvatthu. Tha
an leabhar seo air a dhĆØanamh suas de fhichead caibideil fichead, agus
tha e na chruinneachadh de dheasbad (kathÄ) agus ath-bheothachadh air na
seallaidhean eusiceil a tha air an cumail le diofar roinnean air
cuspairean feallsanachail. Is e seo an cĆ²igeamh cuid de na seachd leabhraichean aig an Abhidhamma Piį¹aka. Bha
buill na Comhairle cuideachd a ‘toirt cead rƬoghail cead do theagasg a’
Buddha, ga ainmeachadh mar VibhajjavÄda, an Doctrine of Analysis. Tha e co-ionann ris an teagasg TheravÄda a āāchaidh aontachadh. B
‘e aon de na coileanaidhean as cudromaiche a bh’ aig a
‘cho-chruinneachadh Dhamma seo agus aon a bha ri bhith a’ toirt toradh
fad linntean ri thighinn, an t-Ćmpire a ‘cur a-mach manaich, a bha gu
math inntinneach ann an Dhamma agus Vinaya an Buddha a dh’ fhaodadh a
h-uile cĆ il a sgrƬobhadh gu cridhe airson a theagasg ann an naoi dĆ¹thchannan eadar-dhealaichte. Bha na manaich DhammadÅ«ta seo a ‘gabhail a-steach an Urramach Majjhantika Thera a chaidh gu Kashmir agus Gandhara. Chaidh iarraidh air searmonachadh an Dhamma agus Ć²rdugh manaich a stĆØidheachadh an sin. Chaidh
an MahÄdeva iongantach a chuir gu Mahinsakamaį¹įøaįø·a (Mysore an latha
an-diugh) agus chaidh an Rakkhita Thera iongantach a chur a-mach gu
VanavÄsÄ« (Kanara a tuath ann an ceann a deas nan Innseachan.) Chaidh
Yonaka Dhammarakkhita an-diugh a chuir gu Aparantaka Uarach (Gujarat gu
tuath, Kathiawar, Kutch agus Sindh] S an Iar-
Chaidh
an MahÄrakkhita Thera Urramach gu Yonaka-loka (fearann āānan
lonianaich, Bactrians agus na Greugaich.) Chaidh an t-Urramach Majjhima
Thera gu Himavanta (an t-Ć ite ri taobh an Himalayas.) Chaidh an Soį¹a
Urramach agus an Uttara Urramach a chuir gu Suvaį¹į¹abhÅ«mi [a-nis Myanmar]. Chaidh
an t-Urramach Mahinda Thera, an t-Urramach Ittiya Thera, an t-Urramach
Uttiya Thera, an Sambala Thera iongantach agus BhaddasÄla Thera
iongantach a chur gu Tambapaį¹į¹i (a-nis Sri Lanka). ThĆ inig
miannan Dhamma nam manach sin gu buil agus thug iad toradh mĆ²r thairis
air Ć¹ine agus chaidh iad air adhart gu mĆ²r ann a bhith a ‘brosnachadh
dhaoine nan fearann āāsin le tiodhlac an Dhamma agus a’ toirt buaidh air
an t-sƬobhaltachdan agus na cultaran aca. Le sgaoileadh Dhamma tro fhaclan a ‘Buddha, ann an Ć m ri teachd thĆ inig an t-ainm Visvaguru, neach-teagaisg an t-saoghail. An Ceathramh Comhairle Chaidh a ‘Cheathramh Comhairle a chumail ann an Tambapaį¹į¹i [Sri Lanka] ann an 29 B.C. fo thaic-taic King Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i. B
‘e am prƬomh adhbhar airson a cho-dhĆ¹nadh gur e a-mach nach eil e
comasach a-nis don mhĆ²r-chuid de na manaich an Tipiį¹aka gu lĆØir a
ghleidheadh āāmar chuimhneachan mar a bha e roimhe airson Mahinda
Urramach agus an fheadhainn a lean Ć s a dhĆØidh. Mar
sin, mar a bha an obair sgrƬobhaidh, air a leasachadh gu Ƭre mhĆ²r, bha e
air a mheas iomchaidh agus riatanach gus a ‘bhuidheann gu lĆØir de
theagasg Buddha a sgrƬobhadh sƬos. Thug
King Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i taic do bheachd nam manach agus chaidh comhairle a
chumail gu sĆ²nraichte gus an Tipiį¹aka a lughdachadh gu tur airson
sgrƬobhadh. Mar
sin, gus am faodadh an dearbh Dhamma a bhith air a ghleidheadh āāgu
maireannach, dh’aithris an MahÄrakhita iongantach agus cĆ²ig ceud manaich
faclan an Buddha agus an uair sin sgrƬobh iad sƬos air duilleagan
pailme. Chaidh
am prĆ²iseact iongantach seo a chumail ann an uamh ris an canar, an
Ć loka lena, suidhichte ann a bhith a ‘cladhadh seann sheĆ²rsa-tƬre faisg
air na tha Matale a-nis. Mar
sin chaidh amas na Comhairle a choileanadh agus chaidh glĆØidhteachas
ann an sgrƬobhadh den Dhamma cinnteach a dhĆØanamh cinnteach. Nas
fhaide air adhart, anns an 18mh linn, bha Ƭomhaighean den Buddha a
chaidh a chruthachadh san uamh seo aig King VijayarÄjasÄ«ha. An CĆ²igeamh Comhairle Chaidh
a ‘chĆ²igeamh comhairle a chumail ann am MÄndalay, Burma ris an canar
Myanmar an-diugh ann an 1871 A.D. ann an riaghladh King Mindon. B
‘e prƬomh amas na coinneimh seo teisteanasan uile an Buddha a
chluinntinn agus an sgrĆ¹dadh ann am mion-fhiosrachadh mionaideach gus
faicinn an deach gin dhiubh atharrachadh, a leagail no a leigeil Ć s. Chaidh
a stiĆ¹ireadh le trƬ Seanairean, an MahÄthera JÄgarÄbhivaį¹sa, an
t-Urramach NarindÄbhidhaja, agus an MahÄthera Urramach Sumaį¹ galasÄmi ann
an companaidh mu dhĆ mhƬle ceithir cheud manaich (2,400). Mhair an co-aithris Dhamma aca airson cĆ²ig mƬosan. B
‘e cuideachd obair a’ chomhairle seo gum biodh an Tipiį¹aka gu lĆØir air a
sgrƬobhadh airson seachd bliadhna agus seachdnar agus naoi leac mĆ rmair
ann an sgriobt Myanmar an dĆØidh don aithris aithris a bhith air a
chrƬochnachadh agus aontaichte gu h-aon-ghuthach. Chaidh
an obair chudromach seo a dhĆØanamh le mu dhĆ mhƬle ceithir cheud
manaich sgeadachaidh agus mĆ²ran luchd-ciĆ¹ird sgileil a bha air an cumail
ann am pĆ²gagan piį¹aka ‘pagoda air lĆ rach sĆ²nraichte ann an gĆ raidhean
Kuthodaw Pagoda aig King Mindon aig bonn MÄndalay Tha cnoc far an canar an leabhar as motha air an t-saoghal seo chun an latha an-diugh.
an MahÄrakkhita Thera Urramach gu Yonaka-loka (fearann āānan
lonianaich, Bactrians agus na Greugaich.) Chaidh an t-Urramach Majjhima
Thera gu Himavanta (an t-Ć ite ri taobh an Himalayas.) Chaidh an Soį¹a
Urramach agus an Uttara Urramach a chuir gu Suvaį¹į¹abhÅ«mi [a-nis Myanmar]. Chaidh
an t-Urramach Mahinda Thera, an t-Urramach Ittiya Thera, an t-Urramach
Uttiya Thera, an Sambala Thera iongantach agus BhaddasÄla Thera
iongantach a chur gu Tambapaį¹į¹i (a-nis Sri Lanka). ThĆ inig
miannan Dhamma nam manach sin gu buil agus thug iad toradh mĆ²r thairis
air Ć¹ine agus chaidh iad air adhart gu mĆ²r ann a bhith a ‘brosnachadh
dhaoine nan fearann āāsin le tiodhlac an Dhamma agus a’ toirt buaidh air
an t-sƬobhaltachdan agus na cultaran aca. Le sgaoileadh Dhamma tro fhaclan a ‘Buddha, ann an Ć m ri teachd thĆ inig an t-ainm Visvaguru, neach-teagaisg an t-saoghail. An Ceathramh Comhairle Chaidh a ‘Cheathramh Comhairle a chumail ann an Tambapaį¹į¹i [Sri Lanka] ann an 29 B.C. fo thaic-taic King Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i. B
‘e am prƬomh adhbhar airson a cho-dhĆ¹nadh gur e a-mach nach eil e
comasach a-nis don mhĆ²r-chuid de na manaich an Tipiį¹aka gu lĆØir a
ghleidheadh āāmar chuimhneachan mar a bha e roimhe airson Mahinda
Urramach agus an fheadhainn a lean Ć s a dhĆØidh. Mar
sin, mar a bha an obair sgrƬobhaidh, air a leasachadh gu Ƭre mhĆ²r, bha e
air a mheas iomchaidh agus riatanach gus a ‘bhuidheann gu lĆØir de
theagasg Buddha a sgrƬobhadh sƬos. Thug
King Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i taic do bheachd nam manach agus chaidh comhairle a
chumail gu sĆ²nraichte gus an Tipiį¹aka a lughdachadh gu tur airson
sgrƬobhadh. Mar
sin, gus am faodadh an dearbh Dhamma a bhith air a ghleidheadh āāgu
maireannach, dh’aithris an MahÄrakhita iongantach agus cĆ²ig ceud manaich
faclan an Buddha agus an uair sin sgrƬobh iad sƬos air duilleagan
pailme. Chaidh
am prĆ²iseact iongantach seo a chumail ann an uamh ris an canar, an
Ć loka lena, suidhichte ann a bhith a ‘cladhadh seann sheĆ²rsa-tƬre faisg
air na tha Matale a-nis. Mar
sin chaidh amas na Comhairle a choileanadh agus chaidh glĆØidhteachas
ann an sgrƬobhadh den Dhamma cinnteach a dhĆØanamh cinnteach. Nas
fhaide air adhart, anns an 18mh linn, bha Ƭomhaighean den Buddha a
chaidh a chruthachadh san uamh seo aig King VijayarÄjasÄ«ha. An CĆ²igeamh Comhairle Chaidh
a ‘chĆ²igeamh comhairle a chumail ann am MÄndalay, Burma ris an canar
Myanmar an-diugh ann an 1871 A.D. ann an riaghladh King Mindon. B
‘e prƬomh amas na coinneimh seo teisteanasan uile an Buddha a
chluinntinn agus an sgrĆ¹dadh ann am mion-fhiosrachadh mionaideach gus
faicinn an deach gin dhiubh atharrachadh, a leagail no a leigeil Ć s. Chaidh
a stiĆ¹ireadh le trƬ Seanairean, an MahÄthera JÄgarÄbhivaį¹sa, an
t-Urramach NarindÄbhidhaja, agus an MahÄthera Urramach Sumaį¹ galasÄmi ann
an companaidh mu dhĆ mhƬle ceithir cheud manaich (2,400). Mhair an co-aithris Dhamma aca airson cĆ²ig mƬosan. B
‘e cuideachd obair a’ chomhairle seo gum biodh an Tipiį¹aka gu lĆØir air a
sgrƬobhadh airson seachd bliadhna agus seachdnar agus naoi leac mĆ rmair
ann an sgriobt Myanmar an dĆØidh don aithris aithris a bhith air a
chrƬochnachadh agus aontaichte gu h-aon-ghuthach. Chaidh
an obair chudromach seo a dhĆØanamh le mu dhĆ mhƬle ceithir cheud
manaich sgeadachaidh agus mĆ²ran luchd-ciĆ¹ird sgileil a bha air an cumail
ann am pĆ²gagan piį¹aka ‘pagoda air lĆ rach sĆ²nraichte ann an gĆ raidhean
Kuthodaw Pagoda aig King Mindon aig bonn MÄndalay Tha cnoc far an canar an leabhar as motha air an t-saoghal seo chun an latha an-diugh.
an Siathamh Comhairle a ghairm aig Kaba Aye ann an Yangon, a bha roimhe
na Rangoon ann an 1954, ceithir fichead ’sa trƬ bliadhna an dĆØidh a’
chĆ²igeamh tĆØ a chumail ann an Mandalay. Fhuair e taic bho Riaghaltas Bhurmais air a stiĆ¹ireadh leis a ‘PhrƬomhaire, an Urramach U Nu. Thug
e cead do thogail MahÄ PÄsÄna GÅ«hÄ, an uamh mhĆ²r a chaidh a thogail
bhon talamh suas, a bhith na Ć ite cruinneachaidh gu math coltach ri Uamh
SattapÄnni India - lĆ rach a ‘chiad Comhairle Dhamma. Nuair
a chaidh a chrƬochnachadh, choinnich a ‘Chomhairle air an 17mh den
ChĆØitean, 1954. Mar a thachair dha na comhairlean a bha ann roimhe, b’
ea ‘chiad amas a bhith a’ daingneachadh agus a ‘gleidheadh āāan Dhamma
agus Vinaya. Ach bha e sĆ²nraichte gun robh na manaich a ghabh pĆ irt ann bho ochd dĆ¹thchannan. ThĆ inig
na dĆ mhƬle cĆ²ig ceud manaich TheravÄda seo Ć Myanmar, Cambodia, na
h-Innseachan, Laos, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Thailand agus Bhietnam. Chaidh
an t-Urramach MahÄsi Sayadaw fhastadh mar obair uasal a bhith a
‘faighneachd na ceistean a dh’ fheumar mu Dhhamma Bhadanta
VicittasÄrÄbhivaį¹sa Tipiį¹akadhara Dhammabhaį¹įøÄgÄrika, a fhreagair iad
uile gu h-ionnsachadh agus gu sÅnraichte. Mun
Ć m a choinnich a ‘chomhairle seo, bha PÄli Tipiį¹aka air a thoirt
a-steach do na sgriobtaichean dĆ¹thchasach aca, ach a-mhĆ in na
h-Innseachan. ThĆ²isich
aithris thraidiseanta Sgriobtairean Dhamma dĆ bhliadhna anns an deach
an Tipiį¹aka agus a litreachas co-cheangailte anns na sgriobtaichean a
sgrĆ¹dadh gu cruaidh. Chaidh
eadar-dhealachaidhean sam bith a chaidh a lorg a thoirt fa-near, chaidh
na ceartachaidhean ceartachaidh a dhĆØanamh agus chaidh na dreachan uile
a dhealbhadh an uairsin. Gu fortanach, chaidh a lorg nach robh mĆ²ran eadar-dhealachaidh ann an susbaint aon de na teacsaichean. Mu
dheireadh, an dĆØidh don Chomhairle aontachadh gu h-oifigeil iad, chaidh
a h-uile tomhas den Tipiį¹aka agus am Beachdan a dheasachadh airson
clĆ²-bhualadh air presses an latha an-diugh agus a chaidh fhoillseachadh
anns an sgriobt Myanmar (Burmais). Chaidh
an obair shĆ²nraichte seo a dhĆØanamh comasach tro oidhirpean sĆ²nraichte
an dĆ mhƬle cĆ²ig ceud manaich agus grunn dhaoine laighe. ThĆ inig an obair gu crƬch sa ChĆØitean 1956, dĆ gu leth mƬle bliadhna Ć s deidh dha an Tighearna a ruighinn ParinibbÄna. B ‘e obair na comhairle seo coileanadh sĆ²nraichte air riochdairean bhon t-saoghal Budhaich gu lĆØir. Chaidh
an dreach den Tipiį¹aka a rinn e a thoirt gu buil a bhith aithnichte mar
fhƬrinn do theagasg fƬor mhath Gotama an Buddha agus an aithris as
Ć¹ghdarrasaiche aca gu ruige seo. Chaidh na leabhraichean a chaidh a chlĆ²-bhualadh an dĆØidh an Siathamh Saį¹ gÄyana a chlĆ²-bhualadh ann an sgriobt Myanmar. Gus
na cunntasan a thoirt do mhuinntir nan Innseachan, thĆ²isich InstitiĆ¹d
Rannsachaidh Vipassana a ‘phrĆ²iseict airson Tipiį¹aka a chlĆ²-bhualadh le
Aį¹į¹hakathÄs agus į¹ikas ann an Devanagari sa bhliadhna 1990. A dhĆ¹sgadh le mothachadh air Teagasg Buddha ann an 5 facail
Bi daonnan math a bhith mothachail! Airson lĆ n-mhƬneachadh Tadhal air:
Analytic
Insight Net - AN-ASGAIDH SgrĆ¹dadh agus Cleachdadh Tipiį¹aka Air-loidhne
Oilthigh agus NEWS co-cheangailte tro http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ann
an 105 CĆNAIN CLASSICAL
Bho:
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org Eadar-theangachadh an eadar-theangachadh Google seo anns a ‘chĆ nan mhĆ thaireil agad a’ cleachdadh
https://translate.google.com Sin agad an LESSON agad Post-d:
buddhasaid2us@gmail.com
http://www.palicanon.org/
https://www.youtube.com/watchā¦
1 Hour of Scottish Music and Celtic Music
Derek & Brandon Fiechter
Published on Nov 28, 2015
Tracklist and other info :
Buy our music here :
iTunes : https://itunes.apple.com/us/album/sco…
Bandcamp : https://dbfiechter.bandcamp.com/album…
Amazon mp3 : http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B018…
Listen to this music on Spotify:
Spotify : https://open.spotify.com/album/1ZMZ69…
***
Tracklist :
Epic Scottish Music
0:00 ā Scottish Clan
3:21 ā William Wallace
6:50 ā Celtic Warriors
10:06 ā Pirates of the Coast
13:35 ā Hoist up the Sails
16:44 ā Dragon Riders
19:55 ā Haunted Scottish Castle
23:25 ā Hill Fort
26:49 ā Barbarian Raid
Beautiful Scottish Music
29:53 ā The Highland Tavern
33:05 ā Scottish Festival
36:28 ā Gaelic Feast
39:42 ā Minstrel of the Misty Woods
43:24 ā Dawn of the Fairies
47:02 ā Scottish Fen
50:26 ā Magic Glen
53:40 ā Vale of Wishes
56:46 ā Nightdream Meadow
1:00:17 ā Isle of Skye
These beautiful pictures are from Sonja Pieper (1st pic), JJcanvas (2nd
pic), Alexander Nasymth (3rd pic), inSOLense (4th pic), Dariusz Duma
(5th pic), Mike138 (6th pic), Sophie-Y (7th pic), and Christian Hacker
(last pic).
1. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Fi…
2. http://jjcanvas.deviantart.com/art/St…
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tantall…
/File:View_of_Tantallon_Castle_and_the_Bass_Rock_by_Alexander_Nasmyth,_NGS.JPG
4. http://insolense.deviantart.com/art/M…
5. https://www.flickr.com/photos/4079231…
6. https://www.flickr.com/photos/7248607…
7. http://sophie-y.deviantart.com/art/ba…
8. https://www.flickr.com/photos/gigiwal…
~ All music is composed by Derek and Brandon Fiechter ~
Category
Music
youtube.com
Tracklist and other info : Buy our music here : iTunes : https://itunes.apple.com/us/album/scotland/id1065052918 Bandcamp : https://dbfiechter.bandcaā¦
Buddha
81) Classical Serbian
81) ŠŠ»Š°ŃŠøŃŠ½Šø ŃŃŠæŃŠŗŠø
2638 ŠŠµŃ 1 ŠŃŠ½ ŠŠŠ”Š”ŠŠ
ŠŠ°Š»Šø Š¦Š°Š½Š¾Š½ ŠŠ½Š»ŠøŠ½Šµ
ŠŃŠ²Š¾Š±ŠøŃŠ½Šµ ŃŠµŃŠø ŠŃŠ“Š°
ŠŠ¾ŃŠµŠŗŠ»Š¾ ŠŠ°Š»Šø Š¦Š°Š½Š¾Š½ “ŠŃŠµŃŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ¼Š¾
Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Š¾:” ŠŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠµŃŠø, ŃŠ¾ ŃŠ°Š¼ ŃŃŠ¾ Šø ŠæŃŠøŠ¼ŠøŠ¾ Š¾Š“ Š²Š»Š°ŃŃŠøŃŠøŃ ŃŃŠ°Š½Š°:
Š¾Š²Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š°, Š¾Š²Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“ŠøŃŃŠøŠæŠ»ŠøŠ½Š°, Š¾Š²Š¾ ŃŠµ Š£ŃŠøŃŠµŃŃŠŗŠ¾ ŃŃŠµŃŠµ “, Š¾Š½Š“Š°,
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø, Š½Šµ Š±Šø ŃŃŠµŠ±Š°Š»Šø Š½Šø Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŃŠø Š½Šø Š½Šµ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŃŠø ŃŠµŃŠø. ŠŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼,
Š±ŠµŠ· Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŠ° ŠøŠ»Šø Š½ŠµŠ¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŠ°, ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ ŃŠøŃŠµŃŠø Šø ŠøŠ·ŃŠ°Š·Šø ŃŃŠµŠ±Š° ŠæŠ°Š¶ŃŠøŠ²Š¾
Š½Š°Š²ŠµŃŃŠø Šø ŃŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŃŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠø ŃŠ° ŃŃŃŠ°Š¼Š° Šø ŠæŃŠµŠ³Š»ŠµŠ“Š°ŃŠø Ń ŃŠ²ŃŠµŃŠ»Ń Š“ŠøŃŃŠøŠæŠ»ŠøŠ½Šµ. ŠŠŗŠ¾
ŃŠµ Š½Š° ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ²Š¾Š¼ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŃŠµŃŃ Šø ŃŠ°Š·Š¼Š°ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ ŃŃŠ²ŃŠ“Šø Š“Š° Š½ŠøŃŃ Ń ŃŠŗŠ»Š°Š“Ń Ń Š”ŃŃŠ°Š¼Š° ŠøŠ»Šø
Š“ŠøŃŃŠøŠæŠ»ŠøŠ½Š¾Š¼, Š·Š°ŠŗŃŃŃŠ°Šŗ Š¼Š¾ŃŠ° Š±ŠøŃŠø: “Š”ŠøŠ³ŃŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š²Š¾ Š½ŠøŃŠµ ŃŠµŃ ŠŃŠ“Š°, Š¾Š²Š°Ń Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń
ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š³ŃŠµŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŃ Š²Š°ŃŠµŠ½”, Š° Š¼Š°ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ° ŃŃŠµŠ±Š° Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŃŠø. ŠŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼,
ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š½Š° Š¾ŃŠ½Š¾Š²Ń ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ²Š¾Š³ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŃŠµŃŠ° Šø ŠæŃŠµŠ³Š»ŠµŠ“Š° ŃŃŠ²ŃŠ“Šø Š“Š° ŃŃ Ń ŃŠŗŠ»Š°Š“Ń Ń
Š”ŃŃŠ°Š¼Š° ŠøŠ»Šø Š“ŠøŃŃŠøŠæŠ»ŠøŠ½Š¾Š¼, Š·Š°ŠŗŃŃŃŠ°Šŗ Š¼Š¾ŃŠ° Š±ŠøŃŠø: “Š”ŠøŠ³ŃŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ¾ ŃŠµŃ ŠŃŠ“Š°, Ń
ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŠ²ŠøŠ¼ ŃŠ°Š·ŃŠ¼ŠøŠ¾.” - ŠŠ 16 ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Š° Š”ŃŃŃŠ° - ŠŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠ¾ ŠæŃŠ¾Š»ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠµ, ŠŃŠ“Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»ŠµŠ“ŃŠø Š“Š°Š½Šø
ŠŃŃŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŠ½Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° ŠŠ¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š° ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŃ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ²Š°Š½Š° Šø ŠæŃŠµŠ“Š°ŃŠ° Š½Š°Š¼Š° Šø Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŠµ Ń Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠø. ŠŠ°Š»Šø ŃŠµŃ, ‘Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°’, Š±ŃŠŗŠ²Š°Š»Š½Š¾ Š·Š½Š°ŃŠø ‘ŃŃŠø āāŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ°ŃŠµ’ (ŃŠø = ŃŃŠø + ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° = Š·Š±ŠøŃŠŗŠµ ŃŠæŠøŃŠ°). Š”Š²Š° ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° ŠæŠ¾Š“ŠµŃŠµŠ½Š° ŃŃ Š½Š° ŃŃŠø Š“ŠµŠ»Š°. 1. ŠŃŠ²Šø Š“ŠµŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Ń ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° ŠŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Šø ŃŠ°Š“ŃŠ¶Šø ŃŠ²Š° ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° Š¾Š“ŃŠµŠ“ŠøŠ»Š° Š·Š° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń ŠøŃŠµ.
2. ŠŃŃŠ³Šø Š“ŠµŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š·Š¾Š²Šµ Š”ŃŃŃŠ°Š½ŃŠ° ŠŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Šø ŃŠ°Š“ŃŠ¶Šø Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃŠµ.
3. Š¢ŃŠµŃŠø Š“ŠµŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Ń ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠŠ±Ń ŠøŠ“Ń Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŠŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Šø Š¾Š±ŃŃ Š²Š°ŃŠ° ŠæŃŠøŃ Š¾ŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠ° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° ŠŃŠ“Š°. ŠŠ¾Š·Š½Š°ŃŠ¾
ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŠŗŠ°Š“ Š³Š¾Š“ ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° Š“Š°Š²Š°Š¾ Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼ Š·Š°ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠøŃŠµŠ½ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŠøŠ»Šø
ŃŠ»ŠµŠ“Š±ŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŠøŠ»Šø ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠŗŃ Š²Š»Š°Š“Š°Š²ŠøŠ½Ń ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠ²Š¾Š³
ŃŠµŃŃŠ“ŠµŃŠµŃŠæŠµŃŠ¾Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŃŃŠµŠ³ ŃŠ»ŃŠ¶ŠµŃŠ°, Š¾Š½Šø Š¾Š“ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ Šø ŃŠ²Š°Š¶ŠµŠ½ŠøŃ
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°, Š¾Š½Š“Š° ŠæŃŠøŃŃŃŠ½Šø, Š¾Š“Š¼Š°Ń Š±Šø ŠøŠ·Š²ŃŃŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµ ŃŃŠµŃŠµ ŃŠøŃŠµŃ Š·Š° ŃŠøŃŠµŃ Ń ŠæŠ°Š¼ŃŠµŃŠµ. Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŃ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŃŠµŃŠø Š±ŠøŠ»Šµ ŠæŃŠµŃŠøŠ·Š½Š¾ Š¾ŃŃŠ²Š°Š½Šµ Šø Ń Š²ŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š° Š½Š° Š²ŃŠµŠ¼Šµ ŃŃŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š“ Š½Š°ŃŃŠ°Š²Š½ŠøŠŗŠ° Š“Š¾ ŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ°. ŠŠµŠŗŠø
Š¾Š“ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŃŠ»Šø ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ°Š³ŠøŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° Š»ŠøŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŃ Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŠø, ŠæŠ°
ŠæŃŠµŠ¼Š° Š“ŠµŃŠøŠ½ŠøŃŠøŃŠø, “ŃŠøŃŃŠø” Š±ŠµŠ· ŃŃŃŠ°ŃŃŠø, Š±Š¾Š»ŠµŃŃŠø Šø Š¾Š±Š¼Š°Š½Šµ Šø ŃŃŠ¾Š³Š°,
Š½ŠµŃŃŠ¼ŃŠøŠ²Š¾ ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š±Š°Š½ Š“Š° Š·Š°Š“ŃŠ¶Šø, ŃŠ°Š²ŃŃŠµŠ½Š¾ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŃŠµŃŠø. Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŃ Š¾Š±ŠµŠ·Š±ŠµŠ“ŠøŠ»Šø Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š°ŃŃ Š²ŠµŃŠ½Š¾ Š·Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼ŃŃŠ²Š¾. Š§Š°Šŗ
Šø Š¾Š½Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠ¾Ń Š½ŠøŃŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š»Šø ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŠ°Ń Š¾Š¾Š“, Š°Š»Šø ŃŃ
ŃŃŠøŠ³Š»Šø Ń ŠæŃŠ²Šµ ŃŃŠø ŃŠ°Š·Šµ ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠ¾ŃŃŠø Šø ŠøŠ¼Š°Š»Šø Š¼Š¾ŃŠ½Šµ, ŃŠµŃŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŃŠŗŠµ ŃŃŠæŠ¾Š¼ŠµŠ½Šµ
Š¼Š¾Š³Š»Šµ ŃŃ ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŠµŃŠø Š½Š° ŃŠøŃŠµŃ ŃŠøŃŠµŃ Š¾ ŃŠ¾Š¼Šµ ŃŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Š°Š¾ Šø ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾
Š¼Š¾Š³Š°Š¾ Š±ŠøŃŠø Š²ŃŠøŃŠµŠ“Š°Š½ ŃŃŠ²Š°Ń Š±ŃŠ“ŠøŃŃŠøŃŠŗŠøŃ ŃŃŠµŃŠ°. ŠŠµŠ“Š°Š½
ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°Š² Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, ŠøŠ·Š°Š±ŃŠ°Š½Šø ŃŠ»ŃŠ¶Š±ŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗ Šø ŃŃŠ°Š»Š½Šø ŃŠ°ŠæŃŃŠ½ŠøŠŗ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ
ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»ŠµŠ“ŃŠøŃ Š“Š²Š°Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ ŠæŠµŃ Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Š° ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ Š¶ŠøŠ²Š¾ŃŠ°. ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ»Š° Š²ŃŠ»Š¾ ŠøŠ½ŃŠµŠ»ŠøŠ³ŠµŠ½ŃŠ½Š° Šø Š½Š°Š“Š°ŃŠµŠ½Š° ŃŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š±Š½Š¾ŃŃŃ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠµŃŠø Š¾Š½Š¾Š³Š° ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŃŠ¾. ŠŠ°ŠøŃŃŠ°,
ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° ŠøŠ·ŃŠøŃŠøŃŠ° Š¶ŠµŃŠ° Š±ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŠ²ŠµŠŗ ŠæŃŠøŠŗŠ°Š¶Šµ ŃŠ²Šµ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃŠµ,
ŠøŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠ¾Ń Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŠ°, Š¾Š½ ŃŠµ Š½Š°Š¼ŠµŃŠ½Š¾ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½ Š¼ŠµŠ¼Š¾ŃŠøŃŃŠŗŠ¾Ń ŃŠµŃŠø Š·Š°
ŃŠ²Šµ Š±ŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Šø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠæŠ¾Š·Š¾ŃŠ°Š²Š°Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń ŠøŃŠµ Šø ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ
ŃŠ»ŠµŠ“Š±ŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗŠµ. ŠŠ¾Š¼Š±ŠøŠ½Š¾Š²Š°Š½Šø
Š½Š°ŠæŠ¾ŃŠø Š¾Š²ŠøŃ Š½Š°Š“Š°ŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Š¾Š¼Š¾Š³ŃŃŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŃ,
ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° Š½Š°ŃŃŠøŠ¾ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ²Š° Ń ŃŠ²Š¾Š¼ ŠæŃŠ²Š¾Š±ŠøŃŠ½Š¾Š¼ ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ. ŠŠ°Š»Šø Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Šø ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° ŃŃŠ¾Š“Š½Š° ŠŗŃŠøŠ¶ŠµŠ²Š½Š¾ŃŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµŠ·ŃŠ»ŃŠ°Ń Š¾ŃŠŗŃŠøŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠæŠ»ŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠ¾Š³ Šø Š¾ŃŠ»Š¾Š±Š°ŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠµŠ³ ŠæŃŃŠ° ŃŠøŃŃŠµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ. ŠŠ²Š°Ń ŠæŃŃ Š¾Š¼Š¾Š³ŃŃŠ°Š²Š° ŃŠ²ŠøŠ¼ Š¾Š½ŠøŠ¼Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø Š³Š° ŠæŃŠ°ŃŠµ Š“Š° Š²Š¾Š“Šµ Š¼ŠøŃŠ½Šø Šø ŃŃŠµŃŠ½Šø Š¶ŠøŠ²Š¾Ń. ŠŠ°ŠøŃŃŠ°,
Ń Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ Š“Š°Š½Ń Šø Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Š°Š¼Š° ŃŠ¼Š¾ ŃŃŠµŃŠ½Šø ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š°ŃŃŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŠ½Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° ŠŃŠ“Š° Š¾ŃŃŠ²Š°Š½Š°
Š·Š° Š±ŃŠ“ŃŃŠµ Š³ŠµŠ½ŠµŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠµ ŠŗŃŠ¾Š· ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃŠ½Šµ Šø Š·Š°ŃŠµŠ“Š½ŠøŃŠŗŠµ Š½Š°ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŃ
Š·Š°ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠøŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ ŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ° ŠŗŃŠ¾Š· Š²ŠµŠŗŠ¾Š²Šµ. ŠŃŠ“Š°
ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠøŠ¼Š° Š“Š°, ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° Š²ŠøŃŠµ Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š¼ŠµŃŃ ŃŠøŠ¼Š°, Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŃŠµ
Š²Š°Š¶Š½Š¾ Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š”Š°ŃŠ° ŃŠ“ŃŃŠ¶Šø Ń ŃŠøŃŃ ŠŗŠ¾Š»ŠµŠŗŃŠøŠ²Š½Š¾Š³ ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŠ° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ, Š±Š°Ń Š¾Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾
ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š³Š° ŃŠµ Š½Š°ŃŃŠøŠ¾. Š£
ŃŠŗŠ»Š°Š“Ń ŃŠ° Š¾Š²ŠøŠ¼ ŃŠæŃŃŃŃŠ²Š¾Š¼, ŠæŃŠ²Šø ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠµŃŠø ŃŃ Š·Š²Š°Š»Šø ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃ Šø ŃŠøŃŃŠµŠ¼Š°ŃŃŠŗŠø
ŃŃ Š½Š°ŃŠµŠ“ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠ²Šµ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŠ·Šµ Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠŗŠµ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠøŃŠµ, Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŠøŃ Š²ŠµŃŠ½Š¾
ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š»Šø Š½Š° ŃŠøŃŠµŃ.
ŠŠ¾ŃŠµŠŗŠ»Š¾ ŠŠ°Š»Šø Š¦Š°Š½Š¾Š½ “ŠŃŠµŃŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ¼Š¾
Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Š¾:” ŠŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠµŃŠø, ŃŠ¾ ŃŠ°Š¼ ŃŃŠ¾ Šø ŠæŃŠøŠ¼ŠøŠ¾ Š¾Š“ Š²Š»Š°ŃŃŠøŃŠøŃ ŃŃŠ°Š½Š°:
Š¾Š²Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š°, Š¾Š²Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“ŠøŃŃŠøŠæŠ»ŠøŠ½Š°, Š¾Š²Š¾ ŃŠµ Š£ŃŠøŃŠµŃŃŠŗŠ¾ ŃŃŠµŃŠµ “, Š¾Š½Š“Š°,
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø, Š½Šµ Š±Šø ŃŃŠµŠ±Š°Š»Šø Š½Šø Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŃŠø Š½Šø Š½Šµ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŃŠø ŃŠµŃŠø. ŠŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼,
Š±ŠµŠ· Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŠ° ŠøŠ»Šø Š½ŠµŠ¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŠ°, ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ ŃŠøŃŠµŃŠø Šø ŠøŠ·ŃŠ°Š·Šø ŃŃŠµŠ±Š° ŠæŠ°Š¶ŃŠøŠ²Š¾
Š½Š°Š²ŠµŃŃŠø Šø ŃŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŃŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠø ŃŠ° ŃŃŃŠ°Š¼Š° Šø ŠæŃŠµŠ³Š»ŠµŠ“Š°ŃŠø Ń ŃŠ²ŃŠµŃŠ»Ń Š“ŠøŃŃŠøŠæŠ»ŠøŠ½Šµ. ŠŠŗŠ¾
ŃŠµ Š½Š° ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ²Š¾Š¼ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŃŠµŃŃ Šø ŃŠ°Š·Š¼Š°ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ ŃŃŠ²ŃŠ“Šø Š“Š° Š½ŠøŃŃ Ń ŃŠŗŠ»Š°Š“Ń Ń Š”ŃŃŠ°Š¼Š° ŠøŠ»Šø
Š“ŠøŃŃŠøŠæŠ»ŠøŠ½Š¾Š¼, Š·Š°ŠŗŃŃŃŠ°Šŗ Š¼Š¾ŃŠ° Š±ŠøŃŠø: “Š”ŠøŠ³ŃŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š²Š¾ Š½ŠøŃŠµ ŃŠµŃ ŠŃŠ“Š°, Š¾Š²Š°Ń Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń
ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š³ŃŠµŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŃ Š²Š°ŃŠµŠ½”, Š° Š¼Š°ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ° ŃŃŠµŠ±Š° Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŃŠø. ŠŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼,
ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š½Š° Š¾ŃŠ½Š¾Š²Ń ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ²Š¾Š³ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŃŠµŃŠ° Šø ŠæŃŠµŠ³Š»ŠµŠ“Š° ŃŃŠ²ŃŠ“Šø Š“Š° ŃŃ Ń ŃŠŗŠ»Š°Š“Ń Ń
Š”ŃŃŠ°Š¼Š° ŠøŠ»Šø Š“ŠøŃŃŠøŠæŠ»ŠøŠ½Š¾Š¼, Š·Š°ŠŗŃŃŃŠ°Šŗ Š¼Š¾ŃŠ° Š±ŠøŃŠø: “Š”ŠøŠ³ŃŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ¾ ŃŠµŃ ŠŃŠ“Š°, Ń
ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŠ²ŠøŠ¼ ŃŠ°Š·ŃŠ¼ŠøŠ¾.” - ŠŠ 16 ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Š° Š”ŃŃŃŠ° - ŠŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠ¾ ŠæŃŠ¾Š»ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠµ, ŠŃŠ“Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»ŠµŠ“ŃŠø Š“Š°Š½Šø
ŠŃŃŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŠ½Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° ŠŠ¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š° ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŃ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ²Š°Š½Š° Šø ŠæŃŠµŠ“Š°ŃŠ° Š½Š°Š¼Š° Šø Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŠµ Ń Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠø. ŠŠ°Š»Šø ŃŠµŃ, ‘Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°’, Š±ŃŠŗŠ²Š°Š»Š½Š¾ Š·Š½Š°ŃŠø ‘ŃŃŠø āāŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ°ŃŠµ’ (ŃŠø = ŃŃŠø + ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° = Š·Š±ŠøŃŠŗŠµ ŃŠæŠøŃŠ°). Š”Š²Š° ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° ŠæŠ¾Š“ŠµŃŠµŠ½Š° ŃŃ Š½Š° ŃŃŠø Š“ŠµŠ»Š°. 1. ŠŃŠ²Šø Š“ŠµŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Ń ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° ŠŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Šø ŃŠ°Š“ŃŠ¶Šø ŃŠ²Š° ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° Š¾Š“ŃŠµŠ“ŠøŠ»Š° Š·Š° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń ŠøŃŠµ.
2. ŠŃŃŠ³Šø Š“ŠµŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š·Š¾Š²Šµ Š”ŃŃŃŠ°Š½ŃŠ° ŠŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Šø ŃŠ°Š“ŃŠ¶Šø Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃŠµ.
3. Š¢ŃŠµŃŠø Š“ŠµŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Ń ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠŠ±Ń ŠøŠ“Ń Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŠŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Šø Š¾Š±ŃŃ Š²Š°ŃŠ° ŠæŃŠøŃ Š¾ŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠ° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° ŠŃŠ“Š°. ŠŠ¾Š·Š½Š°ŃŠ¾
ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŠŗŠ°Š“ Š³Š¾Š“ ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° Š“Š°Š²Š°Š¾ Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼ Š·Š°ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠøŃŠµŠ½ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŠøŠ»Šø
ŃŠ»ŠµŠ“Š±ŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŠøŠ»Šø ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠŗŃ Š²Š»Š°Š“Š°Š²ŠøŠ½Ń ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠ²Š¾Š³
ŃŠµŃŃŠ“ŠµŃŠµŃŠæŠµŃŠ¾Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŃŃŠµŠ³ ŃŠ»ŃŠ¶ŠµŃŠ°, Š¾Š½Šø Š¾Š“ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ Šø ŃŠ²Š°Š¶ŠµŠ½ŠøŃ
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°, Š¾Š½Š“Š° ŠæŃŠøŃŃŃŠ½Šø, Š¾Š“Š¼Š°Ń Š±Šø ŠøŠ·Š²ŃŃŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµ ŃŃŠµŃŠµ ŃŠøŃŠµŃ Š·Š° ŃŠøŃŠµŃ Ń ŠæŠ°Š¼ŃŠµŃŠµ. Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŃ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŃŠµŃŠø Š±ŠøŠ»Šµ ŠæŃŠµŃŠøŠ·Š½Š¾ Š¾ŃŃŠ²Š°Š½Šµ Šø Ń Š²ŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š° Š½Š° Š²ŃŠµŠ¼Šµ ŃŃŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š“ Š½Š°ŃŃŠ°Š²Š½ŠøŠŗŠ° Š“Š¾ ŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ°. ŠŠµŠŗŠø
Š¾Š“ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŃŠ»Šø ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ°Š³ŠøŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° Š»ŠøŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŃ Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŠø, ŠæŠ°
ŠæŃŠµŠ¼Š° Š“ŠµŃŠøŠ½ŠøŃŠøŃŠø, “ŃŠøŃŃŠø” Š±ŠµŠ· ŃŃŃŠ°ŃŃŠø, Š±Š¾Š»ŠµŃŃŠø Šø Š¾Š±Š¼Š°Š½Šµ Šø ŃŃŠ¾Š³Š°,
Š½ŠµŃŃŠ¼ŃŠøŠ²Š¾ ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š±Š°Š½ Š“Š° Š·Š°Š“ŃŠ¶Šø, ŃŠ°Š²ŃŃŠµŠ½Š¾ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŃŠµŃŠø. Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŃ Š¾Š±ŠµŠ·Š±ŠµŠ“ŠøŠ»Šø Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š°ŃŃ Š²ŠµŃŠ½Š¾ Š·Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼ŃŃŠ²Š¾. Š§Š°Šŗ
Šø Š¾Š½Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠ¾Ń Š½ŠøŃŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š»Šø ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŠ°Ń Š¾Š¾Š“, Š°Š»Šø ŃŃ
ŃŃŠøŠ³Š»Šø Ń ŠæŃŠ²Šµ ŃŃŠø ŃŠ°Š·Šµ ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠ¾ŃŃŠø Šø ŠøŠ¼Š°Š»Šø Š¼Š¾ŃŠ½Šµ, ŃŠµŃŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŃŠŗŠµ ŃŃŠæŠ¾Š¼ŠµŠ½Šµ
Š¼Š¾Š³Š»Šµ ŃŃ ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŠµŃŠø Š½Š° ŃŠøŃŠµŃ ŃŠøŃŠµŃ Š¾ ŃŠ¾Š¼Šµ ŃŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Š°Š¾ Šø ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾
Š¼Š¾Š³Š°Š¾ Š±ŠøŃŠø Š²ŃŠøŃŠµŠ“Š°Š½ ŃŃŠ²Š°Ń Š±ŃŠ“ŠøŃŃŠøŃŠŗŠøŃ ŃŃŠµŃŠ°. ŠŠµŠ“Š°Š½
ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°Š² Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°, ŠøŠ·Š°Š±ŃŠ°Š½Šø ŃŠ»ŃŠ¶Š±ŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗ Šø ŃŃŠ°Š»Š½Šø ŃŠ°ŠæŃŃŠ½ŠøŠŗ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ
ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»ŠµŠ“ŃŠøŃ Š“Š²Š°Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ ŠæŠµŃ Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Š° ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ Š¶ŠøŠ²Š¾ŃŠ°. ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ»Š° Š²ŃŠ»Š¾ ŠøŠ½ŃŠµŠ»ŠøŠ³ŠµŠ½ŃŠ½Š° Šø Š½Š°Š“Š°ŃŠµŠ½Š° ŃŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š±Š½Š¾ŃŃŃ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠµŃŠø Š¾Š½Š¾Š³Š° ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŃŠ¾. ŠŠ°ŠøŃŃŠ°,
ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° ŠøŠ·ŃŠøŃŠøŃŠ° Š¶ŠµŃŠ° Š±ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŠ²ŠµŠŗ ŠæŃŠøŠŗŠ°Š¶Šµ ŃŠ²Šµ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃŠµ,
ŠøŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠ¾Ń Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŠ°, Š¾Š½ ŃŠµ Š½Š°Š¼ŠµŃŠ½Š¾ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½ Š¼ŠµŠ¼Š¾ŃŠøŃŃŠŗŠ¾Ń ŃŠµŃŠø Š·Š°
ŃŠ²Šµ Š±ŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Šø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠæŠ¾Š·Š¾ŃŠ°Š²Š°Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°, Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń ŠøŃŠµ Šø ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ
ŃŠ»ŠµŠ“Š±ŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗŠµ. ŠŠ¾Š¼Š±ŠøŠ½Š¾Š²Š°Š½Šø
Š½Š°ŠæŠ¾ŃŠø Š¾Š²ŠøŃ Š½Š°Š“Š°ŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Š¾Š¼Š¾Š³ŃŃŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŃ,
ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° Š½Š°ŃŃŠøŠ¾ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ²Š° Ń ŃŠ²Š¾Š¼ ŠæŃŠ²Š¾Š±ŠøŃŠ½Š¾Š¼ ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ. ŠŠ°Š»Šø Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Šø ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° ŃŃŠ¾Š“Š½Š° ŠŗŃŠøŠ¶ŠµŠ²Š½Š¾ŃŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµŠ·ŃŠ»ŃŠ°Ń Š¾ŃŠŗŃŠøŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠæŠ»ŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠ¾Š³ Šø Š¾ŃŠ»Š¾Š±Š°ŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠµŠ³ ŠæŃŃŠ° ŃŠøŃŃŠµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ. ŠŠ²Š°Ń ŠæŃŃ Š¾Š¼Š¾Š³ŃŃŠ°Š²Š° ŃŠ²ŠøŠ¼ Š¾Š½ŠøŠ¼Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø Š³Š° ŠæŃŠ°ŃŠµ Š“Š° Š²Š¾Š“Šµ Š¼ŠøŃŠ½Šø Šø ŃŃŠµŃŠ½Šø Š¶ŠøŠ²Š¾Ń. ŠŠ°ŠøŃŃŠ°,
Ń Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ Š“Š°Š½Ń Šø Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Š°Š¼Š° ŃŠ¼Š¾ ŃŃŠµŃŠ½Šø ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š°ŃŃŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŠ½Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° ŠŃŠ“Š° Š¾ŃŃŠ²Š°Š½Š°
Š·Š° Š±ŃŠ“ŃŃŠµ Š³ŠµŠ½ŠµŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠµ ŠŗŃŠ¾Š· ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃŠ½Šµ Šø Š·Š°ŃŠµŠ“Š½ŠøŃŠŗŠµ Š½Š°ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŃ
Š·Š°ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠøŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ ŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ° ŠŗŃŠ¾Š· Š²ŠµŠŗŠ¾Š²Šµ. ŠŃŠ“Š°
ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠøŠ¼Š° Š“Š°, ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° Š²ŠøŃŠµ Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š¼ŠµŃŃ ŃŠøŠ¼Š°, Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŃŠµ
Š²Š°Š¶Š½Š¾ Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š”Š°ŃŠ° ŃŠ“ŃŃŠ¶Šø Ń ŃŠøŃŃ ŠŗŠ¾Š»ŠµŠŗŃŠøŠ²Š½Š¾Š³ ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŠ° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ, Š±Š°Ń Š¾Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾
ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š³Š° ŃŠµ Š½Š°ŃŃŠøŠ¾. Š£
ŃŠŗŠ»Š°Š“Ń ŃŠ° Š¾Š²ŠøŠ¼ ŃŠæŃŃŃŃŠ²Š¾Š¼, ŠæŃŠ²Šø ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠµŃŠø ŃŃ Š·Š²Š°Š»Šø ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃ Šø ŃŠøŃŃŠµŠ¼Š°ŃŃŠŗŠø
ŃŃ Š½Š°ŃŠµŠ“ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠ²Šµ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŠ·Šµ Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠŗŠµ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠøŃŠµ, Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŠøŃ Š²ŠµŃŠ½Š¾
ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š»Šø Š½Š° ŃŠøŃŠµŃ.
Š£ŃŠµŃŠ° ŃŠ°Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š½Š° Ń Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°ŃŠ° ŃŃ Šø ŠŗŠ°Š¾ Š“Š¾ŠŗŃŃŠøŠ½Š° ŃŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠøŃ
[Š¢Ń
ŠµŃŠ°Š²Š°Š“Š°]. ŠŠ²Šø Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃŠø ŃŃ Š±ŃŠ¾ŃŠ°Š»Šø Š½ŠµŠŗŠ¾Š»ŠøŠŗŠ¾ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Š° Šø ŃŠ²ŠµŠŗ ŃŃ Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Šø ŠæŠ¾ ŃŠµŃŠøŠ¼Š° Š¾ŃŠŗŠ°Š“ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°Š·Š²Š°Š½ ŠŃŠ²Šø Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃ. ŠŠ¾ŃŠ»Šµ
ŃŠ¾Š³Š°, Š²ŠøŃŠµ Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š²Š°Š½Š¾ ŠøŠ· Š²ŠøŃŠµ ŃŠ°Š·Š»Š¾Š³Š°, Š°Š»Šø Ń ŃŠ²Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ Š¾Š“ ŃŠøŃ
ŃŠøŃŠ°Š²Š¾ ŃŠµŠ»Š¾ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Š¾Š³ ŃŃŠµŃŠ° Š¾Š“ŃŠ²ŠµŠŗ ŃŃ ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š»Šµ ŃŃŠµŃŠ½ŠøŃŠø Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Š°, Ń
Š“Š¾Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŃ Šø ŃŠµŃŠø ŠæŠ¾ ŃŠµŃŠøŠ¼Š°. ŠŃŠ²Šø
ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠµ Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š¾ ŃŃŠø Š¼ŠµŃŠµŃŠ° Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š“Ń Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š»Š°
ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Ń, Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŃŠ¾Ń ŠæŠµŃ, Š¾Š“ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃ ŃŃ Š“Š²Š° ŃŠ°Š·Š²Š°Š½Š° Ń
Š“ŠµŠ²ŠµŃŠ½Š°ŠµŃŃŠ¾Š¼ Šø Š“Š²Š°Š“ŠµŃŠµŃŠ¾Š¼ Š²ŠøŃŠµŠŗŃ. ŠŠ²Šµ
ŠŗŠ¾Š»ŠµŠŗŃŠøŠ²Š½Šµ ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠøŠ·Š²ŃŃŠ°Š²Š°Š»Šø Š½Š° ŃŠ²ŠøŠ¼ Š¾Š²ŠøŠ¼ Š”Š°Š±Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼Š°
ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°ŃŠµ ŃŃ ŠŗŠ°Š¾ “ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° Š”Š°Š½Š³ŠøŃŠøŃ”, ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° Š ŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ¾Š½Ń. ŠŠ½Šø
ŃŃ ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š¾Š“ŃŠµŃŠµŠ½Šø Š·Š±Š¾Š³ ŠæŃŠµŃŠµŠ“Š°Š½Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŠ½Š¾Š³ Š½Š° ŠŃŠ²Š¾Š¼ Š“Ń Š°Š¼ŃŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃŃ,
ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠ²Šµ Š£ŃŠµŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ²Š¾ ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Š¾ Š¾Š“ Š”ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ° Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Šµ, Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŠ¾Š½Š¾Š²Š¾
ŠæŠµŠ²Š°Š»Šø ŃŠ²Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŠæŃŠøŃŃŃŃŠ²Š¾Š²Š°Š»Šø ŃŠŗŃŠæŃŃŠøŠ½Šø. ŠŃŠµŃŠµŠ½Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠµŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠ° Š±ŠøŠ»Š° Š°ŃŃŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŠ½Š°, ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° Šø ŃŠ°Š¼Š¾ ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠ»Š°Š½Š¾Š²Šø Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŠ»Šø. Š”Š»ŠµŠ“ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŠŗŠ° ŠøŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŃŠ° ŠØŠµŃŃ ŠŠøŃŠµŃŠ°. ŠŃŠ²Šø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŠŃŠ°Ń ŠŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŃŃ ŃŠµ ŃŠæŠ¾Š½Š·Š¾ŃŠøŃŠ°Š¾ ŠŃŠ²Šø Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃ. Š”Š°Š·Š²Š°Š¾ ŃŠµ Ń 544 Š.Š¦. Ń Š”Š°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ°Š°Š°Šø ŠæŠµŃŠøŠ½Šø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŠµ Š½Š°Š»Š°Š·Šø ŠøŠ·Š²Š°Š½ Š Š°ŃŠ°Š³Š°Ń Š° ŃŃŠø Š¼ŠµŃŠµŃŠ° Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŠ¼ŃŠ¾. ŠŠµŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š½ ŠæŃŠøŠŗŠ°Š· Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ ŠøŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠŗŠ¾Š³ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½ŠŗŠ° Š¼Š¾Š¶ŠµŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠø Ń ŠŃŠ»Š»Š°Š²Š°Š³Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° ŠŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°. ŠŃŠµŠ¼Š°
Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ ŠøŠ·Š²ŠµŃŃŠ°ŃŃ, ŠøŠ½ŃŠøŠ“ŠµŠ½Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŃŃŠ°ŃŃŠ° ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° Š“Š° Š½Š°Š·Š¾Š²Šµ
Š¾Š²Š°Ń ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½Š°Šŗ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š¾ ŃŠ°ŃŠ»ŃŃŠ°ŃŠµ Š¾Š¼Š°Š»Š¾Š²Š°Š¶Š°Š²Š°ŃŃŃŠµ Š½Š°ŠæŠ¾Š¼ŠµŠ½Šµ Š¾
ŃŃŃŠ¾Š³Š¾Š¼ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Ń Š¶ŠøŠ²Š¾ŃŠ° Š·Š° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°. Š¢Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š¾Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ»Š¾. ŠŠ¾Š½Š°Ń
Š”ŃŠ±Ń Š°Š“Š“Š°, Š±ŠøŠ²ŃŠø Š±ŠµŃŠ±ŠµŃ, ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ½ŠøŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠøŠ¾ Š¶ŠøŠ²Š¾Ń, Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ
ŃŃŠ¾ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŠøŃŃŠµŠŗŠ°Š¾, ŠøŠ·ŃŠ°Š·ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š¾ŃŃŠ“Ń Š½Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŃ ŃŠ²ŠøŃ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Š° Š·Š°
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ¾ ŠŃŠ“Š°. ŠŠ½Š¾Š³Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŠµ Š¶Š°Š»ŠøŠ»Šø Š½Š° ŠæŃŠ¾Š»Š°Š·Š°Šŗ ŠŃŠ“Š° Šø Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ Š“ŃŠ±Š¾ŠŗŠ¾ Š¾Š¶Š°Š»Š¾ŃŠµŠ½Šø. ŠŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼, Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° ŃŠµ ŃŃŠ¾ Š“Š° Š”ŃŠ±Ń Š°Š“Š“Š° ŠŗŠ°Š¶Šµ: “ŠŠ¾ŃŃŠ° Š²Š°ŃŠøŃ ŠæŃŠµŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š»ŠøŃ , Š½Šµ Š¶Š°Š»ŠøŃŠµ ŃŠµ, Š½Šµ Š¶Š°Š»ŠøŃŠµ. ŠŠ¾Š±ŃŠ¾ ŃŠ¼Š¾ ŃŠµ Š¾ŃŠ»Š¾Š±Š¾Š“ŠøŠ»Šø Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠ¾Š³ Š¾ŃŠ»Š¾Š±Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠ° (ŠŃŠ“Š°). ŠŃŃŠøŠ»Šø
ŃŠ¼Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Š¾: ‘ŃŠ¾ Š²Š°Š¼ ŃŠµ Š“Š¾Š·Š²Š¾ŃŠµŠ½Š¾, Š¾Š²Š¾ Š²Š°Š¼ Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š“Š¾Š·Š²Š¾ŃŠµŠ½Š¾’,
Š°Š»Šø ŃŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµŠ¼Š¾ Š¼Š¾ŃŠø Š“Š° ŃŠ°Š“ŠøŠ¼Š¾ Š¾Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š¼Šø ŃŠµ ŃŠ²ŠøŃŠ°Š¼Š¾, Š° Š¼Šø Š½ŠµŃŠµŠ¼Š¾
Š¼Š¾ŃŠ°ŃŠø Š“Š° ŃŠ°Š“ŠøŠ¼Š¾ Š¾Š½Š¾ ŃŃŠ¾ Š¼Šø ŃŠµ Š½Šµ ŃŠ²ŠøŃŠ° ‘’. ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ°
ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠ·Š½ŠµŠ¼ŠøŃŠµŠ½ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ ŠæŃŠøŠ¼ŠµŠ“Š±Š¾Š¼ Šø Š±Š¾ŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° Š¼Š¾Š³Ń
Š±ŠøŃŠø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŃŠ¼ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š½Šø Šø Š½Šµ ŠæŃŠµŠ¶ŠøŠ²ŠµŃŠµ Š½ŠµŃŠ°ŠŗŠ½ŃŃŠµ Š°ŠŗŠ¾ Š±Šø ŃŠµ Š“ŃŃŠ³Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø
ŠæŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠ°Š»Šø ŠŗŠ°Š¾ Š”ŃŠ±Ń Š°Š“Š“Š° Šø ŃŃŠ¼Š°ŃŠøŠ»Šø ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Š° ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŠøŃ Š²Š¾Š»Šµ. ŠŠ° Š±Šø ŠøŠ·Š±ŠµŠ³Š°Š¾ Š¾Š²Š¾, Š¾Š“Š»ŃŃŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° Š¼Š¾ŃŠ° Š¾ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠø Šø Š·Š°ŃŃŠøŃŠøŃŠø. Š£ ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠøŃŃ, Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š¾Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠ°Š³Š³ŠøŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŃŠµ, ŠæŠ¾Š·Š²Š°Š¾ ŃŠµ Ń Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŠµ ŠæŠµŃ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Š° ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½Š°ŃŠ°. ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š° Š±Šø ŃŃŠµŠ±Š°Š»Š° Š±ŠøŃŠø ŃŠŗŃŃŃŠµŠ½Š° Ń ŃŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾Š“ ŃŃŠ»Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š°Š¾ ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŃ Š¾Š¾Š“ Š“Š¾ Š²ŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š° ŃŠ°Š·ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠ° Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŠ°. Š”Š° ŠæŃŠµŠ“ŃŠµŠ“Š½ŠøŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŃŃŠ°ŃŠµŃŠøŠ½Šµ ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ°, ŠæŠµŃ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Š° Š°ŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š»Š¾ ŃŠµ Ń ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃŃ ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠŗŠøŃŠ½Šµ ŃŠµŠ·Š¾Š½Šµ. ŠŃŠ²Š¾
ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ¾ ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š“Š° ŠøŃŠæŠøŃŠ° Š½Š°ŃŠøŃŃŠ°ŠŗŠ½ŃŃŠøŃŠµŠ³ ŃŃŃŃŃŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Š¾
ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠø Š“Š°Š½Š°ŃŃŠøŃŠµ, ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Š¾Š³ Š£ŠæŠ°Š»Šø Š½Š° Š“ŠµŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼Š° Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Ń. ŠŠ²Š°Ń Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ¾ ŠŗŠ²Š°Š»ŠøŃŠøŠŗŠ¾Š²Š°Š½ Š·Š° ŃŠ°Ń Š·Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ°Šŗ, ŃŠµŃ Š³Š° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š“Ń Š° Š½Š°ŃŃŠøŠ¾ ŃŠøŃŠµŠ»Ń ŃŠ°Š¼Ń ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŃ. ŠŃŠµ
ŃŠ²ŠµŠ³Š°, Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° Š³Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š¾ ŠŗŠ¾Š½ŠŗŃŠµŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾ ŠæŃŠµŃŃŠ“Šø Š¾ ŠæŃŠ²Š¾Š¼
ŠæŃŠµŃŃŃŠæŃ [ŠæŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠøŠŗŠ°], Ń Š²ŠµŠ·Šø Ń ŠæŃŠµŠ“Š¼ŠµŃŠ¾Š¼, ŠæŠ¾Š²Š¾Š“Š¾Š¼, ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŠ“ŠøŠ½ŃŠ° ŃŠ²ŠµŠ“ŠµŠ½Š¾,
ŠæŃŠ¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼, ŠæŠ¾Š½Š°Š²ŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ¼ ŠæŃŠ¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠµŃŠ°, ŠŗŃŠøŠ²ŠøŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ Š“ŃŠµŠ»Š¾Š¼ Šø ŃŠ»ŃŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ¼ Š½Šµ- ŠæŃŠµŠŗŃŃŠ°Ń. Š£ŠæŠ°Š»Šø ŃŠµ Š“Š°Š¾ Š·Š½Š°ŃŠµ Šø Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š°ŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠµ, Š° ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ ŠæŃŠøŠ¼ŃŠµŠ“Š±Šµ ŃŃ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š»Šµ Ń ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾Ń ŃŠ°Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃŠø ŠæŃŠµŠ“ŃŃŠµŠ“Š°Š²Š°ŃŃŃŠµ Š”Š°Š³Šµ. Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° ŃŠ¾ŃŠ¼Š°Š»Š½Š¾ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŠ½Š°. Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° ŃŠµ Š·Š°ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠŗŃŠµŠ½ŃŠ¾ ŠæŠ°Š¶ŃŃ Š½Š° ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š° Ń ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠ¾Ń ŃŠ³Š»ŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Ń ŠµŠŗŃŠæŠµŃŃŠøŠ·Šø Ń ŃŠ²ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠøŠ¼Š° Š²ŠµŠ·Š°Š½ŠøŠ¼ Š·Š° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń. Š”ŃŠµŃŠ¾Š¼, Š½Š¾Ń ŠæŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½ŠŗŠ° Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃŠ°, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š»Š° ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŃŃŠ²Š¾ Šø ŠæŃŠøŠ“ŃŃŠ¶ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµ Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃŃ. Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń
ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° ŃŠµ, ŃŃŠ¾Š³Š°, Š±ŠøŠ¾ Ń ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ Š“Š° Š³Š° Š“Š¾Š²Š¾Š“Šø Ń ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŃŠ° ŠæŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼
ŠæŠ¾Š²ŃŠµŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼ Ń Š²ŠµŠ·Šø ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ ŃŠ° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŠ±Š½ŠøŠ¼ Š¾ŃŠ²ŃŃŠ¾Š¼ Š½Š° Š±ŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Šø. ŠŠ²Š¾ ŠøŃŠæŠøŃŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠµ Š½Š° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šø ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŃŃŠ°Š»Š¾ Š“Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŃŠ“Šø Š¼ŠµŃŃŠ¾ Š³Š“Šµ ŃŃ ŃŠ²Šø Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃŠø ŠæŃŠ²Šø ŠæŃŃ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Š°Š½Šø Šø Š¾ŃŠ¾Š±Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ¾Ń ŃŃ ŃŠæŃŃŠµŠ½Šø. ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°,
ŃŠ· ŠæŠ¾Š¼Š¾Ń ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ ŃŠµŃŠø-ŃŠ°Š²ŃŃŠµŠ½Š¾Š³ ŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŠ°, Š±ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµ Ń ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ Š“Š° Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠø
ŃŠ°ŃŠ½Š¾, ŠæŠ° ŃŃ ŃŠµ Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃŠø ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š»Šø Ń ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾Š¼ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŃ Š”Š°ŃŃ Šµ. ŠŃŠ²Šø
ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ Š“Š°Š¾ Š·Š²Š°Š½ŠøŃŠ½Šø ŠæŠµŃŠ°Ń Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŃŠ° Š·Š° Š·Š°ŃŠ²Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»Š°Š²ŃŠ° Š¾
Š¼Š°ŃŠøŠ¼ Šø Š¼Š°ŃŠøŠ¼ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»ŠøŠ¼Š° Šø Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŃŠµ Š·Š° ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š²Š¾ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŠµ. ŠŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠøŠ¼Š°
ŃŠµ ŃŃŠµŠ±Š°Š»Š¾ ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š¼ Š¼ŠµŃŠµŃŠø Š“Š° ŃŠµŃŠøŃŃŃŃ ŃŠøŃŠ°Š²Ń ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŃ Šø ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń, Š° ŃŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø
ŃŃ Š“Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š±Š¾Š³Š°ŃŠøŠ»Šø Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŃ Š·Š°Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š»Š° ŃŠ²Šµ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ
ŃŠµŃŠµŠ½Š¾. ŠŠ²Š°Ń
ŠøŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠŗŠø ŠæŃŠ²Šø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Ń ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠŠ°Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠøŠŗŠ° ŃŠµŃ ŃŠµ Ń ŃŠµŠ¼Ń
ŃŃŠµŃŃŠ²Š¾Š²Š°Š»Š¾ ŠæŠµŃ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠæŃŠ½Š¾ ŠæŃŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½Š°ŃŠ°.
ŃŠ¾Š³Š°, Š²ŠøŃŠµ Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š²Š°Š½Š¾ ŠøŠ· Š²ŠøŃŠµ ŃŠ°Š·Š»Š¾Š³Š°, Š°Š»Šø Ń ŃŠ²Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ Š¾Š“ ŃŠøŃ
ŃŠøŃŠ°Š²Š¾ ŃŠµŠ»Š¾ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Š¾Š³ ŃŃŠµŃŠ° Š¾Š“ŃŠ²ŠµŠŗ ŃŃ ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š»Šµ ŃŃŠµŃŠ½ŠøŃŠø Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Š°, Ń
Š“Š¾Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŃ Šø ŃŠµŃŠø ŠæŠ¾ ŃŠµŃŠøŠ¼Š°. ŠŃŠ²Šø
ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠµ Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š¾ ŃŃŠø Š¼ŠµŃŠµŃŠ° Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š“Ń Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š»Š°
ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Ń, Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŃŠ¾Ń ŠæŠµŃ, Š¾Š“ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃ ŃŃ Š“Š²Š° ŃŠ°Š·Š²Š°Š½Š° Ń
Š“ŠµŠ²ŠµŃŠ½Š°ŠµŃŃŠ¾Š¼ Šø Š“Š²Š°Š“ŠµŃŠµŃŠ¾Š¼ Š²ŠøŃŠµŠŗŃ. ŠŠ²Šµ
ŠŗŠ¾Š»ŠµŠŗŃŠøŠ²Š½Šµ ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠøŠ·Š²ŃŃŠ°Š²Š°Š»Šø Š½Š° ŃŠ²ŠøŠ¼ Š¾Š²ŠøŠ¼ Š”Š°Š±Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼Š°
ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°ŃŠµ ŃŃ ŠŗŠ°Š¾ “ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° Š”Š°Š½Š³ŠøŃŠøŃ”, ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° Š ŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ¾Š½Ń. ŠŠ½Šø
ŃŃ ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š¾Š“ŃŠµŃŠµŠ½Šø Š·Š±Š¾Š³ ŠæŃŠµŃŠµŠ“Š°Š½Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŠ½Š¾Š³ Š½Š° ŠŃŠ²Š¾Š¼ Š“Ń Š°Š¼ŃŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃŃ,
ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠ²Šµ Š£ŃŠµŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ²Š¾ ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Š¾ Š¾Š“ Š”ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ° Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Šµ, Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŠ¾Š½Š¾Š²Š¾
ŠæŠµŠ²Š°Š»Šø ŃŠ²Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŠæŃŠøŃŃŃŃŠ²Š¾Š²Š°Š»Šø ŃŠŗŃŠæŃŃŠøŠ½Šø. ŠŃŠµŃŠµŠ½Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠµŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠ° Š±ŠøŠ»Š° Š°ŃŃŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŠ½Š°, ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° Šø ŃŠ°Š¼Š¾ ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠ»Š°Š½Š¾Š²Šø Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŠ»Šø. Š”Š»ŠµŠ“ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŠŗŠ° ŠøŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŃŠ° ŠØŠµŃŃ ŠŠøŃŠµŃŠ°. ŠŃŠ²Šø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŠŃŠ°Ń ŠŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŃŃ ŃŠµ ŃŠæŠ¾Š½Š·Š¾ŃŠøŃŠ°Š¾ ŠŃŠ²Šø Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃ. Š”Š°Š·Š²Š°Š¾ ŃŠµ Ń 544 Š.Š¦. Ń Š”Š°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ°Š°Š°Šø ŠæŠµŃŠøŠ½Šø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŠµ Š½Š°Š»Š°Š·Šø ŠøŠ·Š²Š°Š½ Š Š°ŃŠ°Š³Š°Ń Š° ŃŃŠø Š¼ŠµŃŠµŃŠ° Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŠ¼ŃŠ¾. ŠŠµŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š½ ŠæŃŠøŠŗŠ°Š· Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ ŠøŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠŗŠ¾Š³ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½ŠŗŠ° Š¼Š¾Š¶ŠµŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠø Ń ŠŃŠ»Š»Š°Š²Š°Š³Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° ŠŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°. ŠŃŠµŠ¼Š°
Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ ŠøŠ·Š²ŠµŃŃŠ°ŃŃ, ŠøŠ½ŃŠøŠ“ŠµŠ½Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŃŃŠ°ŃŃŠ° ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° Š“Š° Š½Š°Š·Š¾Š²Šµ
Š¾Š²Š°Ń ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½Š°Šŗ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š¾ ŃŠ°ŃŠ»ŃŃŠ°ŃŠµ Š¾Š¼Š°Š»Š¾Š²Š°Š¶Š°Š²Š°ŃŃŃŠµ Š½Š°ŠæŠ¾Š¼ŠµŠ½Šµ Š¾
ŃŃŃŠ¾Š³Š¾Š¼ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Ń Š¶ŠøŠ²Š¾ŃŠ° Š·Š° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°. Š¢Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š¾Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ»Š¾. ŠŠ¾Š½Š°Ń
Š”ŃŠ±Ń Š°Š“Š“Š°, Š±ŠøŠ²ŃŠø Š±ŠµŃŠ±ŠµŃ, ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ½ŠøŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠøŠ¾ Š¶ŠøŠ²Š¾Ń, Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ
ŃŃŠ¾ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŠøŃŃŠµŠŗŠ°Š¾, ŠøŠ·ŃŠ°Š·ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š¾ŃŃŠ“Ń Š½Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŃ ŃŠ²ŠøŃ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Š° Š·Š°
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ¾ ŠŃŠ“Š°. ŠŠ½Š¾Š³Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŠµ Š¶Š°Š»ŠøŠ»Šø Š½Š° ŠæŃŠ¾Š»Š°Š·Š°Šŗ ŠŃŠ“Š° Šø Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ Š“ŃŠ±Š¾ŠŗŠ¾ Š¾Š¶Š°Š»Š¾ŃŠµŠ½Šø. ŠŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼, Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° ŃŠµ ŃŃŠ¾ Š“Š° Š”ŃŠ±Ń Š°Š“Š“Š° ŠŗŠ°Š¶Šµ: “ŠŠ¾ŃŃŠ° Š²Š°ŃŠøŃ ŠæŃŠµŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š»ŠøŃ , Š½Šµ Š¶Š°Š»ŠøŃŠµ ŃŠµ, Š½Šµ Š¶Š°Š»ŠøŃŠµ. ŠŠ¾Š±ŃŠ¾ ŃŠ¼Š¾ ŃŠµ Š¾ŃŠ»Š¾Š±Š¾Š“ŠøŠ»Šø Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠ¾Š³ Š¾ŃŠ»Š¾Š±Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠ° (ŠŃŠ“Š°). ŠŃŃŠøŠ»Šø
ŃŠ¼Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Š¾: ‘ŃŠ¾ Š²Š°Š¼ ŃŠµ Š“Š¾Š·Š²Š¾ŃŠµŠ½Š¾, Š¾Š²Š¾ Š²Š°Š¼ Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š“Š¾Š·Š²Š¾ŃŠµŠ½Š¾’,
Š°Š»Šø ŃŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµŠ¼Š¾ Š¼Š¾ŃŠø Š“Š° ŃŠ°Š“ŠøŠ¼Š¾ Š¾Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š¼Šø ŃŠµ ŃŠ²ŠøŃŠ°Š¼Š¾, Š° Š¼Šø Š½ŠµŃŠµŠ¼Š¾
Š¼Š¾ŃŠ°ŃŠø Š“Š° ŃŠ°Š“ŠøŠ¼Š¾ Š¾Š½Š¾ ŃŃŠ¾ Š¼Šø ŃŠµ Š½Šµ ŃŠ²ŠøŃŠ° ‘’. ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ°
ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠ·Š½ŠµŠ¼ŠøŃŠµŠ½ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ ŠæŃŠøŠ¼ŠµŠ“Š±Š¾Š¼ Šø Š±Š¾ŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° Š¼Š¾Š³Ń
Š±ŠøŃŠø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŃŠ¼ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š½Šø Šø Š½Šµ ŠæŃŠµŠ¶ŠøŠ²ŠµŃŠµ Š½ŠµŃŠ°ŠŗŠ½ŃŃŠµ Š°ŠŗŠ¾ Š±Šø ŃŠµ Š“ŃŃŠ³Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø
ŠæŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠ°Š»Šø ŠŗŠ°Š¾ Š”ŃŠ±Ń Š°Š“Š“Š° Šø ŃŃŠ¼Š°ŃŠøŠ»Šø ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Š° ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŠøŃ Š²Š¾Š»Šµ. ŠŠ° Š±Šø ŠøŠ·Š±ŠµŠ³Š°Š¾ Š¾Š²Š¾, Š¾Š“Š»ŃŃŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° Š¼Š¾ŃŠ° Š¾ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠø Šø Š·Š°ŃŃŠøŃŠøŃŠø. Š£ ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠøŃŃ, Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š¾Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠ°Š³Š³ŠøŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŃŠµ, ŠæŠ¾Š·Š²Š°Š¾ ŃŠµ Ń Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŠµ ŠæŠµŃ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Š° ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½Š°ŃŠ°. ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š° Š±Šø ŃŃŠµŠ±Š°Š»Š° Š±ŠøŃŠø ŃŠŗŃŃŃŠµŠ½Š° Ń ŃŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾Š“ ŃŃŠ»Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š°Š¾ ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŃ Š¾Š¾Š“ Š“Š¾ Š²ŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š° ŃŠ°Š·ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠ° Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŠ°. Š”Š° ŠæŃŠµŠ“ŃŠµŠ“Š½ŠøŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŃŃŠ°ŃŠµŃŠøŠ½Šµ ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ°, ŠæŠµŃ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Š° Š°ŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š»Š¾ ŃŠµ Ń ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃŃ ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠŗŠøŃŠ½Šµ ŃŠµŠ·Š¾Š½Šµ. ŠŃŠ²Š¾
ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ¾ ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š“Š° ŠøŃŠæŠøŃŠ° Š½Š°ŃŠøŃŃŠ°ŠŗŠ½ŃŃŠøŃŠµŠ³ ŃŃŃŃŃŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Š¾
ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠø Š“Š°Š½Š°ŃŃŠøŃŠµ, ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Š¾Š³ Š£ŠæŠ°Š»Šø Š½Š° Š“ŠµŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼Š° Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Ń. ŠŠ²Š°Ń Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ¾ ŠŗŠ²Š°Š»ŠøŃŠøŠŗŠ¾Š²Š°Š½ Š·Š° ŃŠ°Ń Š·Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ°Šŗ, ŃŠµŃ Š³Š° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š“Ń Š° Š½Š°ŃŃŠøŠ¾ ŃŠøŃŠµŠ»Ń ŃŠ°Š¼Ń ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŃ. ŠŃŠµ
ŃŠ²ŠµŠ³Š°, Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° Š³Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š¾ ŠŗŠ¾Š½ŠŗŃŠµŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾ ŠæŃŠµŃŃŠ“Šø Š¾ ŠæŃŠ²Š¾Š¼
ŠæŃŠµŃŃŃŠæŃ [ŠæŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠøŠŗŠ°], Ń Š²ŠµŠ·Šø Ń ŠæŃŠµŠ“Š¼ŠµŃŠ¾Š¼, ŠæŠ¾Š²Š¾Š“Š¾Š¼, ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŠ“ŠøŠ½ŃŠ° ŃŠ²ŠµŠ“ŠµŠ½Š¾,
ŠæŃŠ¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼, ŠæŠ¾Š½Š°Š²ŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ¼ ŠæŃŠ¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠµŃŠ°, ŠŗŃŠøŠ²ŠøŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ Š“ŃŠµŠ»Š¾Š¼ Šø ŃŠ»ŃŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ¼ Š½Šµ- ŠæŃŠµŠŗŃŃŠ°Ń. Š£ŠæŠ°Š»Šø ŃŠµ Š“Š°Š¾ Š·Š½Š°ŃŠµ Šø Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š°ŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠµ, Š° ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ ŠæŃŠøŠ¼ŃŠµŠ“Š±Šµ ŃŃ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š»Šµ Ń ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾Ń ŃŠ°Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃŠø ŠæŃŠµŠ“ŃŃŠµŠ“Š°Š²Š°ŃŃŃŠµ Š”Š°Š³Šµ. Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° ŃŠ¾ŃŠ¼Š°Š»Š½Š¾ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŠ½Š°. Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° ŃŠµ Š·Š°ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠŗŃŠµŠ½ŃŠ¾ ŠæŠ°Š¶ŃŃ Š½Š° ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š° Ń ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠ¾Ń ŃŠ³Š»ŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Ń ŠµŠŗŃŠæŠµŃŃŠøŠ·Šø Ń ŃŠ²ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠøŠ¼Š° Š²ŠµŠ·Š°Š½ŠøŠ¼ Š·Š° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń. Š”ŃŠµŃŠ¾Š¼, Š½Š¾Ń ŠæŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½ŠŗŠ° Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃŠ°, ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š»Š° ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŃŃŠ²Š¾ Šø ŠæŃŠøŠ“ŃŃŠ¶ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµ Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃŃ. Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń
ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ° ŃŠµ, ŃŃŠ¾Š³Š°, Š±ŠøŠ¾ Ń ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ Š“Š° Š³Š° Š“Š¾Š²Š¾Š“Šø Ń ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŃŠ° ŠæŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼
ŠæŠ¾Š²ŃŠµŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼ Ń Š²ŠµŠ·Šø ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ ŃŠ° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŠ±Š½ŠøŠ¼ Š¾ŃŠ²ŃŃŠ¾Š¼ Š½Š° Š±ŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Šø. ŠŠ²Š¾ ŠøŃŠæŠøŃŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠµ Š½Š° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šø ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŃŃŠ°Š»Š¾ Š“Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŃŠ“Šø Š¼ŠµŃŃŠ¾ Š³Š“Šµ ŃŃ ŃŠ²Šø Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃŠø ŠæŃŠ²Šø ŠæŃŃ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Š°Š½Šø Šø Š¾ŃŠ¾Š±Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ¾Ń ŃŃ ŃŠæŃŃŠµŠ½Šø. ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Š°,
ŃŠ· ŠæŠ¾Š¼Š¾Ń ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ ŃŠµŃŠø-ŃŠ°Š²ŃŃŠµŠ½Š¾Š³ ŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŠ°, Š±ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµ Ń ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ Š“Š° Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠø
ŃŠ°ŃŠ½Š¾, ŠæŠ° ŃŃ ŃŠµ Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŃŠø ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š»Šø Ń ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾Š¼ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŃ Š”Š°ŃŃ Šµ. ŠŃŠ²Šø
ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ Š“Š°Š¾ Š·Š²Š°Š½ŠøŃŠ½Šø ŠæŠµŃŠ°Ń Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŃŠ° Š·Š° Š·Š°ŃŠ²Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»Š°Š²ŃŠ° Š¾
Š¼Š°ŃŠøŠ¼ Šø Š¼Š°ŃŠøŠ¼ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»ŠøŠ¼Š° Šø Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŃŠµ Š·Š° ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š²Š¾ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŠµ. ŠŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠøŠ¼Š°
ŃŠµ ŃŃŠµŠ±Š°Š»Š¾ ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š¼ Š¼ŠµŃŠµŃŠø Š“Š° ŃŠµŃŠøŃŃŃŃ ŃŠøŃŠ°Š²Ń ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŃ Šø ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń, Š° ŃŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø
ŃŃ Š“Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š±Š¾Š³Š°ŃŠøŠ»Šø Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŃ Š·Š°Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š»Š° ŃŠ²Šµ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ
ŃŠµŃŠµŠ½Š¾. ŠŠ²Š°Ń
ŠøŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠŗŠø ŠæŃŠ²Šø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Ń ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠŠ°Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠøŠŗŠ° ŃŠµŃ ŃŠµ Ń ŃŠµŠ¼Ń
ŃŃŠµŃŃŠ²Š¾Š²Š°Š»Š¾ ŠæŠµŃ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠæŃŠ½Š¾ ŠæŃŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½Š°ŃŠ°.
2. ŠŠµŠ»Š¾ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»Šµ ŠæŠ¾Š“Š½Šµ.
3. ŠŠµŠ»Š¾ ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š¼ Šø Š¾Š½Š“Š° ŠæŠ¾Š½Š¾Š²Š¾ Š¾Š“Š»Š°Š·ŠøŃŠµ Ń ŃŠµŠ»Š¾ Š·Š±Š¾Š³ Š¼ŠøŠ»Š¾ŃŃŠø.
4. ŠŠ“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š°ŃŠµ ŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼Š¾Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š£ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ°ŃŃ Š° ŃŠ° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø Š¶ŠøŠ²Šµ Š½Š° ŠøŃŃŠ¾Š¼ Š»Š¾ŠŗŠ°Š»ŠøŃŠµŃŃ.
5. Š”ŠæŃŠ¾Š²Š¾ŃŠµŃŠµ ŃŠ»ŃŠ¶Š±ŠµŠ½ŠøŃ ŃŠ°Š“ŃŠø ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠŗŃŠæŃŃŠøŠ½Š° Š½ŠµŠæŠ¾ŃŠæŃŠ½Š°.
6. ŠŠ°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ Š¾Š“ŃŠµŃŠµŠ½Šµ ŠæŃŠ°ŠŗŃŠµ ŃŠµŃ ŃŠµ ŃŠ¾ ŃŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š½ Š¾Š“ Š¼ŠµŠ½ŃŠ¾ŃŠ° ŠøŠ»Šø Š½Š°ŃŃŠ°Š²Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°.
7. ŠŠµŠ»Š¾ ŠŗŠøŃŠµŠ»Š¾ Š¼Š»ŠµŠŗŠ¾ Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š½ŠµŠŗŠ¾ ŠøŠ¼Š°Š¾ ŃŠ²Š¾Ń Š¾Š±ŃŠ¾Šŗ.
8. ŠŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŃŠø ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŠæŠøŃŠµ ŠæŃŠµ ŃŠµŃŠ¼ŠµŠ½ŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠµ.
9. ŠŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼ ŃŠµŠæŠøŃ Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š°ŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠ° Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŃŠøŠ½Š°.
10. ŠŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠµŃŠµ Š·Š»Š°ŃŠ° Šø ŃŃŠµŠ±ŃŠ°. ŠŠøŃ Š¾Š²Š°
Š·Š»Š¾Š“ŃŠµŠ»Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š»Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ¾Š±Š»ŠµŠ¼ Šø ŠøŠ·Š°Š·Š²Š°Š»Š° Š³Š»Š°Š²Š½Ń ŠŗŠ¾Š½ŃŃŠ¾Š²ŠµŃŠ·Ń ŃŠµŃ ŃŠµ
ŃŠ¼Š°ŃŃŠ°Š»Š¾ Š“Š° ŃŃ ŠŗŃŃŠµŃŠ° Š¾Š²ŠøŃ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Š° Ń ŃŃŠæŃŠ¾ŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃŠø ŃŠ° ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½ŠøŠ¼ Š¾ŃŠøŠ³ŠøŠ½Š°Š»Š½ŠøŠ¼
ŃŃŠµŃŠøŠ¼Š°. ŠŃŠ°Ń ŠŠ°Š»Š°ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ° Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŃŠ¾Š²ŠøŃŠµŃ ŠŃŃŠ³Š¾Š³ ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃŠ°, Š° ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½Š°Šŗ ŃŠµ Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š½ Ń ŠŠµŃŠ°Š»Šø Š·Š±Š¾Š³ ŃŠ»ŠµŠ“ŠµŃŠøŃ Š¾ŠŗŠ¾Š»Š½Š¾ŃŃŠø. ŠŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³
Š“Š°Š½Š°, Š“Š¾Šŗ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠµŃŠøŠ¾ ŠŠ°Ń Š°Š²Š°Š½Š° ŠŃŠ¾Š²Šµ ŠŗŠ¾Š“ ŠŠµŠ°ŃŠ»Šø, ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń ŠŠ°ŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŃŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Š¾
Š“Š° Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠ° Š³ŃŃŠæŠ° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°ŃŠøŃ ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠŠ°ŃŃŠøŠ°Š½Šø ŠŗŃŃŠø Š²Š»Š°Š“Š°Š²ŠøŠ½Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŠµ
Š·Š°Š±ŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ²Š°Š»Š° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Š“Š° ŠæŃŠøŃ Š²Š°ŃŠ° Š·Š»Š°ŃŠ¾ Šø ŃŃŠµŠ±ŃŠ¾ ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŃŠ¾ ŠøŃ ŃŠµ Š¾ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµŠ½Š¾
ŃŃŠ°Š¶ŠøŠ»Š° Š¾Š“ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŃ Š»Š°ŠøŃŠ½ŠøŃ Š±Ń Š°ŠŗŃŠ°. ŠŠ½
ŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š¼Š°Ń ŠŗŃŠøŃŠøŠŗŠ¾Š²Š°Š¾ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠµ Šø ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š² Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š¾Ń ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š“Š° Š¼Ń ŠæŠ¾Š½ŃŠ“Šø
Š“ŠµŠ¾ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŃ ŠøŠ»ŠµŠ³Š°Š»Š½ŠøŃ Š“Š¾Š±ŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Ń Š½Š°Š“Šø Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š³Š° ŠæŠ¾Š±ŠµŠ“ŠøŃŠø. Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń ŠŠ°ŃŠ°, Š¼ŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼, Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Šø ŠæŃŠµŠ·ŠøŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š²Š¾ ŠæŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠµ. ŠŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŃ Š³Š° Š¾Š“Š¼Š°Ń ŃŃŠ¶ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠ¾ŃŠ¼Š°Š»Š½Š¾Š¼ Š°ŠŗŃŠøŃŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŠ¾Š¼ŠøŃŠµŃŠ°, Š¾ŠæŃŃŠ¶ŃŃŃŃŠø Š³Š° Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠŗŃŠøŠ²ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµ Š±ŃŠ°ŃŠ½Šµ Š±Ń Š°ŠŗŃŠµ. Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠµŃŠøŠ½Š°
ŠŠ°ŃŠ° ŃŠµ, Ń ŃŠŗŠ»Š°Š“Ń Ń ŃŠøŠ¼, ŠæŠ¾Š¼ŠøŃŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµŠ±Šµ ŃŠ° Š»Š°ŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ Š±Ń Š°ŠŗŃŠ°Š¼Š°, Š°Š»Šø
ŠøŃŃŠ¾Š²ŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š¾ ŠøŃ ŃŠ±ŠµŠ“ŠøŠ»Š° Š“Š° ŃŃ Š²ŠøŃŠ¶ŠøŃŃŠŗŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠæŠ¾Š³ŃŠµŃŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠøŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠø
ŠøŠ·ŃŠ°Š²Ń ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ Š¾ Š·Š°Š±ŃŠ°Š½Šø ŠæŃŠøŃ Š²Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃŠ°Š¶ŠµŃŠ° Š·Š»Š°ŃŠ° Šø ŃŃŠµŠ±ŃŠ°. ŠŠ°Š¶ŠøŃŠµŃŠø
ŃŃ Š¾Š“Š¼Š°Ń ŠøŠ·ŃŠ°Š·ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŃ ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠŗŃ ŃŃŠ°ŃŃŃ ŠŠ°ŃŠø Šø ŠæŃŠ¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠøŠ»Šø Š²Š°ŃŃŠøŠ°Š½ŃŠŗŠµ
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠæŠ¾Š³ŃŠµŃŠ½ŠøŃŠøŠ¼Š° Šø Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼Š°, ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Š²ŃŠø: “Š”Š°Š¼Š¾ ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń ŠŠ°ŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ°Š²Šø
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Šø ŃŠ°ŠŗŠøŃŃŠŗŠø ŃŠøŠ½. Š”Š²Šø Š¾ŃŃŠ°Š»Šø Š½ŠøŃŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø, Š° Š½Šµ ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°Š½ŃŠŗŠø ŃŠøŠ½Š¾Š²Šø “. Š£
ŃŠ²ŃŠ“Š¾Š³Š»Š°Š²Šø Šø Š½ŠµŠæŠ¾ŃŠ·Š“Š°Š½Šø Š²Š°ŃŃŠ°Š½ŃŠŗŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŃŃ ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠµŃŠµŠ»ŠøŠ»Šø Š“Š° ŃŠµ
ŃŠæŃŃŃŠø ŠæŃŠµŃŃŠµŠ“Š°ŃŠµŃŠ° ŠŠ°ŃŠµ Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° Š±ŠµŠ· Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŃŠ° Š¾ŃŃŠ°ŃŠŗŠ° Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Šµ ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŃ
ŃŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Š»Šø ŠøŃŃ Š¾Š“ ŃŠ²Š¾Š³ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½ŠŗŠ° ŃŠ° ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼ Š±ŃŠµŠ³ŃŠ½ŃŠøŠ¼Š°. Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń
ŠŠ°ŃŠ°, Š¼ŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼, ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š±ŠµŠ³Š°Š¾ Š¾Š“ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠ½Š·ŃŃŠµ Šø Š¾ŃŠøŃŠ°Š¾ Ń ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š·Šø Š·Š°
ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠŗŠ¾Š¼ Š¾Š“ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Š“ŃŃŠ³Š“Šµ, ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŃŠ“ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ°Š²Š¾ŃŠ»Š°Š²Š½Šµ ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»ŠµŠ“Šµ Š½Š°
ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŃ. ŠØŠµŠ·Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ
ŃŃŠ¼ŃŠŗŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠøŠ· ŠŠ°Š²Š° Šø Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠøŠ· ŃŃŠ¶Š½ŠøŃ ŃŠµŠ³ŠøŠ¾Š½Š° ŠŠ²Š°Š½ŃŠø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø
ŃŃ Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŠøŃŃŠ¾Š³ ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»ŠµŠ“Š°, ŠæŠ¾Š½ŃŠ“ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ Š¼Ń ŠæŠ¾Š¼Š¾Ń Š“Š° ŠæŃŠ¾Š²ŠµŃŠø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŃŠæŃŠøŃŃ
ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠµ. ŠŠ°ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾
ŃŃ Š¾Š“Š»ŃŃŠøŠ»Šø Š“Š° Š¾Š“Ń Ń Š”Š¾ŃŠµŠøŃŃ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ¾Š½ŃŃŠ»ŃŃŃŃ ŃŠ° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Š¾Š¼ Š ŠµŠ²Š°ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠµŃ
ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š²ŠøŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµŃŠµŠ½ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Šø ŃŃŃŃŃŃŠ°Šŗ Ń ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šø Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ°. Š§ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃ Š²Š°ŃŃŠ°Š½ŃŠŗŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Š»Šø Š¾Š²Š¾, ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š¶ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ Šø ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠŗŃ ŠŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š½Šµ Š ŠµŠ²Š°ŃŠµ Š½ŃŠ“ŠµŃŠø Š¼Ń ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠø ŃŠµŠŗŠ²ŠøŠ·ŠøŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŠµ Š¾Š½ Š¾Š“Š¼Š°Ń Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŠ¾. ŠŠ²Šø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŃŃŠ°Š²Š°Š»Šø Š“Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠµ ŠøŃŃŠµ Š½Š°ŃŠøŠ½Šµ Š·Š° ŠæŠ¾Š±ŃŠµŠ“Ń ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠ° Š ŠµŠ²Š°ŃŠ°, ŃŠ°ŃŃŠøŃŃŠøŠ²Š¾Š³ Š£ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°. ŠŃŠ²Š¾
Šø Š¾Š½ ŃŠµ Ń ŠæŃŠ°Š²Š¾Š¼ Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾Š½ŃŠ“Ń, Š°Š»Šø ŃŃ Š³Š° Š·Š°Š¼ŠøŃŃŠµŠ½Š¾ ŃŠ±ŠµŠ“ŠøŠ»Šø Š“Š° ŠæŃŠøŃ Š²Š°ŃŠø
ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŃ ŠæŠ¾Š½ŃŠ“Ń, ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Š²ŃŠø Š“Š° ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° Š¾Š½ Š½Šµ ŠæŃŠøŃ Š²Š°ŃŠø Š·Š°Ń ŃŃŠµŠ²Šµ Š·Š° ŠŃŠ“Ń, Š¾Š“ ŠŠ½Š°Š½Š“Šµ
ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŃŠø Š·Š°ŃŃŠ°Š¶ŠµŠ½Š¾ Š“Š° ŠøŃ ŠæŃŠøŃ Š²Š°ŃŠø Šø ŃŠµŃŃŠ¾ Š±Šø ŃŠµ ŃŠ»Š¾Š¶ŠøŠ¾ Š“Š° ŃŠ¾ ŃŃŠøŠ½Šø. Š£ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠµŠ“Š¾Š¼ŠøŃŠ»ŠøŠ¾ Šø ŠæŃŠøŃ Š²Š°ŃŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµŠŗŠ²ŠøŠ·ŠøŃŠµ. ŠŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š¼
ŠøŃ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š²Š°Š¾ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŃŠ“Šø Š“Š° Š¾Š“Šµ Šø ŃŠ±ŠµŠ“Šø ŃŠ°ŃŃŠøŃŠ¾Š³ Š ŠµŠ²Š°ŃŠ° Š“Š° ŠæŃŠ¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠø
Š“Š° ŃŃ Š²Š°ŃŃŠ°Š½ŃŠŗŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø Š±ŠøŠ»Šø Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠ½ŠøŃŠø ŠŃŃŠøŠ½Šµ Šø ŃŠµŠ¼ŠæŠµŃŠø. ŠŃŠµŠæŠ¾Š“Š¾Š±Š½Š° Š ŠµŠ²Š°ŃŠ° ŃŠµ Š²ŠøŠ“ŠµŠ»Š° ŠŗŃŠ¾Š· ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŃ ŃŃŠŗŃ Šø Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŠ»Š° Š“Š° ŠøŃ ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŠ¶Šø. ŠŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠµ Š¾ŃŠæŃŃŃŠ°Š¾ Š£ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ. ŠŠ°
Š±Šø ŃŠøŃŠµŃŠøŠ¾ ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š¼ Š·Š° ŃŠ²Š°Š³Š“Š°, ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Š° Š ŠµŠ²Š°ŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š»Š° Š“Š°
ŃŠµ Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š·ŠøŠ²Š° Š½Š° ŠŠ°Š»ŠøŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°Š¼Ń ŃŠ° ŃŠ¾Š±Š¾Š¼ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠø ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŠ° Š¾ Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ
ŠæŃŠµŠŗŃŃŠ°ŃŠ° Š½Š°ŃŃŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠµŠ³ Š¾Š“ ŃŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠøŃ Š“Š°Š½Š°, Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° Š”Š°Š±Š±ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°Š¼Šø. ŠŠ°Š“Š° Š¼Ń ŃŠµ Š“Š°ŃŠ¾ Š¼ŠøŃŃŠµŃŠµ, ŃŃŠµŠ±Š°Š»Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° Š³Š° ŃŠ°Š·Š½Š° ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ŠøŃŠøŃŠ° Š¾Š“ Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°, Š° ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° Š²Š°Š»ŠøŠ“Š½Š¾ŃŃ ŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š»ŃŃŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š²ŠøŠ¼ Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ¼. ŠŃŠ°Š¼
ŃŠ²ŠµŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š²Š°Š½Šø Š½Š° ŃŃŃŠµŃŠµ ŃŃ Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŠŠµŠ½ŠµŃŠ°Š±Š»ŠµŃ Š”Š°Š±Š±Š°ŠŗŠ°Š¼Šø,
ŃŠ°Ń Š°, ŠŃ ŃŃŃŠ°ŃŠ¾Š±Ń ŠøŃŠ° Šø ŠŠ°ŃŠ°Š±Ń Š°Š³Š°Š¼ŠøŠŗŠ°, ŃŠ° ŠøŃŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ° Šø ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŃŠ°
ŠŠ°ŠæŠ°Š“Š°, ŠŠµŠ½ŠµŃŠ°Š±Š»ŠµŃ Š ŠµŠ²Š°ŃŠ°, Š”Š°Š¼Š±Ń ŃŃŠ°-Š”Š°Š½Š°Š²Š°ŃŠø, ŠŠ°ŃŠ° Šø Š”ŃŠ¼Š°Š½Š°. ŠŠ½Šø ŃŃ ŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŠ°ŃŠæŃŠ°Š²ŃŠ°Š»Šø Š¾ Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŃ ŃŠ° Š ŠµŠ²Š°ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŃŠæŠøŃŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ¾Š¼ Šø ŃŠ°Š±Š±Š°ŠŗŠ°Š¼ŠøŃŠµŠ¼ Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠø Š½Š° ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŠ°. ŠŠ°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŠ°ŃŠæŃŠ°Š²Šµ, Š¾ŃŠ¼Š¾ŃŠ¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŃ Š¾Š“Š»ŃŃŠøŠ»Šø ŠæŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ² Š²Š°ŃŃŠ°Š½ŃŠŗŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Šø ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š²Š° ŠæŃŠµŃŃŠ“Š° ŃŠµ Š¾Š±ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŠ½Š° ŃŠŗŃŠæŃŃŠøŠ½Šø. ŠŠ°ŠŗŠ¾Š½
ŃŠ¾Š³Š°, ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š¼ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Š° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š»Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠ° Šø Š¾Š²Š°Ń ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°Š»
ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š¾ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Ń ŠŗŠ°Š¾ Š”Š°ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠø, ŃŠµŃ ŃŠµ Ń ŃŠµŠ³Š° ŃŃŠµŃŃŠ²Š¾Š²Š°Š»Š¾ ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š¼ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Š°
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°. ŠŠ²Š°Ń
ŠøŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠŗŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŠµ Š·Š¾Š²Šµ ŠŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŃŃ ŠµŃŠ° Š”Š°Š½Š³ŠøŃŠø Š·Š±Š¾Š³ Š³Š»Š°Š²Š½Šµ ŃŠ»Š¾Š³Šµ
ŠŗŠ¾ŃŃ ŃŠµ Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠ° ŠŠ°ŃŠ° ŠøŠ³ŃŠ°Š¾ Ń ŃŠµŠ¼Ń Šø ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Ń Š¶ŠµŃŃŠøŠ½Ń Š·Š° Š¾ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠµ ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠµ. ŠŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½ŃŠŗŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠŗŠ°ŃŠµŠ³Š¾ŃŠøŃŠŗŠø ŃŃ Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŠ»Šø Š“Š° ŠæŃŠøŃ Š²Š°ŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š»ŃŠŗŃ ŠŠøŃŠµŃŠ° Šø, Ń ŠæŃŠŗŠ¾ŃŃ, Š½Š°Š·ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŃ ŃŠ°Š¼Š¾ŃŃŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ Š·Š²Š°Š¾ ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŃŠ°Š½Š³ŠøŃŠø.
Š¢ŃŠµŃŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ
Š¢ŃŠµŃŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š½ ŠæŃŠ²ŠµŠ½ŃŃŠ²ŠµŠ½Š¾ Š“Š° Š±Šø Š¾ŃŠ»Š¾Š±Š¾Š“ŠøŠ¾ Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń
Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŃŠ¼ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š½ŠøŃ
Šø Š»Š°Š¶Š½ŠøŃ
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń
Š° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š»Šø Ń
ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»ŠµŠ“Šµ. ŠŠøŃŠµŃŠµ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°Š·Š²Š°Š½Š¾ Ń 326. Š.Š¦. Š£ ŠŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°Š¼Š° Ń ŠŠ°ŃŠ°Š»ŠøŠæŃŃŃŠø ŠæŠ¾Š“ ŠæŠ°ŃŃŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ°. ŠŃŠµŠ“ŃŃŠµŠ“Š°Š²Š°Š¾ ŃŠµ ŃŃŠ°ŃŠµŃŠøŠ½Š° ŠŠ¾Š³Š³Š°Š»ŠøŠæŃŃŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŃŃŠ° Šø Ń
ŠøŃŠ°Š“Ń Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń
Š° ŃŃŠµŃŃŠ²Š¾Š²Š°Š»Š¾ ŃŠµ Ń Š¾Š²Š¾Š¼ ŠŠøŃŠµŃŃ. Š¢ŃŠ°Š“ŠøŃŠøŃŠ°
Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠø Š¾ ŃŠ¾Š¼Šµ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ° Š¾ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠ²Š¾Ń ŠæŃŠµŃŃŠ¾Š» ŠŗŃŠ¾Š· ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŃŃŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŠŗŃŠ²Šø
ŃŠ²Š¾Š³ ŃŠøŠ½Š° ŃŠ²Š¾Š³ Š¾ŃŠ°, ŃŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ²Š¾Š³ Š±ŃŠ°ŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŃŠµ ŠŃŠ¼Š°ŃŠ°, ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ Š½Š° ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŃ
ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š¾ Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š°Š¾ ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŃŃ ŠøŠæ. ŠŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ° ŃŠµ ŠŗŃŃŠ½ŠøŃŠ°Š½Š° Ń Š“Š²Šµ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Šµ Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š½Š°ŠµŃŃŠ¾Ń Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šø Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Šµ. Š£
ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŃŠŗŃ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ»Š°ŃŠøŠ¾ ŃŠ°Š¼Š¾ ŃŠøŠ¼Š±Š¾Š»ŠøŃŠ½Ń ŠæŠ¾Ń Š²Š°Š»Ń ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šø Šø Š”Š°Ń Š³Šø Šø ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ
ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š°Š¾ ŠæŃŠøŠæŠ°Š“Š½ŠøŠŗŠµ Š“ŃŃŠ³ŠøŃ Š²ŃŠµŃŃŠŗŠøŃ ŃŠµŠŗŃŠ° ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š² Š¾ŃŠ°Ń ŃŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ¾
ŠæŃŠµŠ“ ŃŠøŠ¼. ŠŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼, ŃŠ²Šµ Š¾Š²Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ¾Š¼ŠµŠ½ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Š¾ ŠæŠ¾Š±Š¾Š¶Š½Š¾Š³ Š½Š¾Š²ŠøŠ½Š°ŃŠ°-Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠŠøŠ³ŃŠ¾Š“Ń Šµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø Š³Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Š°Š¾ ŠŠæŠæŠ°Š¼Š°Š“Š°-Š²Š°Š³Š³Š°. ŠŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠµŃŃŠ°Š¾ Š“Š° ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š° Š“ŃŃŠ³Šµ Š²ŠµŃŃŠŗŠµ Š³ŃŃŠæŠµ Šø ŠæŃŠ¾Š“ŃŠ±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š² ŠøŠ½ŃŠµŃŠµŃ Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½Š¾ŃŃ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šø. ŠŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠøŠ¾
ŃŠµ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµ Š¾Š³ŃŠ¾Š¼Š½Š¾ Š±Š¾Š³Š°ŃŃŃŠ²Š¾ Š·Š° ŠøŠ·Š³ŃŠ°Š“ŃŃ, ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ°Š¶Šµ, Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ Šø
ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠø Ń ŠøŃŠ°Š“Šµ ŠæŠ°Š³Š¾Š“ Šø Š²ŠøŃ Š°ŃŠ° Šø Š±Š¾Š³Š°ŃŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š° ŠŃ ŠøŠŗŠŗŃ ŃŃŠ° ŃŠ° ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠø
ŃŠµŠŗŠ²ŠøŠ·ŠøŃŠ°. ŠŠµŠ³Š¾Š² ŃŠøŠ½ ŠŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ Šø ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° ŃŠµŃŠŗŠ° Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Š°Š¼ŠøŃŃŠ° ŃŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½Šø Šø ŠæŃŠøŠ¼ŃŠµŠ½Šø Ń Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Š°. ŠŠ° ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŃ, ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃ Š±ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŠøŠ·Š°Š·Š¾Š²Šµ Š¾Š·Š±ŠøŃŠ½Šµ ŠæŃŠ¾Š±Š»ŠµŠ¼Šµ ŃŠ½ŃŃŠ°Ń Š”Š°Ń Š°. ŠŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š¾Š¼
ŃŠµ Š½Š°ŃŠµŠ“Š±Ń ŠøŠ½ŃŠøŠ»ŃŃŠøŃŠ°Š¾ Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠø Š±ŃŠ¾Ń ŃŃŠ“Šø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ Š½ŠµŠ“Š¾ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠ½Šø, Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š»Šø ŃŃ
Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»ŠµŠ“Šµ Šø ŠæŃŠøŠ²Š»Š°ŃŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠµŠ“ Š·Š±Š¾Š³ ŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŃŠŗŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠŗŠµ Šø ŃŠŗŃŠæŠøŃ ŠæŠ¾Š½ŃŠ“Š°
Ń ŃŠ°Š½Šµ, Š¾Š“ŠµŃŠµ, ŃŠŗŠ»Š¾Š½ŠøŃŃŠ° Šø Š»ŠøŃŠµŠŗŠ¾Š²Š°. ŠŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠø
Š±ŃŠ¾Ń Š½ŠµŃŠµŠ±ŠøŃŠ½ŠøŃ , ŠæŠ¾Ń Š»ŠµŠæŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼ŃŃŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŠµ Š·Š°Š»Š°Š³Š°Š»Šø ŠæŠ¾Š³ŃŠµŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼
ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»ŠµŠ“ŠøŠ¼Š° ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŃŃŠ°Š»Šø ŃŃ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠøŠ“ŃŃŠ¶Šµ Š½Š°ŃŠµŠ“Š±Šø, Š°Š»Šø ŃŃ ŃŠ¼Š°ŃŃŠ°Š»Šø
Š½ŠµŠæŃŠøŠŗŠ»Š°Š“Š½ŠøŠ¼ Š·Š° Š¾ŃŠ“ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŠ°ŃŠµ. Š£ŠæŃŠŗŠ¾Ń
ŃŠ¾Š¼Šµ, ŠøŃŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ ŠæŃŠøŠ»ŠøŠŗŃ Š“Š° ŠµŠŗŃŠæŠ»Š¾Š°ŃŠøŃŃ ŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŃŠŗŃ Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃ Š·Š°
ŃŠ¾ŠæŃŃŠ²ŠµŠ½Šµ ŃŠøŃŠµŠ²Šµ Šø Š“Š¾Š½Š¾ŃŠµ Š¼ŃŃŠŗŃ Šø ŠæŃŠøŠ“ŃŃŠ¶Šµ ŃŠµ Š½Š°ŃŠµŠ“Š±Šø Š±ŠµŠ· ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Š½Š¾Š³
ŃŃŠŗŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŠ°. Š”Ń Š¾Š“Š½Š¾ ŃŠ¾Š¼Šµ, ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŠµ Š”Š°Ń Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠ¼Š°ŃŠøŠ»Š¾. ŠŠ°Š“Š°
ŃŠµ Š¾Š²Š¾ Š¾ŃŠŗŃŠøŠ¾, Š½ŠµŠŗŠø Š¾Š“ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ Š“Š° Š“ŃŠ¶Šµ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š½Š¾
ŠæŃŠµŃŠøŃŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŠµ ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼Š¾Š½ŠøŃŃ Š£ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ°ŃŃ Š° Ń Š“ŃŃŃŃŠ²Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŃŠ¼ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š½ŠøŃ , Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠøŃ
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°. ŠŠ°Š“Š°
ŃŠµ ŃŠµŃŠ°Ń ŃŃŠ¾ Š·Š° Š¾Š²Š¾, ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŃŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŠøŃŠæŃŠ°Š²Šø ŃŠøŃŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŃ Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»Š°Š¾ ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³ Š¾Š“
ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŃ Š¼ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŃŠ°ŃŠ° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°Š¼Š° ŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾Š¼Š°Š½Š“Š¾Š¼ Š“Š° Š¾Š±Š°Š²ŃŠ°ŃŃ ŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼Š¾Š½ŠøŃŃ. ŠŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼, ŃŠ°Ń Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š“Š°Š¾ Š¼ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŃŃŃ Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ²ŠøŃ Š½Š°ŃŠµŃŠµŃŠ° Š¾ ŃŠ¾Š¼Šµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŃŠµŠ“ŃŃŠ²Š° Š±Šø ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠøŠ»Š° Š·Š° ŠøŠ·Š²ŃŃŠµŃŠµ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ ŠŗŠ¾Š¼Š°Š½Š“Šµ. ŠŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŃ Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŠ»Šø Š“Š° ŃŠ»ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ Šø Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š°ŃŃ ŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼Š¾Š½ŠøŃŃ Ń Š“ŃŃŃŃŠ²Ń ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŃ Š»Š°Š¶Š½ŠøŃ Šø “Š»Š¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŃŠŗŠøŃ ” ŠæŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ»Š°ŃŠ° [ŃŃ ŠµŠøŠøŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°]. Š£
Š¾ŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŃ, ŃŃŃŠøŃŠ¾ Š¼ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŃŠ°Ń ŃŠµ Š½Š°ŠæŃŃŃŠøŠ¾ Š»ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŃ ŃŃŠµŠ“ŠµŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Šø ŠøŠ·Š²Š»Š°ŃŠøŠ¾
ŃŠ²Š¾Ń Š¼Š°Ń, ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾ ŠøŃ ŃŠµ Š¾Š±ŃŠµŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠ²Šµ Š“Š¾Šŗ Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š“Š¾ŃŠ°Š¾ Š“Š¾ ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ²Š¾Š³ Š±ŃŠ°ŃŠ°
Š¢ŠøŃŠµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½. Š£Š¶Š°ŃŠµŠ½Šø
Š¼ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŃŠ°Ń ŃŠµ Š·Š°ŃŃŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Ń Šø ŠæŠ¾Š±ŃŠµŠ³Š°Š¾ ŠøŠ· Ń Š¾Š“Š½ŠøŠŗŠ° Šø ŠøŠ·Š²ŠµŃŃŠ°Š²Š°Š¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŠ°
ŠŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š“ŃŠ±Š¾ŠŗŠ¾ Š¾Š¶Š°Š»Š¾ŃŃŠµŠ½ Šø ŃŠ·Š½ŠµŠ¼ŠøŃŠµŠ½ Š¾Š½ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“ŠµŃŠøŠ»Š¾ Šø
ŠŗŃŠøŠ²ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŃŠµ Š·Š° ŃŠ±ŠøŃŃŠ²Š°. Š¢ŃŠ°Š¶ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š°Š“Š²Š¾ŠŗŠ°Ń Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° ŠŠ¾Š³Š³Š°Š»ŠøŠæŃŃŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŃŃŠ°. ŠŃŠµŠ“Š»Š¾Š¶ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø Š±ŃŠ“Ń ŠøŠ·Š±Š°ŃŠµŠ½Šø ŠøŠ· Š½Š°Š»Š¾Š³Š° Šø Š¾Š“Š¼Š°Ń ŃŠµ ŃŠ°Š·Š²Š°ŃŠø ŃŃŠµŃŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ. Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ Ń ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š¼Š½Š°ŠµŃŃŠ¾Ń Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šø Š²Š»Š°Š“Š°Š²ŠøŠ½Šµ ŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠæŠ¾Š·Š²Š°Š½Š¾ Š¢ŃŠµŃŠµ Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŠµ. Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ°
ŠŠ¾Š³Š³Š°Š»ŠøŠæŃŃŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŃŃŠ° ŃŠµ Š²Š¾Š“ŠøŠ»Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŃŠæŠ°Šŗ Šø ŠøŠ·Š°Š±ŃŠ°Š»Š° Ń ŠøŃŠ°Š“Ń Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Š¾Š“
ŃŠµŠ·Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ Ń ŠøŃŠ°Š“Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ° Š·Š° ŃŃŠ°Š“ŠøŃŠøŠ¾Š½Š°Š»Š½Ń ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŃ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠµ,
ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š»Š° Š“ŠµŠ²ŠµŃ Š¼ŃŠµŃŠµŃŠø. Š¦Š°Ń ŃŠµ ŃŠ°Š¼ ŠøŃŠæŠøŃŠøŠ²Š°Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠµ ŠøŠ· Š²ŠøŃŠµ Š¼Š°Š½Š°ŃŃŠøŃŠ° Š¾ ŃŃŠµŃŃ ŠŃŠ“Š°. ŠŠ½Šø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š»Šø ŠæŠ¾Š³ŃŠµŃŠ½Šµ ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»ŠµŠ“Šµ Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ ŠøŠ·Š»Š¾Š¶ŠµŠ½Šø Šø ŠæŃŠ¾ŃŃŠµŃŠ°Š½Šø ŠøŠ· Š”Š°ŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š¼Š°Ń . ŠŠ° Š¾Š²Š°Ń Š½Š°ŃŠøŠ½ ŠŃ ŠøŠŗŠŗŃ Ń Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Š° ŃŠµ Š¾ŃŠøŃŃŠµŠ½Š° Š¾Š“ Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠ° Šø Š»Š°Š¶Š½ŠøŃ Š±Ń ŠøŠŗŠŗŃ ŃŃŠ°.
ŠŠ²Š°Ń ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š°Š¾ Šø Š½ŠøŠ· Š“ŃŃŠ³ŠøŃ Š²Š°Š¶Š½ŠøŃ ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠø. Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń
ŠŠ¾Š³Š³Š°Š»ŠøŠæŃŃŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŃŃŠ°, ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š±Šø Š¾Š“Š±Š°ŃŠøŠ¾ Š½ŠøŠ· Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ° Šø Š¾ŃŠøŠ³ŃŃŠ°Š¾ Š“Š° ŃŠµ
ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŃŃŠ²Š° ŃŠøŃŃŠ¾, ŠøŃŠæŃŠ½ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµ ŠŗŃŠøŠ³Ń ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃŠ° Š½Š°Š·Š²Š°Š½Š¾Š³ ŠŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŃ Š²Š°ŃŃ. ŠŠ²Š°
ŠŗŃŠøŠ³Š° ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ Š¾Š“ Š“Š²Š°Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ ŃŃŠø ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»Š°Š²ŃŠ° Šø ŠæŃŠµŠ“ŃŃŠ°Š²ŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾Š»ŠµŠŗŃŠøŃŃ
Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŠøŃŠµ (ŠŗŠ°ŃŃ) Šø Š¾ŃŠæŠ¾ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŠµ Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠøŃ ŃŃŠ°Š²Š¾Š²Š° ŃŠ°Š·Š»ŠøŃŠøŃŠøŃ ŃŠµŠŗŃŠø Š¾
ŃŠøŠ»Š¾Š·Š¾ŃŃŠŗŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠøŠ¼Š°. Š¢Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠµŃŠøŠ½Š° Š¾Š“ ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š¼ ŠŗŃŠøŠ³Š° ŠŠ±Ń ŠøŠ“Ń Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŠŠøŠ°ŃŃŠ°. Š§Š»Š°Š½Š¾Š²Šø ŠŠøŃŠµŃŠ° ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµŃ ŃŃ Š“Š°Š»Šø ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ²ŃŠŗŠø ŠæŠµŃŠ°Ń ŃŠ°Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃŠø Š½Š° Š“Š¾ŠŗŃŃŠøŠ½Ń Š¾ ŠŃŠ“Šø, Š½Š°Š·Š²Š°Š²ŃŠø ŃŠµ ŠŠøŠ±Ń Š°ŃŃŠ°Š²Š°Š“Š°, Š“Š¾ŠŗŃŃŠøŠ½Šø Š°Š½Š°Š»ŠøŠ·Šµ. Š¢Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠøŠ“ŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŠ° Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŠ½Š¾Š¼ Š“Š¾ŠŗŃŃŠøŠ½Š¾Š¼ Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ°Š²Š°Š“Š°. ŠŠµŠ“Š½Š¾
Š¾Š“ Š½Š°ŃŠ·Š½Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠ½ŠøŃŠøŃ Š“Š¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š½ŃŃŠ° Š¾Š²Šµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŃŠŗŃŠæŃŃŠøŠ½Šµ Šø Š¾Š½Š¾Š³ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ
ŃŃŠµŠ±Š°Š»Š¾ Š²ŠµŠŗŠ¾Š²ŠøŠ¼Š° Š“Š° Š“Š¾Š»Š°Š·Šø, Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»Š°Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š¾Š²Šµ, Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ¾
ŃŠæŃŃŠµŠ½Šµ Ń ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠµ, ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŠ¾ Š¼Š¾Š³Š»Šø ŃŠ²Šµ Š“Š° ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŠ°Š¶Ń, Š“Š° Š³Š°
Š½Š°ŃŃŠµ Ń Š“ŠµŠ²ŠµŃ ŃŠ°Š·Š»ŠøŃŠøŃŠøŃ Š·ŠµŠ¼Š°ŃŠ°. ŠŠ²Šø ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š°Š“ŃŃŠ° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŠŗŃŃŃŠøŠ²Š°Š»Šø ŃŃ ŠŠµŠ½ŠµŃŠ°Š±Š»Šµ ŠŠ°ŃŃŃ Š°Š½ŃŠøŠŗŠ° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ Š¾ŃŠøŃŠ»Šø āāŃ ŠŠ°ŃŠ¼ŠøŃ Šø ŠŠ°Š½Š“Ń Š°ŃŠ°. ŠŠ“ ŃŠµŠ³Š° ŃŠµ ŃŃŠ°Š¶ŠµŠ½Š¾ Š“Š° ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Š° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń Šø Š“Š° ŃŃŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²Šø ŃŠµŠ“ ŃŠ°Š¼Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°. ŠŃŠµŠæŠ¾Š“Š¾Š±Š½Š°
ŠŠ°Ń Š°Š“ŠµŠ²Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»Š°ŃŠ° Ń ŠŠ°Ń ŠøŠ½ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š“Š°Š»Š° (ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½Šø ŠŠøŃŠ¾ŃŠµ), Š°
ŠŠµŠ½ŠµŃŠ°Š±ŠøŠ»Š½Š° Š Š°ŠŗŃ ŠøŃŠ° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŃŠæŃŃŠµŠ½Š° Ń ŠŠ°Š½Š°Š²Š°ŃŠø (ŃŠµŠ²ŠµŃŠ½Š° ŠŠ°Š½Š°ŃŠ° Š½Š° ŃŃŠ³Ń
ŠŠ½Š“ŠøŃŠµ). ŠŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Š° ŠŠ¾Š½Š°ŠŗŠ° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š°ŃŠ°ŠŗŃ ŠøŃŠ° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠæŃŃŠµŠ½Š° ŃŠµ Ń ŠŠ¾ŃŃŠø
ŠŠæŠ°ŃŠ°Š½ŃŠ°Šŗ (ŃŠµŠ²ŠµŃŠ½Šø ŠŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń, ŠŠ°ŃŃ ŠøŠ°Š²Š°Ń, ŠŃŃŃŃ Šø Š”ŠøŠ½Š“Ń ) .
Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠø Š¾ ŃŠ¾Š¼Šµ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ° Š¾ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠ²Š¾Ń ŠæŃŠµŃŃŠ¾Š» ŠŗŃŠ¾Š· ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŃŃŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŠŗŃŠ²Šø
ŃŠ²Š¾Š³ ŃŠøŠ½Š° ŃŠ²Š¾Š³ Š¾ŃŠ°, ŃŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ²Š¾Š³ Š±ŃŠ°ŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŃŠµ ŠŃŠ¼Š°ŃŠ°, ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ Š½Š° ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŃ
ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š¾ Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š°Š¾ ŠŃŠ°Ń Š°Š½ŃŃŃ ŠøŠæ. ŠŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ° ŃŠµ ŠŗŃŃŠ½ŠøŃŠ°Š½Š° Ń Š“Š²Šµ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Šµ Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š½Š°ŠµŃŃŠ¾Ń Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šø Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Šµ. Š£
ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŃŠŗŃ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ»Š°ŃŠøŠ¾ ŃŠ°Š¼Š¾ ŃŠøŠ¼Š±Š¾Š»ŠøŃŠ½Ń ŠæŠ¾Ń Š²Š°Š»Ń ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šø Šø Š”Š°Ń Š³Šø Šø ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ
ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š°Š¾ ŠæŃŠøŠæŠ°Š“Š½ŠøŠŗŠµ Š“ŃŃŠ³ŠøŃ Š²ŃŠµŃŃŠŗŠøŃ ŃŠµŠŗŃŠ° ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š² Š¾ŃŠ°Ń ŃŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ¾
ŠæŃŠµŠ“ ŃŠøŠ¼. ŠŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼, ŃŠ²Šµ Š¾Š²Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ¾Š¼ŠµŠ½ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°Š¾ ŠæŠ¾Š±Š¾Š¶Š½Š¾Š³ Š½Š¾Š²ŠøŠ½Š°ŃŠ°-Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠŠøŠ³ŃŠ¾Š“Ń Šµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø Š³Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Š°Š¾ ŠŠæŠæŠ°Š¼Š°Š“Š°-Š²Š°Š³Š³Š°. ŠŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠµŃŃŠ°Š¾ Š“Š° ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š° Š“ŃŃŠ³Šµ Š²ŠµŃŃŠŗŠµ Š³ŃŃŠæŠµ Šø ŠæŃŠ¾Š“ŃŠ±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š² ŠøŠ½ŃŠµŃŠµŃ Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½Š¾ŃŃ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šø. ŠŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠøŠ¾
ŃŠµ ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµ Š¾Š³ŃŠ¾Š¼Š½Š¾ Š±Š¾Š³Š°ŃŃŃŠ²Š¾ Š·Š° ŠøŠ·Š³ŃŠ°Š“ŃŃ, ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ°Š¶Šµ, Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ Šø
ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠø Ń ŠøŃŠ°Š“Šµ ŠæŠ°Š³Š¾Š“ Šø Š²ŠøŃ Š°ŃŠ° Šø Š±Š¾Š³Š°ŃŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š° ŠŃ ŠøŠŗŠŗŃ ŃŃŠ° ŃŠ° ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠø
ŃŠµŠŗŠ²ŠøŠ·ŠøŃŠ°. ŠŠµŠ³Š¾Š² ŃŠøŠ½ ŠŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ Šø ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° ŃŠµŃŠŗŠ° Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Š°Š¼ŠøŃŃŠ° ŃŃ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½Šø Šø ŠæŃŠøŠ¼ŃŠµŠ½Šø Ń Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Š°. ŠŠ° ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŃ, ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃ Š±ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŠøŠ·Š°Š·Š¾Š²Šµ Š¾Š·Š±ŠøŃŠ½Šµ ŠæŃŠ¾Š±Š»ŠµŠ¼Šµ ŃŠ½ŃŃŠ°Ń Š”Š°Ń Š°. ŠŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š¾Š¼
ŃŠµ Š½Š°ŃŠµŠ“Š±Ń ŠøŠ½ŃŠøŠ»ŃŃŠøŃŠ°Š¾ Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠø Š±ŃŠ¾Ń ŃŃŠ“Šø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ Š½ŠµŠ“Š¾ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠ½Šø, Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š»Šø ŃŃ
Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»ŠµŠ“Šµ Šø ŠæŃŠøŠ²Š»Š°ŃŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠµŠ“ Š·Š±Š¾Š³ ŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŃŠŗŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠŗŠµ Šø ŃŠŗŃŠæŠøŃ ŠæŠ¾Š½ŃŠ“Š°
Ń ŃŠ°Š½Šµ, Š¾Š“ŠµŃŠµ, ŃŠŗŠ»Š¾Š½ŠøŃŃŠ° Šø Š»ŠøŃŠµŠŗŠ¾Š²Š°. ŠŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠø
Š±ŃŠ¾Ń Š½ŠµŃŠµŠ±ŠøŃŠ½ŠøŃ , ŠæŠ¾Ń Š»ŠµŠæŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼ŃŃŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŠµ Š·Š°Š»Š°Š³Š°Š»Šø ŠæŠ¾Š³ŃŠµŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼
ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»ŠµŠ“ŠøŠ¼Š° ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŃŃŠ°Š»Šø ŃŃ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠøŠ“ŃŃŠ¶Šµ Š½Š°ŃŠµŠ“Š±Šø, Š°Š»Šø ŃŃ ŃŠ¼Š°ŃŃŠ°Š»Šø
Š½ŠµŠæŃŠøŠŗŠ»Š°Š“Š½ŠøŠ¼ Š·Š° Š¾ŃŠ“ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŠ°ŃŠµ. Š£ŠæŃŠŗŠ¾Ń
ŃŠ¾Š¼Šµ, ŠøŃŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ ŠæŃŠøŠ»ŠøŠŗŃ Š“Š° ŠµŠŗŃŠæŠ»Š¾Š°ŃŠøŃŃ ŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŃŠŗŃ Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŠ¾Š“ŃŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃ Š·Š°
ŃŠ¾ŠæŃŃŠ²ŠµŠ½Šµ ŃŠøŃŠµŠ²Šµ Šø Š“Š¾Š½Š¾ŃŠµ Š¼ŃŃŠŗŃ Šø ŠæŃŠøŠ“ŃŃŠ¶Šµ ŃŠµ Š½Š°ŃŠµŠ“Š±Šø Š±ŠµŠ· ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ»Š½Š¾Š³
ŃŃŠŗŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŠ°. Š”Ń Š¾Š“Š½Š¾ ŃŠ¾Š¼Šµ, ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŠµ Š”Š°Ń Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠ¼Š°ŃŠøŠ»Š¾. ŠŠ°Š“Š°
ŃŠµ Š¾Š²Š¾ Š¾ŃŠŗŃŠøŠ¾, Š½ŠµŠŗŠø Š¾Š“ ŠæŃŠ°Š²ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ Š“Š° Š“ŃŠ¶Šµ ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š½Š¾
ŠæŃŠµŃŠøŃŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŠµ ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼Š¾Š½ŠøŃŃ Š£ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ°ŃŃ Š° Ń Š“ŃŃŃŃŠ²Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŃŠ¼ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š½ŠøŃ , Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠøŃ
Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°. ŠŠ°Š“Š°
ŃŠµ ŃŠµŃŠ°Ń ŃŃŠ¾ Š·Š° Š¾Š²Š¾, ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŃŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŠøŃŠæŃŠ°Š²Šø ŃŠøŃŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŃ Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»Š°Š¾ ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³ Š¾Š“
ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŃ Š¼ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŃŠ°ŃŠ° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°Š¼Š° ŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾Š¼Š°Š½Š“Š¾Š¼ Š“Š° Š¾Š±Š°Š²ŃŠ°ŃŃ ŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼Š¾Š½ŠøŃŃ. ŠŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼, ŃŠ°Ń Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š“Š°Š¾ Š¼ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŃŃŃ Š½ŠøŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ²ŠøŃ Š½Š°ŃŠµŃŠµŃŠ° Š¾ ŃŠ¾Š¼Šµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŃŠµŠ“ŃŃŠ²Š° Š±Šø ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠøŠ»Š° Š·Š° ŠøŠ·Š²ŃŃŠµŃŠµ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Šµ ŠŗŠ¾Š¼Š°Š½Š“Šµ. ŠŠ¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŃ Š¾Š“Š±ŠøŠ»Šø Š“Š° ŃŠ»ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ Šø Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Š°ŃŃ ŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼Š¾Š½ŠøŃŃ Ń Š“ŃŃŃŃŠ²Ń ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŃ Š»Š°Š¶Š½ŠøŃ Šø “Š»Š¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŃŠŗŠøŃ ” ŠæŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ»Š°ŃŠ° [ŃŃ ŠµŠøŠøŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°]. Š£
Š¾ŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŃ, ŃŃŃŠøŃŠ¾ Š¼ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŃŠ°Ń ŃŠµ Š½Š°ŠæŃŃŃŠøŠ¾ Š»ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŃ ŃŃŠµŠ“ŠµŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Šø ŠøŠ·Š²Š»Š°ŃŠøŠ¾
ŃŠ²Š¾Ń Š¼Š°Ń, ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾ ŠøŃ ŃŠµ Š¾Š±ŃŠµŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠ²Šµ Š“Š¾Šŗ Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š“Š¾ŃŠ°Š¾ Š“Š¾ ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ²Š¾Š³ Š±ŃŠ°ŃŠ°
Š¢ŠøŃŠµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½. Š£Š¶Š°ŃŠµŠ½Šø
Š¼ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŃŠ°Ń ŃŠµ Š·Š°ŃŃŃŠ°Š²ŠøŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Ń Šø ŠæŠ¾Š±ŃŠµŠ³Š°Š¾ ŠøŠ· Ń Š¾Š“Š½ŠøŠŗŠ° Šø ŠøŠ·Š²ŠµŃŃŠ°Š²Š°Š¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŠ°
ŠŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š“ŃŠ±Š¾ŠŗŠ¾ Š¾Š¶Š°Š»Š¾ŃŃŠµŠ½ Šø ŃŠ·Š½ŠµŠ¼ŠøŃŠµŠ½ Š¾Š½ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“ŠµŃŠøŠ»Š¾ Šø
ŠŗŃŠøŠ²ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŃŠµ Š·Š° ŃŠ±ŠøŃŃŠ²Š°. Š¢ŃŠ°Š¶ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š°Š“Š²Š¾ŠŗŠ°Ń Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° ŠŠ¾Š³Š³Š°Š»ŠøŠæŃŃŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŃŃŠ°. ŠŃŠµŠ“Š»Š¾Š¶ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠø Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø Š±ŃŠ“Ń ŠøŠ·Š±Š°ŃŠµŠ½Šø ŠøŠ· Š½Š°Š»Š¾Š³Š° Šø Š¾Š“Š¼Š°Ń ŃŠµ ŃŠ°Š·Š²Š°ŃŠø ŃŃŠµŃŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ. Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ Ń ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š¼Š½Š°ŠµŃŃŠ¾Ń Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šø Š²Š»Š°Š“Š°Š²ŠøŠ½Šµ ŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠæŠ¾Š·Š²Š°Š½Š¾ Š¢ŃŠµŃŠµ Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŠµ. Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ°
ŠŠ¾Š³Š³Š°Š»ŠøŠæŃŃŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŃŃŠ° ŃŠµ Š²Š¾Š“ŠøŠ»Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŃŠæŠ°Šŗ Šø ŠøŠ·Š°Š±ŃŠ°Š»Š° Ń ŠøŃŠ°Š“Ń Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Š¾Š“
ŃŠµŠ·Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ Ń ŠøŃŠ°Š“Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ½ŠøŠŗŠ° Š·Š° ŃŃŠ°Š“ŠøŃŠøŠ¾Š½Š°Š»Š½Ń ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŃ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠµ,
ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š»Š° Š“ŠµŠ²ŠµŃ Š¼ŃŠµŃŠµŃŠø. Š¦Š°Ń ŃŠµ ŃŠ°Š¼ ŠøŃŠæŠøŃŠøŠ²Š°Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠµ ŠøŠ· Š²ŠøŃŠµ Š¼Š°Š½Š°ŃŃŠøŃŠ° Š¾ ŃŃŠµŃŃ ŠŃŠ“Š°. ŠŠ½Šø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š»Šø ŠæŠ¾Š³ŃŠµŃŠ½Šµ ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»ŠµŠ“Šµ Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ ŠøŠ·Š»Š¾Š¶ŠµŠ½Šø Šø ŠæŃŠ¾ŃŃŠµŃŠ°Š½Šø ŠøŠ· Š”Š°ŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š¼Š°Ń . ŠŠ° Š¾Š²Š°Ń Š½Š°ŃŠøŠ½ ŠŃ ŠøŠŗŠŗŃ Ń Š”Š°Š½Š³Ń Š° ŃŠµ Š¾ŃŠøŃŃŠµŠ½Š° Š¾Š“ Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠ° Šø Š»Š°Š¶Š½ŠøŃ Š±Ń ŠøŠŗŠŗŃ ŃŃŠ°.
ŠŠ²Š°Ń ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š°Š¾ Šø Š½ŠøŠ· Š“ŃŃŠ³ŠøŃ Š²Š°Š¶Š½ŠøŃ ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠø. Š”ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń
ŠŠ¾Š³Š³Š°Š»ŠøŠæŃŃŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŃŃŠ°, ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š±Šø Š¾Š“Š±Š°ŃŠøŠ¾ Š½ŠøŠ· Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ° Šø Š¾ŃŠøŠ³ŃŃŠ°Š¾ Š“Š° ŃŠµ
ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŃŃŠ²Š° ŃŠøŃŃŠ¾, ŠøŃŠæŃŠ½ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµ ŠŗŃŠøŠ³Ń ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃŠ° Š½Š°Š·Š²Š°Š½Š¾Š³ ŠŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŃ Š²Š°ŃŃ. ŠŠ²Š°
ŠŗŃŠøŠ³Š° ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ Š¾Š“ Š“Š²Š°Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ ŃŃŠø ŠæŠ¾Š³Š»Š°Š²ŃŠ° Šø ŠæŃŠµŠ“ŃŃŠ°Š²ŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾Š»ŠµŠŗŃŠøŃŃ
Š“ŠøŃŠŗŃŃŠøŃŠµ (ŠŗŠ°ŃŃ) Šø Š¾ŃŠæŠ¾ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŠµ Ń ŠµŃŠµŃŠøŃŠŗŠøŃ ŃŃŠ°Š²Š¾Š²Š° ŃŠ°Š·Š»ŠøŃŠøŃŠøŃ ŃŠµŠŗŃŠø Š¾
ŃŠøŠ»Š¾Š·Š¾ŃŃŠŗŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠøŠ¼Š°. Š¢Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠµŃŠøŠ½Š° Š¾Š“ ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š¼ ŠŗŃŠøŠ³Š° ŠŠ±Ń ŠøŠ“Ń Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŠŠøŠ°ŃŃŠ°. Š§Š»Š°Š½Š¾Š²Šø ŠŠøŃŠµŃŠ° ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµŃ ŃŃ Š“Š°Š»Šø ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ²ŃŠŗŠø ŠæŠµŃŠ°Ń ŃŠ°Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃŠø Š½Š° Š“Š¾ŠŗŃŃŠøŠ½Ń Š¾ ŠŃŠ“Šø, Š½Š°Š·Š²Š°Š²ŃŠø ŃŠµ ŠŠøŠ±Ń Š°ŃŃŠ°Š²Š°Š“Š°, Š“Š¾ŠŗŃŃŠøŠ½Šø Š°Š½Š°Š»ŠøŠ·Šµ. Š¢Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠøŠ“ŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŠ° Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠµŠ½Š¾Š¼ Š“Š¾ŠŗŃŃŠøŠ½Š¾Š¼ Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ°Š²Š°Š“Š°. ŠŠµŠ“Š½Š¾
Š¾Š“ Š½Š°ŃŠ·Š½Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠ½ŠøŃŠøŃ Š“Š¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š½ŃŃŠ° Š¾Š²Šµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŃŠŗŃŠæŃŃŠøŠ½Šµ Šø Š¾Š½Š¾Š³ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ
ŃŃŠµŠ±Š°Š»Š¾ Š²ŠµŠŗŠ¾Š²ŠøŠ¼Š° Š“Š° Š“Š¾Š»Š°Š·Šø, Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»Š°Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š¾Š²Šµ, Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ¾
ŃŠæŃŃŠµŠ½Šµ Ń ŠŃŠ“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŠøŠµ, ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŠ¾ Š¼Š¾Š³Š»Šø ŃŠ²Šµ Š“Š° ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŠ°Š¶Ń, Š“Š° Š³Š°
Š½Š°ŃŃŠµ Ń Š“ŠµŠ²ŠµŃ ŃŠ°Š·Š»ŠøŃŠøŃŠøŃ Š·ŠµŠ¼Š°ŃŠ°. ŠŠ²Šø ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š°Š“ŃŃŠ° Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŃŠŗŃŃŃŠøŠ²Š°Š»Šø ŃŃ ŠŠµŠ½ŠµŃŠ°Š±Š»Šµ ŠŠ°ŃŃŃ Š°Š½ŃŠøŠŗŠ° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ Š¾ŃŠøŃŠ»Šø āāŃ ŠŠ°ŃŠ¼ŠøŃ Šø ŠŠ°Š½Š“Ń Š°ŃŠ°. ŠŠ“ ŃŠµŠ³Š° ŃŠµ ŃŃŠ°Š¶ŠµŠ½Š¾ Š“Š° ŠæŃŠ¾ŠæŠ¾Š²ŠµŠ“Š° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń Šø Š“Š° ŃŃŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²Šø ŃŠµŠ“ ŃŠ°Š¼Š¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š°. ŠŃŠµŠæŠ¾Š“Š¾Š±Š½Š°
ŠŠ°Ń Š°Š“ŠµŠ²Š° ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ»Š°ŃŠ° Ń ŠŠ°Ń ŠøŠ½ŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°Š¼Š°Š½Š“Š°Š»Š° (ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½Šø ŠŠøŃŠ¾ŃŠµ), Š°
ŠŠµŠ½ŠµŃŠ°Š±ŠøŠ»Š½Š° Š Š°ŠŗŃ ŠøŃŠ° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŃŠæŃŃŠµŠ½Š° Ń ŠŠ°Š½Š°Š²Š°ŃŠø (ŃŠµŠ²ŠµŃŠ½Š° ŠŠ°Š½Š°ŃŠ° Š½Š° ŃŃŠ³Ń
ŠŠ½Š“ŠøŃŠµ). ŠŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Š° ŠŠ¾Š½Š°ŠŗŠ° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š°ŃŠ°ŠŗŃ ŠøŃŠ° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠæŃŃŠµŠ½Š° ŃŠµ Ń ŠŠ¾ŃŃŠø
ŠŠæŠ°ŃŠ°Š½ŃŠ°Šŗ (ŃŠµŠ²ŠµŃŠ½Šø ŠŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Ń, ŠŠ°ŃŃ ŠøŠ°Š²Š°Ń, ŠŃŃŃŃ Šø Š”ŠøŠ½Š“Ń ) .
ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠŗŠøŃŃŠŗŠ° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° ŃŠµ Š¾ŃŠøŃŠ»Š° Ń ŠŠ¾Š½Š°ŠŗŠ°-Š»Š¾ŠŗŠ° (Š·ŠµŠ¼ŃŠ° Š»Š¾Š½ŠøŃŠ°ŃŠ°, Š±Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠ° Šø
ŠŃŠŗŠ°). ŠŃŠµŠæŠ¾ŃŠ¾Š“Š½Šø ŠŠ°ŃŃ ŠøŠ¼ŃŠŗŠø Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° Š¾ŃŠøŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµ Ń Š„ŠøŠ¼Š°Š²Š°Š½ŃŃ (Š¼ŃŠµŃŃŠ¾ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ ŃŠµ
Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ Ń Š±Š»ŠøŠ·ŠøŠ½Šø Š„ŠøŠ¼Š°Š»Š°ŃŠ°). ŠŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Šø Š”Š¾ŃŠø Šø ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Šø Š£ŃŃŠ°ŃŠø Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ
ŃŠæŃŃŠµŠ½Šø Ń Š”ŃŠ²Š°Š½Š½Š°Š±Ń ŃŠ¼Šø [ŃŠ°Š“Š° ŠŃŠ°Š½Š¼Š°Ń]. Š£
Š¢Š°Š¼Š±Š°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Šø (ŃŠ°Š“Š° ŠØŃŠø ŠŠ°Š½ŠŗŠ°) ŃŠæŃŃŠµŠ½Šø ŃŃ ŠæŃŠµŃŃŠµŠ“Š½Šø ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŃŠ° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ°, ŠŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŠ½Š°
ŠŃŃŠøŠøŠ° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ°, ŠŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŠ½Š° Š£ŃŃŠøŠøŠ° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ°, ŠŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŠ½Š° Š”Š°Š¼Š±Š°Š»Š° Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ° Šø ŠŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Š°
ŠŃ Š°Š“Š“Š°ŃŠ°Š» Š¢Ń ŠµŃŠ°. ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š°
Š¼ŠøŃŠøŃŠµ Š¾Š²ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŃŃ ŃŃŠæŠµŠ»Šµ Šø Ń Š²ŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½Š¾Š¼ ŃŃ ŠøŠ¼Š°Š»Šµ ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ½Šµ ŠæŠ»Š¾Š“Š¾Š²Šµ Šø
ŠæŃŠ¾ŃŠ»Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“ŃŠ³ ŠæŃŃ Ń Š¾ŠŗŃŃŠ¶ŠµŃŃ Š½Š°ŃŠ¾Š“Š° Š¾Š²ŠøŃ Š·ŠµŠ¼Š°ŃŠ° Š·Š°Ń Š²Š°ŃŃŃŃŃŠø ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŠ»Š¾Š½Ń
ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ Šø ŃŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŃ Š½Š° ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š²Šµ ŃŠøŠ²ŠøŠ»ŠøŠ·Š°ŃŠøŃŠµ Šø ŠŗŃŠ»ŃŃŃŠµ. Š”Š° ŃŠøŃŠµŃŠµŠ¼ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ ŠŗŃŠ¾Š· ŃŠµŃŠø ŠŃŠ“Šµ, Ń ŃŠ¾ Š²ŃŠµŠ¼Šµ ŠŠ½Š“ŠøŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š»Š° ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°ŃŠ° ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠŠøŃŠ²Š°Š³ŃŃŃ, ŃŃŠøŃŠµŃ ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠ°. Š§ŠµŃŠ²ŃŃŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ Š§ŠµŃŠ²ŃŃŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃ Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š½ ŃŠµ Ń Š¢Š°Š¼Š±Š°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Šø [ŠØŃŠø ŠŠ°Š½ŠŗŠø] Ń 29 Š.Š¦. ŠæŠ¾Š“ ŠæŠ¾ŠŗŃŠ¾Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŃŃŠ²Š¾Š¼ ŠŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š³Š°Š¼Š°Š½Šø. ŠŠ»Š°Š²Š½Šø
ŃŠ°Š·Š»Š¾Š³ ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ ŃŠ°Š·ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠ° ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ»Š° ŃŠµŠ°Š»ŠøŠ·Š°ŃŠøŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° Š²ŠµŃŠøŠ½Š¾Š¼ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Š½ŠøŃŠµ
Š¼Š¾Š³Š»Š° Š·Š°Š“ŃŠ¶Š°ŃŠø ŃŠøŃŠ°Š²Ń Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŠ°ŃŃŠŗŃ Ń ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š²ŠøŠ¼ ŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼Š°, ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ¾ Š±ŠøŠ¾
ŃŠ»ŃŃŠ°Ń ŃŠ°Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š·Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š½Š¾Š³ ŠŠ°Ń Š½Š¾Š½Š° Šø Š¾Š½ŠøŃ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ Š³Š° ŠæŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ»Šø ŃŠ±ŃŠ·Š¾
Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŠ¾Š³Š°. ŠŠ°ŠŗŠ»Šµ,
ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ¼ŠµŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃ ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠøŠ¼Š°Š»Š°, Š“Š¾ ŃŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š·Š½Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŠ°Š·Š²ŠøŃŠ°Š»Š°, ŃŠ¼Š°ŃŃŠ°Š»Š¾
ŃŠµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ Šø Š½ŠµŠ¾ŠæŃ Š¾Š“Š½ŠøŠ¼ Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠøŃŠ°Š²Š¾ ŃŠøŃŠµŠ»Š¾ ŠŃŃ Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ ŃŃŠµŃŠ° Š·Š°ŠæŠøŃŠµ. ŠŠøŠ½Š³ ŠŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š³Š°Š¼Š°Š½Šø ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š¾ ŠøŠ“ŠµŃŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Šø ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃ ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š½ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŠ±Š½Š¾ Ń ŃŠøŃŃ ŃŠ¼Š°ŃŠµŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Ń ŃŠµŠ»ŠøŠ½Šø Š·Š° ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŠµ. ŠŠ±Š¾Š³
ŃŠ¾Š³Š°, Š“Š° Š±Šø ŃŠµ ŠøŠ·Š²Š¾ŃŠ½Š° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° Š¼Š¾Š³Š»Š° ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠø, ŠŃŠµŃŠ°ŃŠ½Šø
ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŃŠ°ŠŗŃ ŠøŃŠ° Šø ŠæŠµŃ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Šµ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ¾Š²Š°Š»Šø ŃŃ ŃŠµŃŠø ŠŃŠ“Š° Šø Š·Š°ŃŠøŠ¼ ŠøŃ
Š½Š°ŠæŠøŃŠ°Š»Šø Š½Š° ŠæŠ°Š»Š¼Š¾Š²ŠøŠ¼ Š»ŠøŃŃŠ¾Š²ŠøŠ¼Š°. ŠŠ²Š°Ń
ŠøŠ·Š²Š°Š½ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š½ ŠæŃŠ¾ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Ń ŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š²ŠøŃŠ°Š¾ Ń ŠæŠµŃŠøŠ½Šø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŠµ Š·Š²Š°Š»Š° ŠŠ»Š¾ŠŗŠ° Š»ŠµŠ½Š°,
ŃŠ¼ŠµŃŃŠµŠ½Š° Ń ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ°ŃŃ Š“ŃŠµŠ²Š½Š¾Š³ ŠæŃŠµŠ»Š¾Š¼Š° Ń Š±Š»ŠøŠ·ŠøŠ½Šø ŃŠ°Š“Š°ŃŃŠµ Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š²Šµ. Š”ŃŠ¾Š³Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠøŃ Š”Š°Š²ŃŠµŃŠ° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š½ŃŃ Šø Š¾Š±ŠµŠ·Š±ŠµŃŠµŠ½Š° ŃŠµ Š¾ŃŃŠ²Š°ŃŠµ Š°ŃŃŠµŠ½ŃŠøŃŠ½Šµ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šµ Ń ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŃ. ŠŠ°ŃŠ½ŠøŃŠµ, Ń Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š½Š°ŠµŃŃŠ¾Š¼ Š²ŠøŃŠµŠŗŃ, ŠŗŃŠ°Ń ŠŠøŃŠ°ŠøŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠøŃ Š° ŠøŠ¼Š°Š¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ»ŠøŠŗŠµ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµŠ½Šµ Ń Š¾Š²Š¾Ń ŠæŠµŃŠøŠ½Šø. ŠŠµŃŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŠŠµŃŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠµ Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š¾ Ń ŠŠ°Š½Š½Š“Š°Š»Š°ŠøŃ, ŠŃŃŠ¼Šø, ŃŠ°Š“Š° ŠæŠ¾Š·Š½Š°ŃŠ¾Š¼ ŠŗŠ°Š¾ ŠŃŠ°Š½Š¼Š°Ń, 1871. Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ, Ń Š²ŃŠµŠ¼Šµ Š²Š»Š°Š“Š°Š²ŠøŠ½Šµ ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠŠøŠ½Š“Š¾Š½Š°. ŠŠ»Š°Š²Š½Šø
ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ ŃŃŃŃŠµŃŠ° Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° ŃŠµŃŠøŃŃŃŠµ ŃŠ²Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° ŠŃŠ“Š° Šø Š“Š° ŠøŃ Š“ŠµŃŠ°ŃŠ½Š¾
ŠøŃŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŃ ŠŗŠ°ŠŗŠ¾ Š±Šø ŃŠµ Š²ŠøŠ“ŠµŠ»Š¾ Š“Š° Š»Šø ŃŠµ Š½ŠµŠŗŠ¾ Š¾Š“ ŃŠøŃ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŠøŠ·Š¼ŠøŃŠµŃŠµŠ½, ŠøŃŠŗŃŠøŠ²ŃŠµŠ½
ŠøŠ»Šø ŠæŠ°Š¾. ŠŃŠµŠ“ŃŃŠµŠ“Š°Š²Š°Š»Šø
ŃŃ Š³Š° ŃŃŠø ŃŃŠ°ŃŠµŃŠøŠ½Šµ, ŠæŃŠµŠ¾Š²Š»Š°ŃŃŃŃŃŠ° ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŃŃ ŠµŃŠ° ŠŠ°Š³Š°ŃŠ°Š±Ń ŠøŠ²Š°Š¼ŃŠ°, ŃŠ°ŃŃŠøŃŠ°
ŠŠ°ŃŠøŠ½Š“Š°Š±Ń ŠøŠ“Ń Š°ŃŠ°, Šø ŃŠ°ŃŃŠøŃŠø ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŃŃ ŠµŃŠ° Š”ŃŠ¼Š°Š½Š³Š°Š»Š°ŃŠ°Š¼Šø Ń Š“ŃŃŃŃŠ²Ń Š¾Š“ Š¾ŠŗŠ¾
Š“Š²ŠøŃŠµ Ń ŠøŃŠ°Š“Šµ Šø ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠø ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Šµ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° (2.400). ŠŠøŃ Š¾Š²Š° Š·Š°ŃŠµŠ“Š½ŠøŃŠŗŠ° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠ° ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠµŃ Š¼ŠµŃŠµŃŠø. Š¢Š°ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµ
ŃŠµ ŃŠ°Š“ Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŠ° Š“Š° ŃŠµ ŃŠøŃŠµŠ»Šø Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° ŃŠæŠøŃŠµ Š½Š° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠµŃŠøŃŠµŃ Š½Š°
ŃŠµŠ“Š°Š¼ŃŃŠ¾ Š“Š²Š°Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ Š“ŠµŠ²ŠµŃ Š¼ŃŠ°Š¼Š¾ŃŠ½ŠøŃ ŠæŠ»Š¾ŃŠ° Ń ŠæŠøŃŠ¼Ń ŠŠøŃŠ°Š½Š¼Š° Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ
ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠ° Š·Š°Š²ŃŃŠµŠ½Š° Šø ŃŠµŠ“Š½Š¾Š³Š»Š°ŃŠ½Š¾ ŃŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠµŠ½Š°. ŠŠ²Š°Ń
Š¼Š¾Š½ŃŠ¼ŠµŠ½ŃŠ°Š»Š½Šø Š·Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ°Šŗ Š¾Š±Š°Š²ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ Š¾ŠŗŠ¾ Š“Š²Šµ Ń ŠøŃŠ°Š“Šµ Šø ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠø ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Šµ
ŠµŃŃŠ“ŠøŃŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Šø Š¼Š½Š¾Š³ŠøŃ Š²ŠµŃŃŠøŃ Š¼Š°ŃŃŃŠ¾ŃŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŠæŠ¾ Š·Š°Š²ŃŃŠµŃŠŗŃ ŃŠ²Š°ŠŗŠµ
ŠæŠ»Š¾ŃŠµ ŠøŠ¼Š°Š»Šø ŃŠ¼ŠµŃŃŠµŠ½Šµ Ń ŠæŃŠµŠ»ŠµŠæŠøŠ¼ Š¼ŠøŠ½ŠøŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ “ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°” ŠæŠ°Š³Š¾Š“Š°Š¼Š° Š½Š°
ŃŠæŠµŃŠøŃŠ°Š»Š½Š¾Š¼ Š¼ŃŠµŃŃŃ Š½Š° ŃŠµŠ¼ŠµŃŃ ŠŠ°Š³Š¾Š“Š° ŠŗŠ¾Š“ ŠŠøŠ½Š³ ŠŠøŠ½Š“Š¾Š½Š° ŠŃŃŃ Š¾Š“Š°Š² Ń ŠæŠ¾Š“Š½Š¾Š¶ŃŃ
ŠŠ°Š½Š“Š°Š»Š°Šø Š„ŠøŠ», Š³Š“Šµ ŃŠµ Š¾Š²Š° ŃŠ·Š². ŠŠ°ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠ° ŠŗŃŠøŠ³Š° Š½Š° ŃŠ²ŠµŃŃ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠø Š“Š¾ Š“Š°Š½Š°ŃŃŠµŠ³ Š“Š°Š½Š°.
ŠØŠµŃŃŠø ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ
ŠØŠµŃŃŠø
ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š²Š°Š½ Ń ŠŠ°Š±Š° ŠŠøŠµ Ń ŠŠ°Š½Š³Š¾Š½Ń, ŃŠ°Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š Š°Š½Š³ŃŠ½Ń 1954. Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ,
Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ ŃŃŠø Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŠæŠµŃŠ¾Š³ Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š½Š¾Š³ Ń ŠŠ°Š½Š“Š°Š»Š°ŠøŃ. Š”ŠæŠ¾Š½Š·Š¾ŃŠøŃŠ°Š»Š° Š³Š° ŃŠµ Š±ŃŃŠ¼Š°Š½ŃŠŗŠ° Š²Š»Š°Š“Š° Š½Š° ŃŠµŠ»Ń ŃŠ° ŠæŃŠµŠ¼ŠøŃŠµŃŠ¾Š¼, ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ Š£ ŠŃ. ŠŠ½
ŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŠ¾ ŠøŠ·Š³ŃŠ°Š“ŃŃ ŠŠ°Ń Š° ŠŠ°ŃŠ°Š½Š° ŠŃŃ Š°, Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŃ ŠæŠµŃŠøŠ½Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠøŠ·Š³ŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ½Š°
Š¾Š“ ŠæŃŠøŠ·ŠµŠ¼ŃŠ°, Š“Š° Š±Šø ŃŠ»ŃŠ¶ŠøŠ»Š° ŠŗŠ°Š¾ Š¼ŠµŃŃŠ¾ Š·Š° ŠæŃŠøŠŗŃŠæŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŠæŃŃ ŠøŠ½Š“ŠøŃŃŠŗŠµ
Š”Š°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Šø ŠæŠµŃŠøŠ½Šµ - Š»Š¾ŠŗŠ°ŃŠøŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ²Š¾Š³ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃŠ°. ŠŠ¾
Š·Š°Š²ŃŃŠµŃŠŗŃ, Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š¾ 17. Š¼Š°ŃŠ° 1954. Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ. ŠŠ°Š¾ ŠøŃ ŃŠ»ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ
ŠæŃŠµŃŃ Š¾Š“Š½ŠøŃ ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃŠ°, ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š² ŠæŃŠ²Šø ŃŠøŃ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° Š°ŃŠøŃŠ¼ŠøŃŠµ Šø ŃŃŠ²Š° ŠøŃŃŠøŠ½ŃŠŗŃ
ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŃŃ. ŠŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼, ŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŃŠµŠ“ŠøŠ½ŃŃŠ²ŠµŠ½Š¾ Ń Š¼ŠµŃŠø Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ¾Ń ŃŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŃŠµŃŃŠ²Š¾Š²Š°Š»Šø Ń ŃŠµŠ¼Ń Š“Š¾ŃŠ»Šø ŠøŠ· Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼ Š·ŠµŠ¼Š°ŃŠ°. ŠŠ²Šµ
Š“Š²ŠøŃŠµ ŃŠøŃŃŃŠµ Šø ŠæŠµŃ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Šµ Š½Š°ŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠøŠ· Š¢ŠµŃŠ°Š°Š²Š°Š“Šµ Š“Š¾ŃŠ»Šµ ŃŃ ŠøŠ·
ŠŠøŃŠ°Š½Š¼Š°, ŠŠ°Š¼Š±Š¾ŃŠµ, ŠŠ½Š“ŠøŃŠµ, ŠŠ°Š¾ŃŠ°, ŠŠµŠæŠ°Š»Š°, ŠØŃŠø ŠŠ°Š½ŠŗŠµ, Š¢Š°ŃŠ»Š°Š½Š“Š° Šø
ŠŠøŃŠµŃŠ½Š°Š¼Š°. ŠŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ½Šø
ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŃŠø Š”Š°ŠøŠ°Š“Š°Š² ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŠ½ ŃŠµ Š·Š° ŠæŠ»ŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠø Š·Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ°Šŗ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠµŠ±Š½ŠøŃ
ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŠ° Š¾ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šø ŠŃŠµŠ·Š°Š“ŃŠøŠ²Š¾Š³ ŠŃ Š°Š“Š°Š½ŃŠ° ŠŠøŃŠøŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š±Ń ŠøŠ²Š°Š¼ŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°Š“Ń Š°ŃŠ°
ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š°Š±Ń Š°Š½Š“Š°Š³Š°ŃŠøŠŗŠ°, ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŠ²Šµ Š½Š°ŃŃŠ½Š¾ Šø Š·Š°Š“Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŃŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠµ. ŠŠ¾
ŃŃŠµŠ½ŃŃŠŗŠ° ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š¾Š²Š°Ń ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŃŃŃŠµŠ¾, ŃŠ²Šµ Š·ŠµŠ¼ŃŠµ ŃŃŠµŃŠ½ŠøŃŠµ ŠøŠ¼Š°Š»Šµ ŃŃ ŠŠ°Š»Šø
Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° ŠøŠ·ŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ½Šµ Ń ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼ ŠøŠ·Š²Š¾ŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ ŠæŠøŃŠ¼ŠøŠ¼Š°, ŃŠ° ŠøŠ·ŃŠ·ŠµŃŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠŠ½Š“ŠøŃŠµ. Š¢ŃŠ°Š“ŠøŃŠøŠ¾Š½Š°Š»Š½Š°
ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠ° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŠæŠøŃŠ¼Š° ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š²Šµ Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃ ŃŃ Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Šø
ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° ŃŃŠ¾Š“Š½Š° ŠŗŃŠøŠ¶ŠµŠ²Š½Š¾ŃŃ Ń ŃŠ²ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠµŠ½Š°ŃŠøŃŠ°Š¼Š° ŠæŠ°Š¶ŃŠøŠ²Š¾ ŠøŃŠæŠøŃŠ°Š½Šø. Š”Š²Šµ Š·Š°Š±ŠµŠ»ŠµŠ¶ŠµŠ½Šµ ŃŠ°Š·Š»ŠøŠŗŠµ ŃŃ Š·Š°Š±ŠµŠ»ŠµŠ¶ŠµŠ½Šµ, ŠøŠ·Š²ŃŃŠµŠ½Šµ ŃŃ Š½ŠµŠ¾ŠæŃ Š¾Š“Š½Šµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµŠŗŃŠøŃŠµ Šø Š·Š°ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŃ ŃŃŠµŃŠµŠ½Šµ ŃŠ²Šµ Š²ŠµŃŠ·ŠøŃŠµ. Š”ŃŠµŃŠ¾Š¼, Š¾ŃŠŗŃŠøŠ²ŠµŠ½Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ Š¼Š½Š¾Š³Š¾ ŃŠ°Š·Š»ŠøŠŗŠ° Ń ŃŠ°Š“ŃŠ¶Š°ŃŃ Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµŠ³ ŃŠµŠŗŃŃŠ°. ŠŠ°
ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŃ, Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŠøŃ ŃŠµ Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃ Š·Š²Š°Š½ŠøŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŠ¾, ŃŠ²Šµ ŠŗŠ¾Š»ŠøŃŠøŠ½Šµ Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠµ Šø
ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š²Šø ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ŠµŠ½ŃŠ°ŃŠø Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ ŠæŃŠøŠæŃŠµŠ¼ŃŠµŠ½Šø Š·Š° ŃŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°ŃŠµ Ń Š¼Š¾Š“ŠµŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼Š° Šø
Š¾Š±ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŠ½Šø Ń ŃŃŠµŠ½Š°ŃŠøŃŃ ŠŃŠ°Š½Š¼Š°Ń (ŠŃŃŠ¼ŠµŃŠµ). ŠŠ²Š¾ Š·Š½Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠ½Š¾ Š“Š¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š½ŃŃŠµ Š¾Š¼Š¾Š³ŃŃŠµŠ½Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½ŠøŠ¼ Š½Š°ŠæŠ¾ŃŠøŠ¼Š° Š“Š²Šµ Ń ŠøŃŠ°Š“Šµ ŠæŠµŃŃŃŠ¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Šø Š±ŃŠ¾ŃŠ½ŠøŃ Š»Š°ŃŠ½ŠøŃ ŃŃŠ“Šø. ŠŠøŃ Š¾Š² ŃŠ°Š“ ŃŠµ Š·Š°Š²ŃŃŠøŠ¾ Ń Š¼Š°ŃŃ 1956. Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ, Š“Š²Š° Šø ŠæŠ¾ Š¼ŠøŠ»ŠµŠ½ŠøŃŃŠ¼Š° Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŠ¾ŃŠæŠ¾Š“ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š°Š¾ ŠŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Ń. Š Š°Š“ Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŠ° Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠ“ŠøŠ½ŃŃŠ²ŠµŠ½Š¾ Š“Š¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š½ŃŃŠµ ŠæŃŠµŠ“ŃŃŠ°Š²Š½ŠøŠŗŠ° ŃŠøŃŠ°Š²Š¾Š³ Š±ŃŠ“ŠøŃŃŠøŃŠŗŠ¾Š³ ŃŠ²ŠøŃŠµŃŠ°. ŠŠµŃŠ·ŠøŃŠ°
Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŃ ŃŠµ Š¾Š±Š°Š²ŠµŠ·Š°Š»Š° Š“Š° ŠæŃŠ¾ŠøŠ·Š²ŠµŠ“Šµ ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠøŠ·Š½Š°ŃŠ° ŠŗŠ°Š¾ Š²ŠµŃŠ½Š°
Š½ŠµŠ¾ŃŠŗŃŠøŠ²ŠµŠ½ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠµŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŠŠ¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š° ŠŃŠ“Š° Šø Š½Š°ŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ²Š½ŠøŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠµŠ½Š“ŠµŃŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŠµŠ¼ Š“Š¾
Š“Š°Š½Š°Ń. ŠŠ¾Š»ŃŠ¼Š½Šµ Š¾Š“ŃŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Š½Šµ Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŠØŠµŃŃŠµ Š”Š°Š½Š³Š°ŠøŠ°Š½Š° Š¾Š“ŃŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Š½Šµ ŃŃ Ń ŠŃŠ°Š½Š¼Š°ŃŃŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŠøŃŠ¼Ń. ŠŠ°
Š±Šø Š²Š¾Š»Š¾Š½ŃŠµŃŠµ ŃŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ»Šø ŠøŠ½Š“ŠøŃŃŠøŠ¼Š°, ŠøŃŃŃŠ°Š¶ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠŗŠø ŠøŠ½ŃŃŠøŃŃŃ ŠŠøŠæŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½Š° ŃŠµ
Š·Š°ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŠ¾ ŠæŃŠ¾ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Ń ŃŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°ŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° ŃŠ° ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼ ŠŃŃŃ Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃ Š°Ń Šø ŃŠøŠŗŠ°Ń Ń
ŠŠµŠ²Š°Š½Š°Š³Š°ŃŠøŃŃ 1990. Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ. ŠŃŠ¾Š±ŃŃŠµŠ½ ŃŠ° ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃŃ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° Ń 5 ŃŠµŃŠø
Š£Š²ŠµŠŗ Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ¾ ŃŠ°Š·Š¼ŠøŃŃŠ°Ń! ŠŠ° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠæŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š±ŃŠ°ŃŃŠµŃŠµ ŠŠ¾Š»ŠøŠ¼Š¾ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠµ:
ŠŠ½Š°Š»ŠøŃŠøŃ
ŠŠ½ŃŠøŠ³Ń Ń ŠŠµŃ - ŠŠŠ”ŠŠŠŠ¢ŠŠ ŠŠ½Š»ŠøŠ½Šµ Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° ŠŃŃŃŠ°Š¶ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠŗŠø Šø ŠæŃŠ°ŠŗŃŠøŃŠ½Šø
ŃŠ½ŠøŠ²ŠµŃŠ·ŠøŃŠµŃ Šø ŃŃŠ¾Š“Š½Šµ Š²ŠµŃŃŠø ŠæŃŠµŠŗŠ¾ Ń ŃŃŠæ://ŃŠ°ŃŠ²Š°ŃŠ°Š½.Š°Š¼Š±ŠµŠ“ŠŗŠ°Ń.Š¾ŃŠ³ Ń 105
ŠŠŠŠ”ŠŠ§ŠŠŠ„ ŠŠŠŠŠŠ
ŠŠ“:
Ń ŃŃŠæ://ŃŠ°ŃŠ²Š°ŃŠ°Š½.Š°Š¼Š±ŠµŠ“ŠŗŠ°Ń.Š¾ŃŠ³ ŠŃŠµŠ²Š¾Š“ŠøŃŠµ Š¾Š²Š°Ń ŠŠ¾Š¾Š³Š»Šµ ŠæŃŠµŠ²Š¾Š“ Š½Š° ŃŠ²Š¾Ń Š¼Š°ŃŠµŃŃŠø ŃŠµŠ·ŠøŠŗ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠµŃŠø
Ń ŃŃŠæŃ://ŃŃŠ°Š½ŃŠ»Š°ŃŠµ.Š³Š¾Š¾Š³Š»Šµ.ŃŠ¾Š¼ Š¢Š¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ²Š¾Ń Š»ŠµŠŗ ŠŠ¼Š°ŠøŠ»:
Š±ŃŠ“Š“Ń Š°ŃŠ°ŠøŠ“2ŃŃ@Š³Š¼Š°ŠøŠ».ŃŠ¾Š¼
Ń ŃŃŠæ://Š²Š²Š².ŠæŠ°Š»ŠøŃŠ°Š½Š¾Š½.Š¾ŃŠ³/
ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŠæŠ¾Š·Š²Š°Š½ Ń ŠŠ°Š±Š° ŠŠøŠµ Ń ŠŠ°Š½Š³Š¾Š½Ń, ŃŠ°Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š Š°Š½Š³ŃŠ½Ń 1954. Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ,
Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š“ŠµŃŠµŃ ŃŃŠø Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŠæŠµŃŠ¾Š³ Š¾Š“ŃŠ¶Š°Š½Š¾Š³ Ń ŠŠ°Š½Š“Š°Š»Š°ŠøŃ. Š”ŠæŠ¾Š½Š·Š¾ŃŠøŃŠ°Š»Š° Š³Š° ŃŠµ Š±ŃŃŠ¼Š°Š½ŃŠŗŠ° Š²Š»Š°Š“Š° Š½Š° ŃŠµŠ»Ń ŃŠ° ŠæŃŠµŠ¼ŠøŃŠµŃŠ¾Š¼, ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ Š£ ŠŃ. ŠŠ½
ŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŠ¾ ŠøŠ·Š³ŃŠ°Š“ŃŃ ŠŠ°Ń Š° ŠŠ°ŃŠ°Š½Š° ŠŃŃ Š°, Š²ŠµŠ»ŠøŠŗŃ ŠæŠµŃŠøŠ½Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ° ŃŠµ ŠøŠ·Š³ŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ½Š°
Š¾Š“ ŠæŃŠøŠ·ŠµŠ¼ŃŠ°, Š“Š° Š±Šø ŃŠ»ŃŠ¶ŠøŠ»Š° ŠŗŠ°Š¾ Š¼ŠµŃŃŠ¾ Š·Š° ŠæŃŠøŠŗŃŠæŃŠ°ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŠæŃŃ ŠøŠ½Š“ŠøŃŃŠŗŠµ
Š”Š°ŃŃŠ°ŠæŠ°Š½Š½Šø ŠæŠµŃŠøŠ½Šµ - Š»Š¾ŠŗŠ°ŃŠøŃŠµ ŠæŃŠ²Š¾Š³ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŃŠ°. ŠŠ¾
Š·Š°Š²ŃŃŠµŃŠŗŃ, Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŠµ ŃŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š¾ 17. Š¼Š°ŃŠ° 1954. Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ. ŠŠ°Š¾ ŠøŃ ŃŠ»ŃŃŠ°ŃŃ
ŠæŃŠµŃŃ Š¾Š“Š½ŠøŃ ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃŠ°, ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š² ŠæŃŠ²Šø ŃŠøŃ Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° Š°ŃŠøŃŠ¼ŠøŃŠµ Šø ŃŃŠ²Š° ŠøŃŃŠøŠ½ŃŠŗŃ
ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Ń Šø ŠŠøŠ½Š°ŃŃ. ŠŠµŃŃŃŠøŠ¼, ŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŃŠµŠ“ŠøŠ½ŃŃŠ²ŠµŠ½Š¾ Ń Š¼ŠµŃŠø Ń ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ¾Ń ŃŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°ŃŠø ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŃŠµŃŃŠ²Š¾Š²Š°Š»Šø Ń ŃŠµŠ¼Ń Š“Š¾ŃŠ»Šø ŠøŠ· Š¾ŃŠ°Š¼ Š·ŠµŠ¼Š°ŃŠ°. ŠŠ²Šµ
Š“Š²ŠøŃŠµ ŃŠøŃŃŃŠµ Šø ŠæŠµŃ ŃŃŠ¾ŃŠøŠ½Šµ Š½Š°ŃŃŠµŠ½ŠøŃ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° ŠøŠ· Š¢ŠµŃŠ°Š°Š²Š°Š“Šµ Š“Š¾ŃŠ»Šµ ŃŃ ŠøŠ·
ŠŠøŃŠ°Š½Š¼Š°, ŠŠ°Š¼Š±Š¾ŃŠµ, ŠŠ½Š“ŠøŃŠµ, ŠŠ°Š¾ŃŠ°, ŠŠµŠæŠ°Š»Š°, ŠØŃŠø ŠŠ°Š½ŠŗŠµ, Š¢Š°ŃŠ»Š°Š½Š“Š° Šø
ŠŠøŃŠµŃŠ½Š°Š¼Š°. ŠŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠ½Šø
ŠŠ°Ń Š°ŃŠø Š”Š°ŠøŠ°Š“Š°Š² ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŠ½ ŃŠµ Š·Š° ŠæŠ»ŠµŠ¼ŠµŠ½ŠøŃŠø Š·Š°Š“Š°ŃŠ°Šŗ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠ°Š²ŃŠ°ŃŠ° ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠµŠ±Š½ŠøŃ
ŠæŠøŃŠ°ŃŠ° Š¾ ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Šø ŠŃŠµŠ·Š°Š“ŃŠøŠ²Š¾Š³ ŠŃ Š°Š“Š°Š½ŃŠ° ŠŠøŃŠøŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š±Ń ŠøŠ²Š°Š¼ŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ°Š“Ń Š°ŃŠ°
ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š°Š±Ń Š°Š½Š“Š°Š³Š°ŃŠøŠŗŠ°, ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠø ŃŃ ŃŠ²Šµ Š½Š°ŃŃŠ½Š¾ Šø Š·Š°Š“Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠ°Š²Š°ŃŃŃŠµ Š¾Š“Š³Š¾Š²Š¾ŃŠµ. ŠŠ¾
ŃŃŠµŠ½ŃŃŠŗŠ° ŠŗŠ°Š“Š° ŃŠµ Š¾Š²Š°Ń ŃŠ°Š²ŠµŃ ŃŃŃŃŠµŠ¾, ŃŠ²Šµ Š·ŠµŠ¼ŃŠµ ŃŃŠµŃŠ½ŠøŃŠµ ŠøŠ¼Š°Š»Šµ ŃŃ ŠŠ°Š»Šø
Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° ŠøŠ·ŃŠ°ŃŠµŠ½Šµ Ń ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼ ŠøŠ·Š²Š¾ŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ ŠæŠøŃŠ¼ŠøŠ¼Š°, ŃŠ° ŠøŠ·ŃŠ·ŠµŃŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠŠ½Š“ŠøŃŠµ. Š¢ŃŠ°Š“ŠøŃŠøŠ¾Š½Š°Š»Š½Š°
ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŃŠ° ŠŃ Š°Š¼Š¼Š° ŠæŠøŃŠ¼Š° ŃŃŠ°ŃŠ°Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š²Šµ Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ ŃŠ¾ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃ ŃŃ Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° Šø
ŃŠµŠ³Š¾Š²Š° ŃŃŠ¾Š“Š½Š° ŠŗŃŠøŠ¶ŠµŠ²Š½Š¾ŃŃ Ń ŃŠ²ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠµŠ½Š°ŃŠøŃŠ°Š¼Š° ŠæŠ°Š¶ŃŠøŠ²Š¾ ŠøŃŠæŠøŃŠ°Š½Šø. Š”Š²Šµ Š·Š°Š±ŠµŠ»ŠµŠ¶ŠµŠ½Šµ ŃŠ°Š·Š»ŠøŠŗŠµ ŃŃ Š·Š°Š±ŠµŠ»ŠµŠ¶ŠµŠ½Šµ, ŠøŠ·Š²ŃŃŠµŠ½Šµ ŃŃ Š½ŠµŠ¾ŠæŃ Š¾Š“Š½Šµ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµŠŗŃŠøŃŠµ Šø Š·Š°ŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŃ ŃŃŠµŃŠµŠ½Šµ ŃŠ²Šµ Š²ŠµŃŠ·ŠøŃŠµ. Š”ŃŠµŃŠ¾Š¼, Š¾ŃŠŗŃŠøŠ²ŠµŠ½Š¾ ŃŠµ Š“Š° Š½ŠøŃŠµ Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ Š¼Š½Š¾Š³Š¾ ŃŠ°Š·Š»ŠøŠŗŠ° Ń ŃŠ°Š“ŃŠ¶Š°ŃŃ Š±ŠøŠ»Š¾ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠµŠ³ ŃŠµŠŗŃŃŠ°. ŠŠ°
ŠŗŃŠ°ŃŃ, Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŠøŃ ŃŠµ Š”Š°Š²ŠµŃ Š·Š²Š°Š½ŠøŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠøŠ¾, ŃŠ²Šµ ŠŗŠ¾Š»ŠøŃŠøŠ½Šµ Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠµ Šø
ŃŠøŃ Š¾Š²Šø ŠŗŠ¾Š¼ŠµŠ½ŃŠ°ŃŠø Š±ŠøŠ»Šø ŃŃ ŠæŃŠøŠæŃŠµŠ¼ŃŠµŠ½Šø Š·Š° ŃŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°ŃŠµ Ń Š¼Š¾Š“ŠµŃŠ½ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°ŃŠøŠ¼Š° Šø
Š¾Š±ŃŠ°Š²ŃŠµŠ½Šø Ń ŃŃŠµŠ½Š°ŃŠøŃŃ ŠŃŠ°Š½Š¼Š°Ń (ŠŃŃŠ¼ŠµŃŠµ). ŠŠ²Š¾ Š·Š½Š°ŃŠ°ŃŠ½Š¾ Š“Š¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š½ŃŃŠµ Š¾Š¼Š¾Š³ŃŃŠµŠ½Š¾ ŃŠµ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠµŠ½ŠøŠ¼ Š½Š°ŠæŠ¾ŃŠøŠ¼Š° Š“Š²Šµ Ń ŠøŃŠ°Š“Šµ ŠæŠµŃŃŃŠ¾ Š¼Š¾Š½Š°Ń Š° Šø Š±ŃŠ¾ŃŠ½ŠøŃ Š»Š°ŃŠ½ŠøŃ ŃŃŠ“Šø. ŠŠøŃ Š¾Š² ŃŠ°Š“ ŃŠµ Š·Š°Š²ŃŃŠøŠ¾ Ń Š¼Š°ŃŃ 1956. Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ, Š“Š²Š° Šø ŠæŠ¾ Š¼ŠøŠ»ŠµŠ½ŠøŃŃŠ¼Š° Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŃŃŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŠŠ¾ŃŠæŠ¾Š“ ŠæŠ¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š°Š¾ ŠŠ°ŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ±Š±Š°Š½Ń. Š Š°Š“ Š¾Š²Š¾Š³ Š²ŠøŃŠµŃŠ° Š±ŠøŠ¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠµŠ“ŠøŠ½ŃŃŠ²ŠµŠ½Š¾ Š“Š¾ŃŃŠøŠ³Š½ŃŃŠµ ŠæŃŠµŠ“ŃŃŠ°Š²Š½ŠøŠŗŠ° ŃŠøŃŠ°Š²Š¾Š³ Š±ŃŠ“ŠøŃŃŠøŃŠŗŠ¾Š³ ŃŠ²ŠøŃŠµŃŠ°. ŠŠµŃŠ·ŠøŃŠ°
Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° ŠŗŠ¾ŃŃ ŃŠµ Š¾Š±Š°Š²ŠµŠ·Š°Š»Š° Š“Š° ŠæŃŠ¾ŠøŠ·Š²ŠµŠ“Šµ ŃŠµ ŠæŃŠøŠ·Š½Š°ŃŠ° ŠŗŠ°Š¾ Š²ŠµŃŠ½Š°
Š½ŠµŠ¾ŃŠŗŃŠøŠ²ŠµŠ½ŠøŠ¼ ŃŃŠµŃŠøŠ¼Š° ŠŠ¾ŃŠ°Š¼Š° ŠŃŠ“Š° Šø Š½Š°ŃŠ°ŃŃŃŠøŃŠ°ŃŠøŠ²Š½ŠøŃŠøŠ¼ ŃŠµŠ½Š“ŠµŃŠ¾Š²Š°ŃŠµŠ¼ Š“Š¾
Š“Š°Š½Š°Ń. ŠŠ¾Š»ŃŠ¼Š½Šµ Š¾Š“ŃŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Š½Šµ Š½Š°ŠŗŠ¾Š½ ŠØŠµŃŃŠµ Š”Š°Š½Š³Š°ŠøŠ°Š½Š° Š¾Š“ŃŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°Š½Šµ ŃŃ Ń ŠŃŠ°Š½Š¼Š°ŃŃŠŗŠ¾Š¼ ŠæŠøŃŠ¼Ń. ŠŠ°
Š±Šø Š²Š¾Š»Š¾Š½ŃŠµŃŠµ ŃŃŠøŠ½ŠøŠ»Šø ŠøŠ½Š“ŠøŃŃŠøŠ¼Š°, ŠøŃŃŃŠ°Š¶ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠŗŠø ŠøŠ½ŃŃŠøŃŃŃ ŠŠøŠæŠ°ŃŃŠ°Š½Š° ŃŠµ
Š·Š°ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŠ¾ ŠæŃŠ¾ŃŠµŠŗŠ°Ń ŃŃŠ°Š¼ŠæŠ°ŃŠ° Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° ŃŠ° ŃŠ²Š¾ŃŠøŠ¼ ŠŃŃŃ Š°ŠŗŠ°ŃŃ Š°Ń Šø ŃŠøŠŗŠ°Ń Ń
ŠŠµŠ²Š°Š½Š°Š³Š°ŃŠøŃŃ 1990. Š³Š¾Š“ŠøŠ½Šµ. ŠŃŠ¾Š±ŃŃŠµŠ½ ŃŠ° ŃŠ²ŠµŃŠ½Š¾ŃŃŃ ŠŃŠ“Š° ŃŃŠµŃŠ° Ń 5 ŃŠµŃŠø
Š£Š²ŠµŠŗ Š“Š¾Š±ŃŠ¾ ŃŠ°Š·Š¼ŠøŃŃŠ°Ń! ŠŠ° ŠæŠ¾ŃŠæŃŠ½Š¾ Š¾Š±ŃŠ°ŃŃŠµŃŠµ ŠŠ¾Š»ŠøŠ¼Š¾ ŠæŠ¾ŃŠµŃŠøŃŠµ:
ŠŠ½Š°Š»ŠøŃŠøŃ
ŠŠ½ŃŠøŠ³Ń Ń ŠŠµŃ - ŠŠŠ”ŠŠŠŠ¢ŠŠ ŠŠ½Š»ŠøŠ½Šµ Š¢ŠøŠæŠøŃŠ°ŠŗŠ° ŠŃŃŃŠ°Š¶ŠøŠ²Š°ŃŠŗŠø Šø ŠæŃŠ°ŠŗŃŠøŃŠ½Šø
ŃŠ½ŠøŠ²ŠµŃŠ·ŠøŃŠµŃ Šø ŃŃŠ¾Š“Š½Šµ Š²ŠµŃŃŠø ŠæŃŠµŠŗŠ¾ Ń ŃŃŠæ://ŃŠ°ŃŠ²Š°ŃŠ°Š½.Š°Š¼Š±ŠµŠ“ŠŗŠ°Ń.Š¾ŃŠ³ Ń 105
ŠŠŠŠ”ŠŠ§ŠŠŠ„ ŠŠŠŠŠŠ
ŠŠ“:
Ń ŃŃŠæ://ŃŠ°ŃŠ²Š°ŃŠ°Š½.Š°Š¼Š±ŠµŠ“ŠŗŠ°Ń.Š¾ŃŠ³ ŠŃŠµŠ²Š¾Š“ŠøŃŠµ Š¾Š²Š°Ń ŠŠ¾Š¾Š³Š»Šµ ŠæŃŠµŠ²Š¾Š“ Š½Š° ŃŠ²Š¾Ń Š¼Š°ŃŠµŃŃŠø ŃŠµŠ·ŠøŠŗ ŠŗŠ¾ŃŠøŃŃŠµŃŠø
Ń ŃŃŠæŃ://ŃŃŠ°Š½ŃŠ»Š°ŃŠµ.Š³Š¾Š¾Š³Š»Šµ.ŃŠ¾Š¼ Š¢Š¾ ŃŠµ ŃŠ²Š¾Ń Š»ŠµŠŗ ŠŠ¼Š°ŠøŠ»:
Š±ŃŠ“Š“Ń Š°ŃŠ°ŠøŠ“2ŃŃ@Š³Š¼Š°ŠøŠ».ŃŠ¾Š¼
Ń ŃŃŠæ://Š²Š²Š².ŠæŠ°Š»ŠøŃŠ°Š½Š¾Š½.Š¾ŃŠ³/
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c_o7IiYwJgo
Serbian Love Words
gradualreport
Published on Apr 20, 2012
A few Great Serbian love words for lovers in love with Serbian lovers.
Please subscribe, and keep in touch…
facebook : http://www.facebook.com/mylemondrops
twitter : http://www.twitter.com/gradualreport
instagram: http://www.instagram.com/gradual_report
T-Shirt Store: http://gradualreport.spreadshirt.com/
Email: Poonapple at gmail.com
website: http://www.gradualreport.com
Category
Entertainment
youtube.com
A few Great Serbian love words for lovers in love with Serbian lovers. Please subscribe, and keep in touch… facebook : http://www.facebook.com/mylemondrops…
Buddha
82) Classical Sesotho
82) Sesotho ea khale
2638 Labohlano 1 JOO SEBELE
Ho na le Canon Online
Mantsoe a Pele a Buddha
Mohloli oa Canon ea Pali ‘Ha
re re monghali o ne a ka re: “Metsoalle, ke utloile mme kea e amohela
ho tsoa molomong oa Morena: ena ke Dhamma, ena ke taeo, ena ke thuto ea
Monghali”, joale, baitlami, ha ua lokela ho amohela kapa ho hana mantsoe. Joale,
ntle le ho lumellana kapa ho sa amohele, mantsoe le lipolelo tsa hae li
lokela ho tsejoa ka hloko le ho bapisoa le Suttas le ho hlahlojoa ho
latela taeo. Haeba
bona, ka papiso le tlhahlobo e joalo, ba fumaneha hore ba se ke ba
lumellana le Suttas kapa taeo, sephetho se lokela ho ba: “Ke tiisetso
ena hase lentsoe la Buddha, e utloisitsoe hampe ka monko ona”, ‘me taba
eo e lokela ho lahloa. Empa
moo ho bapisoang le ho hlahloba joalo ho fumanoang ho lumellana le
Suttas kapa taeo, qetello e tlameha ho ba: “Ke tiisetso ena ke lentsoe
la Buddha, e utloisisitsoe ka nepo ke moloko ona.” - DN 16 MahÄparinibbÄna Sutta - Ho Fetela ho Hoholo, Matsatsi a ho Qetela a Buddha
Lithuto tsa nnete tsa Gotama Buddha li bolokiloe mme li fetisetsoa ho rona ‘me li fumanoa ho Tipiį¹aka. Lentsoe la PÄli, ‘Tipiį¹aka’, ha e le hantle le bolela ‘libaskete tse tharo’ (ti = three + piį¹aka = likhetho tsa mangolo). Lithuto tsohle tsa Buddha li ne li arotsoe likarolo tse tharo. 1. Karolo ea pele e tsejoa e le Vinaya Piį¹aka ‘me e na le melao eohle eo Buddha e ileng ea e beha ho baitlami le baitlami.
2. Karolo ea bobeli e bitsoa Suttaį¹ ta Piį¹aka mme e na le Lipuo.
3. Karolo ea boraro e tsejoa e le Abhidhamma Piį¹aka mme e kenyelletsa lithuto tsa maikutlo tsa Buddha. Hoa
tsebahala hore neng kapa neng ha Buddha a ne a fana ka puo ho barutuoa
ba khethiloeng kapa balateli ba hae kapa ba behiloeng taolo ea bolulo
nakong ea tŔebeletso ea hae ea lilemo tse mashome a mane a metso e
mehlano, ba moloko oa hae ba inehetseng le ba ithutetseng, ba neng ba le
teng ba ne ba tla etsa lithuto tsa hae hang-hang lentsoe ka lentsoe ho memori. Ka hona mantsoe a Buddha a bolokiloe ka nepo ‘me qetellong a fetisetsoa molomong ho tloha ho tichere ho ea ho seithuti. Baitlami
ba bang ba neng ba utloile Buddha ba bolela ka boeena e ne e le
Arahants, kahoo ka tlhaloso, ‘ba hloekileng’ ba lokolohile takatsong,
takatso e mpe le ho thetsa ‘me ka hona, ha ho pelaelo hore ba ka khona
ho boloka mantsoe a Buddha ka mokhoa o phethahetseng. Ka hona ba netefatsa hore lithuto tsa Buddha li ne li tla bolokoa ka botŔepehi bakeng sa bana. Esita
le baitlami ba inehetseng ba neng ba e-s’o finyelle Arahantahood empa
ba fihlile mekhahlelo e meraro ea pele ea lintho tse sa tÅ”oaneng ‘me ba
ne ba e-na le mekhoa e matla ea ho hopola le ho hopola lintho tseo
Buddha a neng a li boleletse’ me e ka ba lithuto tse loketseng tsa
lithuto tsa Buddha. Moitlami
e mong e ne e le Änanda, mohlanka ea khethiloeng le molekane oa kamehla
oa Buddha nakong ea lilemo tse mashome a mabeli a metso e mehlano tsa
bophelo ba hae. Änanda o ne a le bohlale haholo ‘me o ne a e-na le bokhoni ba ho hopola eng kapa eng eo ae utloileng. Ha
e le hantle, e ne e le takatso ea hae ea hore Buddha o pheta lipolelo
tsohle tsa hae ho eena le hoja a ne a e-s’o be Arahanta ka boomo a
ikemiselitse ho hopola lentsoe ka lentsoe lipuo tsohle tsa Buddha tseo a
ileng a li khothalletsa baitlami, baitlami le balateli ba hae. Boiteko
bo kopantsoeng ba baitlami bana ba nang le bokhoni le ba inehetseng ba
ile ba etsa hore Dhamma le Vinaya, ba rutoang ke Buddha ba bolokehe
boemong ba eona ba pele. PÄli
Tipiį¹aka le lingoliloeng tsa eona li le teng ka lebaka la ho sibolloa
ha Buddha ea tsela e ntle le e lokolohileng ea Dhamma e hloekileng. Tsela ena e nolofatsa bohle ba e latelang ho phela bophelo bo nang le khotso le bo thabileng. Ka
sebele, mehleng ena le lilemo re na le tlotla ea ho ba le lithuto tsa
nnete tsa Buddha tse bolokiloeng bakeng sa meloko e tlang ka boiteko bo
hlokolosi le bo kopanetsoeng ba barutuoa ba hae ba khethiloeng ho
pholletsa le lilemo. Buddha
o ne a itse ho barutuoa ba hae hore ha a se a sa le har’a bona, hore ho
ne ho hlokahala hore Sazigha a tle a bokane ka morero oa ho bokella
Dhamma hammoho, hantle feela joalokaha a ne ae rutile. Tumellanong
le taelo ena Baholo ba pele ba ile ba bitsa lekhotla ‘me ba hlophisa
lipuo tsohle tsa Buddha le melao ea monastic’ me ba li phetela ka
botŔepehi lentsoe la lentsoe ka kopano.
Mohloli oa Canon ea Pali ‘Ha
re re monghali o ne a ka re: “Metsoalle, ke utloile mme kea e amohela
ho tsoa molomong oa Morena: ena ke Dhamma, ena ke taeo, ena ke thuto ea
Monghali”, joale, baitlami, ha ua lokela ho amohela kapa ho hana mantsoe. Joale,
ntle le ho lumellana kapa ho sa amohele, mantsoe le lipolelo tsa hae li
lokela ho tsejoa ka hloko le ho bapisoa le Suttas le ho hlahlojoa ho
latela taeo. Haeba
bona, ka papiso le tlhahlobo e joalo, ba fumaneha hore ba se ke ba
lumellana le Suttas kapa taeo, sephetho se lokela ho ba: “Ke tiisetso
ena hase lentsoe la Buddha, e utloisitsoe hampe ka monko ona”, ‘me taba
eo e lokela ho lahloa. Empa
moo ho bapisoang le ho hlahloba joalo ho fumanoang ho lumellana le
Suttas kapa taeo, qetello e tlameha ho ba: “Ke tiisetso ena ke lentsoe
la Buddha, e utloisisitsoe ka nepo ke moloko ona.” - DN 16 MahÄparinibbÄna Sutta - Ho Fetela ho Hoholo, Matsatsi a ho Qetela a Buddha
Lithuto tsa nnete tsa Gotama Buddha li bolokiloe mme li fetisetsoa ho rona ‘me li fumanoa ho Tipiį¹aka. Lentsoe la PÄli, ‘Tipiį¹aka’, ha e le hantle le bolela ‘libaskete tse tharo’ (ti = three + piį¹aka = likhetho tsa mangolo). Lithuto tsohle tsa Buddha li ne li arotsoe likarolo tse tharo. 1. Karolo ea pele e tsejoa e le Vinaya Piį¹aka ‘me e na le melao eohle eo Buddha e ileng ea e beha ho baitlami le baitlami.
2. Karolo ea bobeli e bitsoa Suttaį¹ ta Piį¹aka mme e na le Lipuo.
3. Karolo ea boraro e tsejoa e le Abhidhamma Piį¹aka mme e kenyelletsa lithuto tsa maikutlo tsa Buddha. Hoa
tsebahala hore neng kapa neng ha Buddha a ne a fana ka puo ho barutuoa
ba khethiloeng kapa balateli ba hae kapa ba behiloeng taolo ea bolulo
nakong ea tŔebeletso ea hae ea lilemo tse mashome a mane a metso e
mehlano, ba moloko oa hae ba inehetseng le ba ithutetseng, ba neng ba le
teng ba ne ba tla etsa lithuto tsa hae hang-hang lentsoe ka lentsoe ho memori. Ka hona mantsoe a Buddha a bolokiloe ka nepo ‘me qetellong a fetisetsoa molomong ho tloha ho tichere ho ea ho seithuti. Baitlami
ba bang ba neng ba utloile Buddha ba bolela ka boeena e ne e le
Arahants, kahoo ka tlhaloso, ‘ba hloekileng’ ba lokolohile takatsong,
takatso e mpe le ho thetsa ‘me ka hona, ha ho pelaelo hore ba ka khona
ho boloka mantsoe a Buddha ka mokhoa o phethahetseng. Ka hona ba netefatsa hore lithuto tsa Buddha li ne li tla bolokoa ka botŔepehi bakeng sa bana. Esita
le baitlami ba inehetseng ba neng ba e-s’o finyelle Arahantahood empa
ba fihlile mekhahlelo e meraro ea pele ea lintho tse sa tÅ”oaneng ‘me ba
ne ba e-na le mekhoa e matla ea ho hopola le ho hopola lintho tseo
Buddha a neng a li boleletse’ me e ka ba lithuto tse loketseng tsa
lithuto tsa Buddha. Moitlami
e mong e ne e le Änanda, mohlanka ea khethiloeng le molekane oa kamehla
oa Buddha nakong ea lilemo tse mashome a mabeli a metso e mehlano tsa
bophelo ba hae. Änanda o ne a le bohlale haholo ‘me o ne a e-na le bokhoni ba ho hopola eng kapa eng eo ae utloileng. Ha
e le hantle, e ne e le takatso ea hae ea hore Buddha o pheta lipolelo
tsohle tsa hae ho eena le hoja a ne a e-s’o be Arahanta ka boomo a
ikemiselitse ho hopola lentsoe ka lentsoe lipuo tsohle tsa Buddha tseo a
ileng a li khothalletsa baitlami, baitlami le balateli ba hae. Boiteko
bo kopantsoeng ba baitlami bana ba nang le bokhoni le ba inehetseng ba
ile ba etsa hore Dhamma le Vinaya, ba rutoang ke Buddha ba bolokehe
boemong ba eona ba pele. PÄli
Tipiį¹aka le lingoliloeng tsa eona li le teng ka lebaka la ho sibolloa
ha Buddha ea tsela e ntle le e lokolohileng ea Dhamma e hloekileng. Tsela ena e nolofatsa bohle ba e latelang ho phela bophelo bo nang le khotso le bo thabileng. Ka
sebele, mehleng ena le lilemo re na le tlotla ea ho ba le lithuto tsa
nnete tsa Buddha tse bolokiloeng bakeng sa meloko e tlang ka boiteko bo
hlokolosi le bo kopanetsoeng ba barutuoa ba hae ba khethiloeng ho
pholletsa le lilemo. Buddha
o ne a itse ho barutuoa ba hae hore ha a se a sa le har’a bona, hore ho
ne ho hlokahala hore Sazigha a tle a bokane ka morero oa ho bokella
Dhamma hammoho, hantle feela joalokaha a ne ae rutile. Tumellanong
le taelo ena Baholo ba pele ba ile ba bitsa lekhotla ‘me ba hlophisa
lipuo tsohle tsa Buddha le melao ea monastic’ me ba li phetela ka
botŔepehi lentsoe la lentsoe ka kopano.
Lithuto tse nang le Tipiį¹aka li boetse li tsejoa e le Thuto ea Baholo [TheravÄda]. Lipuo tsena li na le makholo a ‘maloa’ me li ‘nile tsa phetoa lentsoe ka lentsoe ho tloha ha Kopano ea Pele e kopanoa. Ka
mor’a moo, makhotla a mangata a ‘nile a bitsetsoa mabaka a’ maloa empa
ho e mong le e mong oa bona thuto eohle ea Buddha e ‘nile ea
pheta-phetoa ke barupeluoa ba Saį¹ gha, hammoho le lentsoe ka lentsoe. Lekhotla
la pele le ile la e-ba teng likhoeli tse tharo ka mor’a hore Buddha a
fumane MahÄparinibbÄį¹a ‘me a lateloa ke tse ling tse hlano, tse peli tsa
tsona li ile tsa bokelloa lekholong la mashome a mabeli a metso e
robong le metso e robong. Li-recitations
tsena tse kopanetsoeng tse neng li etsoa ke baitlami lihlopheng tsena
tsa makhotla a Dhamma li tsejoa e le ‘Dhamma Saį¹ gÄ«tis’, Dhamma
Recitations. Li
khethiloe joalo ka lebaka la mohlala o behiloeng ho Lekhotla la pele la
Dhamma, ha lithuto tsohle li qotsoa ke Moholo oa Sahalagha ebe joale li
bina hape ka liletsa tsa baitlami bohle ba tlang kopanong. Tlhaloso ena e ne e nkoa e le ea nnete, ha e ne e le ha feela, e amoheletsoe ka bonngoe ke litho tsa Lekhotla. Se latelang ke pale e khutÅ”oanyane ea makhotla a tÅ”eletseng. Lekhotla la Pele King AjÄtasattu o ile a tÅ”ehetsa Lekhotla la Pele. E ile ea bokelloa ka 544 B.C. sebakeng sa SattapaÄÄÄ« ka ntle ho RÄjagaha likhoeli tse tharo ka mor’a hore Buddha a shoe. Tlaleho e qaqileng ea seboka sena sa histori e ka fumanoa CÅ«llavagga ea Vinaya Piį¹aka. Ho
ea ka tlaleho ena ketsahalo e ileng ea susumelletsa Moholo MahÄkassapa
hore a bitse seboka sena ke ho utloa ha hae ho nyenyefatsa ka molao o
tiileng oa bophelo ba baitlami. Sena ke sona se etsahetseng. Monk
Subhadda, eo e neng e kile ea e-ba moferefere, ea neng a khethile
bophelo ba hae, ha a utloa hore Buddha o felile, o ile a bolela hore o
halefa ka hore a boloke melao eohle ea baitlami ba behiloeng ke Buddha. Baitlami ba bangata ba ile ba lla ka ho fetela ha Buddha ‘me ba utloa bohloko haholo. Leha
ho le joalo, Moholo MahÄkassapa o ile a utloa Subhadda a re: ‘’ Ho
lekaneng le li-Reverences tsa hau, u se ke ua sareloa, u se ke ua lla. Re felisitsoe hantle ka mokhoa ona o moholo oa ho khutlela (Buddha). Re
ile ra hlokofatsoa ha a re, ’sena ke se amohelehang ho uena, sena ha se
amohelehe ho uena’ empa joale re tla khona ho etsa kamoo re ratang
kateng ‘me re ke ke ra tlameha ho etsa seo re sa se rateng’ ‘. MahÄkassapa
o ne a tŔosoa ke mantsoe a hae mme a tŔaba hore Dhamma le Vinaya ba ka
‘na ba silafatsoa’ me ba se ke ba phela hantle haeba baitlami ba bang ba
ne ba lokela ho itŔoara joaloka Subhadda le ho fetolela melao ea Dhamma
le Vinaya kamoo ba ratang kateng. E le ho qoba sena o ile a etsa qeto ea hore Dhamma e tlameha ho sireletsoa le ho sireletsoa. E le hore a finyelle sena ka mor’a hore a amohele tumello ea Saį¹ gha o ile a bitsa lekhotla makholo a mahlano a Arahants. Änanda e ne e lokela ho kenngoa ho sena se fanoeng, o ile a fumana Arahanthood ka nako eo lekhotla le kopaneng. Le Moholo MahÄkassapa ea okametseng, baitlami ba makholo a mahlano ba Arahant ba ile ba kopana lekhotleng nakong ea lipula. Ntho
ea pele MahÄkassapa e ne e le ho botsa setsebi se ka sehloohong sa
Vinaya mehleng eo, Venerable UpÄli ka lintlha tsa molao oa monastic. Monkone enoa o ne a tÅ”oaneleha hantle bakeng sa mosebetsi oo Buddha a neng a mo rutile eona Vinaya ka boeena. Pele
ho tsohle Moholo MahÄkassapa o ile a mo botsa ka ho khetheha ka qeto ea
tlÅlo ea pele [pÄrÄjika], mabapi le taba, ketsahalo, motho ea
hlahisitsoeng, phatlalatso, pheta-pheto ea phatlalatso, tlÅlo ea molao
le nyeoe ea batho bao e seng ba- tlÅlo ea molao. UpÄli
o ile a fana ka likarabo tse nang le tsebo le tse lekaneng ‘me mantsoe a
hae a ile a lumellana ka tumello ea Mookameli Sahalagha. Kahoo Vinaya e ile ea amoheloa ka molao. Moholo
MahÄkassapa o ile a lebisa tlhokomelo ea hae ho Änanda ka lebaka la
botsebi ba hae bo tummeng litabeng tsohle tse amanang le Dhamma. Ka lehlohonolo, bosiung ba pele Lekhotla le ne le lokela ho kopana, Änanda o ne a fihlile Arahantship mme a kenela Lekhotla. Ka
hona, Moholo MahÄkassapa, o ile a khona ho mo botsa lipotso ka nako e
telele ka kholiseho e feletseng ka Dhamma ka ho toba ka lipuo tsa
Buddha. Tlhahlobo
ena ka Dhamma e ne e batla ho netefatsa sebaka seo lipuo tsohle li neng
li boleloa ka tsona pele le motho eo ba neng ba buisane le eena. Änanda,
a thusoa ke lentsoe la hae-mohopolo o phethahetseng o ile a khona ho
arabela ka mokhoa o nepahetseng ‘me kahoo lipuisano li ile tsa kopana ka
tumello ea Sahalagha. Lekhotla
la Pele le ile la fana ka tiiso ea molao ea tumello bakeng sa ho koaloa
ha khaolo ka melao e nyane le e nyenyane, le tumello ea ho boloka. Ho
ile ha nka likhoeli tse supileng hore li phete libuka tsa Vinaya le
Dhamma le li-monks tseo ka ho lekaneng li fuoeng mehopolo e ntle e
boloketsoeng tsohle tse neng li phetiloe. Lekhotla
lena la pele le tummeng le ile la tsejoa e le Pa’aasatane hobane
li-Arahants tse makholo a mahlano tse khabisitsoeng ka ho feletseng li
ile tsa kenya letsoho ho eona.
mor’a moo, makhotla a mangata a ‘nile a bitsetsoa mabaka a’ maloa empa
ho e mong le e mong oa bona thuto eohle ea Buddha e ‘nile ea
pheta-phetoa ke barupeluoa ba Saį¹ gha, hammoho le lentsoe ka lentsoe. Lekhotla
la pele le ile la e-ba teng likhoeli tse tharo ka mor’a hore Buddha a
fumane MahÄparinibbÄį¹a ‘me a lateloa ke tse ling tse hlano, tse peli tsa
tsona li ile tsa bokelloa lekholong la mashome a mabeli a metso e
robong le metso e robong. Li-recitations
tsena tse kopanetsoeng tse neng li etsoa ke baitlami lihlopheng tsena
tsa makhotla a Dhamma li tsejoa e le ‘Dhamma Saį¹ gÄ«tis’, Dhamma
Recitations. Li
khethiloe joalo ka lebaka la mohlala o behiloeng ho Lekhotla la pele la
Dhamma, ha lithuto tsohle li qotsoa ke Moholo oa Sahalagha ebe joale li
bina hape ka liletsa tsa baitlami bohle ba tlang kopanong. Tlhaloso ena e ne e nkoa e le ea nnete, ha e ne e le ha feela, e amoheletsoe ka bonngoe ke litho tsa Lekhotla. Se latelang ke pale e khutÅ”oanyane ea makhotla a tÅ”eletseng. Lekhotla la Pele King AjÄtasattu o ile a tÅ”ehetsa Lekhotla la Pele. E ile ea bokelloa ka 544 B.C. sebakeng sa SattapaÄÄÄ« ka ntle ho RÄjagaha likhoeli tse tharo ka mor’a hore Buddha a shoe. Tlaleho e qaqileng ea seboka sena sa histori e ka fumanoa CÅ«llavagga ea Vinaya Piį¹aka. Ho
ea ka tlaleho ena ketsahalo e ileng ea susumelletsa Moholo MahÄkassapa
hore a bitse seboka sena ke ho utloa ha hae ho nyenyefatsa ka molao o
tiileng oa bophelo ba baitlami. Sena ke sona se etsahetseng. Monk
Subhadda, eo e neng e kile ea e-ba moferefere, ea neng a khethile
bophelo ba hae, ha a utloa hore Buddha o felile, o ile a bolela hore o
halefa ka hore a boloke melao eohle ea baitlami ba behiloeng ke Buddha. Baitlami ba bangata ba ile ba lla ka ho fetela ha Buddha ‘me ba utloa bohloko haholo. Leha
ho le joalo, Moholo MahÄkassapa o ile a utloa Subhadda a re: ‘’ Ho
lekaneng le li-Reverences tsa hau, u se ke ua sareloa, u se ke ua lla. Re felisitsoe hantle ka mokhoa ona o moholo oa ho khutlela (Buddha). Re
ile ra hlokofatsoa ha a re, ’sena ke se amohelehang ho uena, sena ha se
amohelehe ho uena’ empa joale re tla khona ho etsa kamoo re ratang
kateng ‘me re ke ke ra tlameha ho etsa seo re sa se rateng’ ‘. MahÄkassapa
o ne a tŔosoa ke mantsoe a hae mme a tŔaba hore Dhamma le Vinaya ba ka
‘na ba silafatsoa’ me ba se ke ba phela hantle haeba baitlami ba bang ba
ne ba lokela ho itŔoara joaloka Subhadda le ho fetolela melao ea Dhamma
le Vinaya kamoo ba ratang kateng. E le ho qoba sena o ile a etsa qeto ea hore Dhamma e tlameha ho sireletsoa le ho sireletsoa. E le hore a finyelle sena ka mor’a hore a amohele tumello ea Saį¹ gha o ile a bitsa lekhotla makholo a mahlano a Arahants. Änanda e ne e lokela ho kenngoa ho sena se fanoeng, o ile a fumana Arahanthood ka nako eo lekhotla le kopaneng. Le Moholo MahÄkassapa ea okametseng, baitlami ba makholo a mahlano ba Arahant ba ile ba kopana lekhotleng nakong ea lipula. Ntho
ea pele MahÄkassapa e ne e le ho botsa setsebi se ka sehloohong sa
Vinaya mehleng eo, Venerable UpÄli ka lintlha tsa molao oa monastic. Monkone enoa o ne a tÅ”oaneleha hantle bakeng sa mosebetsi oo Buddha a neng a mo rutile eona Vinaya ka boeena. Pele
ho tsohle Moholo MahÄkassapa o ile a mo botsa ka ho khetheha ka qeto ea
tlÅlo ea pele [pÄrÄjika], mabapi le taba, ketsahalo, motho ea
hlahisitsoeng, phatlalatso, pheta-pheto ea phatlalatso, tlÅlo ea molao
le nyeoe ea batho bao e seng ba- tlÅlo ea molao. UpÄli
o ile a fana ka likarabo tse nang le tsebo le tse lekaneng ‘me mantsoe a
hae a ile a lumellana ka tumello ea Mookameli Sahalagha. Kahoo Vinaya e ile ea amoheloa ka molao. Moholo
MahÄkassapa o ile a lebisa tlhokomelo ea hae ho Änanda ka lebaka la
botsebi ba hae bo tummeng litabeng tsohle tse amanang le Dhamma. Ka lehlohonolo, bosiung ba pele Lekhotla le ne le lokela ho kopana, Änanda o ne a fihlile Arahantship mme a kenela Lekhotla. Ka
hona, Moholo MahÄkassapa, o ile a khona ho mo botsa lipotso ka nako e
telele ka kholiseho e feletseng ka Dhamma ka ho toba ka lipuo tsa
Buddha. Tlhahlobo
ena ka Dhamma e ne e batla ho netefatsa sebaka seo lipuo tsohle li neng
li boleloa ka tsona pele le motho eo ba neng ba buisane le eena. Änanda,
a thusoa ke lentsoe la hae-mohopolo o phethahetseng o ile a khona ho
arabela ka mokhoa o nepahetseng ‘me kahoo lipuisano li ile tsa kopana ka
tumello ea Sahalagha. Lekhotla
la Pele le ile la fana ka tiiso ea molao ea tumello bakeng sa ho koaloa
ha khaolo ka melao e nyane le e nyenyane, le tumello ea ho boloka. Ho
ile ha nka likhoeli tse supileng hore li phete libuka tsa Vinaya le
Dhamma le li-monks tseo ka ho lekaneng li fuoeng mehopolo e ntle e
boloketsoeng tsohle tse neng li phetiloe. Lekhotla
lena la pele le tummeng le ile la tsejoa e le Pa’aasatane hobane
li-Arahants tse makholo a mahlano tse khabisitsoeng ka ho feletseng li
ile tsa kenya letsoho ho eona.
Lekhotla la Bobeli
Lekhotla
la Bobeli le ne le bitsoa lilemo tse lekholo ka mor’a Buddha’s
ParinibbÄį¹a e le ho rarolla qabang e tebileng holim’a ‘lintlha tse
leshome’. Sena ke ho bua ka baitlami ba bang ba tlÅlang melao e leshome e nyane. ba ile ba fuoa: 1. Ho boloka letsoai ka lenaka.
2. Ho ja ka mor’a motÅ”ehare.
3. Ja ka nako e le ‘ngoe ho khutlela motseng bakeng sa liphallelo.
4. Ho tŔoara mokete oa Uposatha le baitlami ba lulang sebakeng se le seng.
5. Ho etsa liketso tsa molao ha kopano e sa phethoa.
6. Ho latela mokhoa o itseng hobane o ne o etsoa ke mosuoe kapa mosuoe.
7. Ho ja lebese le bolila ka mor’a hore a je lijo tsa motÅ”ehare.
8. Ho noa seno se matla pele se koahetsoe.
9. Ho sebelisa rug e neng e se boholo bo loketseng.
10. Ho sebelisa khauta le silevera. Litlokotsi
tsa bona li ile tsa fetoha bothata ‘me tsa baka qabang e kholo ho tlÅla
melao ena ho ne ho nahanoa hore e khahlanong le lithuto tsa pele tsa
Buddha. Morena KÄįø·Äsoka e ne e le mookameli oa Bobeli oa Lekhotla ‘me seboka se ile sa etsahala VesÄli ka lebaka la maemo a latelang. Ka
letsatsi le leng, ha a ntse a etetse MahÄvana Grove e VeÄsli, Moholo
Yasa o ile a tseba hore sehlopha se seholo sa baitlami ba tsejoang e le
Vajjians se ne se hanyetsa molao o thibelang khauta le silevera ho
amohela monate ka ho e kÅpa ka bolokolohi ho baithaopi ba bona. Hang-hang
o ile a nyatsa boitŔoaro ba bona mme karabelo ea bona e ne e le ho mo
fa karolo ea phaello ea bona e seng molaong ka tŔepo ea hore o tla
hlÅloa. Moholo Yasa, leha ho le joalo o ile a nyatsa le ho nyelisa boitÅ”oaro ba bona. Baitlami
bao hang-hang ba ile ba mo qosa ka ketso e ts’oanelang ea poelano, ba
mo qosa ka hore o behile molato oa balumeli ba bona. Ka
ho tŔoanang Moholo Yasa o ile a ikopanya le baruti ba hae, empa ka nako
e tŔoanang, ba ba kholisa hore baitlami ba Vijjian ba entse phoso ka ho
qotsa phatlalatso ea Buddha ka thibelo ea ho amohela kapa ho kopa
khauta le silevera. Hangata
baeta-pele ba ile ba bontÅ”a tÅ”ehetso ea bona ho Moholo Yasa ‘me ba
phatlalatsa baitlami ba Vajjian ho baetsi ba fosahetseng le bahanyetsi,
ba re’ ‘Moholo Yasa feela ke mohali oa sebele le mora oa SÄkyan. Ba bang kaofela hase baitlami, eseng bara ba SÄkyan ‘’. Baitlami
ba Bajjian ba manganga le ba sa bakeng ba ile ba fallela ho emisa ba
Venerable Yasa Thera ntle le tumello ea ba bang ba Sahalagha ha ba tseba
ka phello ea seboka sa hae le baithaopi ba bona. Leha
ho le joalo, Moholo Yasa, o ile a baleha ho qholotsoa ha bona ‘me a ea
ho batla tŔehetso e tsoang ho baitlami sebakeng se seng, ea ileng a
tŔehetsa maikutlo a hae a tloaelehileng ka Vinaya. Li-monks
tse mashome a tÅ”eletseng tsa meru tse tsoang PÄvÄ le li-monks tse
robeli tse tsoang libakeng tse ka boroa tsa Avanti tse nang le maikutlo a
tŔoanang, li ithaopela ho mo thusa ho hlahloba bobolu ba Vinaya. Ka
bobeli ba ile ba etsa qeto ea ho ea Soreyya ho ea buisana le Venerable
Revata hobane e ne e le moitlami ea hlomphehang haholo le setsebi sa
Dhamma le Vinaya. Hang
ha baitlami ba Vajjian ba tseba sena ba boetse ba batla tŔehetso ea
Venerable Revata ka ho mo fa litlhoko tse ‘nĆØ tseo a ileng a li hana
hang-hang. Baitlami bana ba ile ba leka ho sebelisa mokhoa o tŔoanang ho hapa mohlanka oa Venerable Revata, Venerable Uttara. Qalong
eena le eena o ile a hana ho fana ka sepheo sa bona empa ka boikaketsi o
ile a mo susumelletsa hore a amohele kamohelo ea hae, a bolela hore ha
li-requisite li bolela hore Buddha ha a amoheloe ke eena, Änanda o ne a
tla kÅptjoa hore a li amohele ‘me hangata a lumellane ho etsa joalo. Uttara o ile a fetola kelello ea hae mme a amohela litlhoko. Ba
khothalletsoa ke bona, joale a lumela ho ea ho susumetsa Revenerable
Revata ho bolela hore baitlami ba Vajjian e ne e hlile e le libui tsa
‘Nete le ba tÅ”ehetsang Dhamma. Venerable Revata o ile a bona ka ho qhekella ha bona ‘me a hana ho ba tÅ”ehetsa. Eaba o lahla Uttara. E
le hore ho rarolloe taba ena hang-hang, Revera Venerable o ile a eletsa
hore lekhotla le lokela ho bitsoa VÄįø·ikÄrÄma le eena ka boeena le botsa
lipotso ka litlÅlo tse leshome tsa Baholo ba baholo ka ho fetisisa ba
letsatsi lena, Thera SabbjakÄmi. Hang
ha maikutlo a hae a ne a fanoe e ne e lokela ho utluoa ke komiti ea
baitlami ba robeli, ‘me bopaki ba eona bo entsoe ka khetho ea bona. Baitlami
ba robeli ba neng ba tlil’o ahlola taba e ne e le Venerables SabbakÄmi,
saįø·ha, Khujjasobhita le VÄsabhagÄmika, ba tsoang Bochabela le baitlami
ba bane ba Bophirimela, Venerables Revata, Sambhuta-SÄį¹avÄsÄ«, Yasa le
Sumana. Ba ile ba pheha khang ka taba ena le Revata e le motho ea botsang lipotso le sabbakÄmÄ« a araba lipotso tsa hae. Ka
mor’a hore moqoqo o utloe, baitlami ba robeli ba ile ba etsa qeto
khahlanong le baitlami ba Vajjian ‘me ba tsebisoa kopano eo. Ka
mor’a moo baitlami ba makholo a supileng ba ile ba pheta Dhamma le
Vinaya ‘me setsebi sena se ile sa tsejoa e le SattasatÄ« hobane baitlami
ba makholo a supileng ba ile ba kenya letsoho ho eona. Lekhotla
lena la histori le boetse le bitsoa, āāYasatthera SangÄ«ti ka lebaka la
karolo e kholo eo Moholo Yasa ae entseng ho eona le cheseho ea hae ea ho
sireletsa Vinaya. Baitlami
ba Vajjian ba ile ba hana ka ho feletseng ho amohela qeto ea Lekhotla
le ka ho hana ho bitsa lekhotla la moo ho neng ho bitsoa MahÄsaį¹ giti.
la Bobeli le ne le bitsoa lilemo tse lekholo ka mor’a Buddha’s
ParinibbÄį¹a e le ho rarolla qabang e tebileng holim’a ‘lintlha tse
leshome’. Sena ke ho bua ka baitlami ba bang ba tlÅlang melao e leshome e nyane. ba ile ba fuoa: 1. Ho boloka letsoai ka lenaka.
2. Ho ja ka mor’a motÅ”ehare.
3. Ja ka nako e le ‘ngoe ho khutlela motseng bakeng sa liphallelo.
4. Ho tŔoara mokete oa Uposatha le baitlami ba lulang sebakeng se le seng.
5. Ho etsa liketso tsa molao ha kopano e sa phethoa.
6. Ho latela mokhoa o itseng hobane o ne o etsoa ke mosuoe kapa mosuoe.
7. Ho ja lebese le bolila ka mor’a hore a je lijo tsa motÅ”ehare.
8. Ho noa seno se matla pele se koahetsoe.
9. Ho sebelisa rug e neng e se boholo bo loketseng.
10. Ho sebelisa khauta le silevera. Litlokotsi
tsa bona li ile tsa fetoha bothata ‘me tsa baka qabang e kholo ho tlÅla
melao ena ho ne ho nahanoa hore e khahlanong le lithuto tsa pele tsa
Buddha. Morena KÄįø·Äsoka e ne e le mookameli oa Bobeli oa Lekhotla ‘me seboka se ile sa etsahala VesÄli ka lebaka la maemo a latelang. Ka
letsatsi le leng, ha a ntse a etetse MahÄvana Grove e VeÄsli, Moholo
Yasa o ile a tseba hore sehlopha se seholo sa baitlami ba tsejoang e le
Vajjians se ne se hanyetsa molao o thibelang khauta le silevera ho
amohela monate ka ho e kÅpa ka bolokolohi ho baithaopi ba bona. Hang-hang
o ile a nyatsa boitŔoaro ba bona mme karabelo ea bona e ne e le ho mo
fa karolo ea phaello ea bona e seng molaong ka tŔepo ea hore o tla
hlÅloa. Moholo Yasa, leha ho le joalo o ile a nyatsa le ho nyelisa boitÅ”oaro ba bona. Baitlami
bao hang-hang ba ile ba mo qosa ka ketso e ts’oanelang ea poelano, ba
mo qosa ka hore o behile molato oa balumeli ba bona. Ka
ho tŔoanang Moholo Yasa o ile a ikopanya le baruti ba hae, empa ka nako
e tŔoanang, ba ba kholisa hore baitlami ba Vijjian ba entse phoso ka ho
qotsa phatlalatso ea Buddha ka thibelo ea ho amohela kapa ho kopa
khauta le silevera. Hangata
baeta-pele ba ile ba bontÅ”a tÅ”ehetso ea bona ho Moholo Yasa ‘me ba
phatlalatsa baitlami ba Vajjian ho baetsi ba fosahetseng le bahanyetsi,
ba re’ ‘Moholo Yasa feela ke mohali oa sebele le mora oa SÄkyan. Ba bang kaofela hase baitlami, eseng bara ba SÄkyan ‘’. Baitlami
ba Bajjian ba manganga le ba sa bakeng ba ile ba fallela ho emisa ba
Venerable Yasa Thera ntle le tumello ea ba bang ba Sahalagha ha ba tseba
ka phello ea seboka sa hae le baithaopi ba bona. Leha
ho le joalo, Moholo Yasa, o ile a baleha ho qholotsoa ha bona ‘me a ea
ho batla tŔehetso e tsoang ho baitlami sebakeng se seng, ea ileng a
tŔehetsa maikutlo a hae a tloaelehileng ka Vinaya. Li-monks
tse mashome a tÅ”eletseng tsa meru tse tsoang PÄvÄ le li-monks tse
robeli tse tsoang libakeng tse ka boroa tsa Avanti tse nang le maikutlo a
tŔoanang, li ithaopela ho mo thusa ho hlahloba bobolu ba Vinaya. Ka
bobeli ba ile ba etsa qeto ea ho ea Soreyya ho ea buisana le Venerable
Revata hobane e ne e le moitlami ea hlomphehang haholo le setsebi sa
Dhamma le Vinaya. Hang
ha baitlami ba Vajjian ba tseba sena ba boetse ba batla tŔehetso ea
Venerable Revata ka ho mo fa litlhoko tse ‘nĆØ tseo a ileng a li hana
hang-hang. Baitlami bana ba ile ba leka ho sebelisa mokhoa o tŔoanang ho hapa mohlanka oa Venerable Revata, Venerable Uttara. Qalong
eena le eena o ile a hana ho fana ka sepheo sa bona empa ka boikaketsi o
ile a mo susumelletsa hore a amohele kamohelo ea hae, a bolela hore ha
li-requisite li bolela hore Buddha ha a amoheloe ke eena, Änanda o ne a
tla kÅptjoa hore a li amohele ‘me hangata a lumellane ho etsa joalo. Uttara o ile a fetola kelello ea hae mme a amohela litlhoko. Ba
khothalletsoa ke bona, joale a lumela ho ea ho susumetsa Revenerable
Revata ho bolela hore baitlami ba Vajjian e ne e hlile e le libui tsa
‘Nete le ba tÅ”ehetsang Dhamma. Venerable Revata o ile a bona ka ho qhekella ha bona ‘me a hana ho ba tÅ”ehetsa. Eaba o lahla Uttara. E
le hore ho rarolloe taba ena hang-hang, Revera Venerable o ile a eletsa
hore lekhotla le lokela ho bitsoa VÄįø·ikÄrÄma le eena ka boeena le botsa
lipotso ka litlÅlo tse leshome tsa Baholo ba baholo ka ho fetisisa ba
letsatsi lena, Thera SabbjakÄmi. Hang
ha maikutlo a hae a ne a fanoe e ne e lokela ho utluoa ke komiti ea
baitlami ba robeli, ‘me bopaki ba eona bo entsoe ka khetho ea bona. Baitlami
ba robeli ba neng ba tlil’o ahlola taba e ne e le Venerables SabbakÄmi,
saįø·ha, Khujjasobhita le VÄsabhagÄmika, ba tsoang Bochabela le baitlami
ba bane ba Bophirimela, Venerables Revata, Sambhuta-SÄį¹avÄsÄ«, Yasa le
Sumana. Ba ile ba pheha khang ka taba ena le Revata e le motho ea botsang lipotso le sabbakÄmÄ« a araba lipotso tsa hae. Ka
mor’a hore moqoqo o utloe, baitlami ba robeli ba ile ba etsa qeto
khahlanong le baitlami ba Vajjian ‘me ba tsebisoa kopano eo. Ka
mor’a moo baitlami ba makholo a supileng ba ile ba pheta Dhamma le
Vinaya ‘me setsebi sena se ile sa tsejoa e le SattasatÄ« hobane baitlami
ba makholo a supileng ba ile ba kenya letsoho ho eona. Lekhotla
lena la histori le boetse le bitsoa, āāYasatthera SangÄ«ti ka lebaka la
karolo e kholo eo Moholo Yasa ae entseng ho eona le cheseho ea hae ea ho
sireletsa Vinaya. Baitlami
ba Vajjian ba ile ba hana ka ho feletseng ho amohela qeto ea Lekhotla
le ka ho hana ho bitsa lekhotla la moo ho neng ho bitsoa MahÄsaį¹ giti.
Lekhotla la Boraro
Lekhotla
la boraro le ne le tŔoeroe haholo ho tlosa Sahalaghor ea bobolu le
baitlami ba bohata ba neng ba e-na le pono ea bohata. Lekhotla le ile la bokelloa ka 326 B.C. At AsokÄrÄma ka Paį¹aliputta tlas’a patronage ea Emperor Asoka. E ne e laoloa ke Moholo Moggaliputta Tissa le baitlami ba sekete ba ile ba kenya letsoho Lekhotleng lena. Tloaelo
ke hore Asoka o ile a hlÅla borena ka ho tÅ”olla mali a mora oa ntat’ae
kaofela ho pholosa mor’abo, Tissa KumÄra eo qetellong a ileng a khethoa a
ba a finyella Arahantship. Asoka o ile a roala moqhaka ka selemo sa makholo a mabeli le metso e robeli ka mor’a MahaparinibbÄna oa Buddha. Qalong
o ile a lefa Dhamma le Sahalagha feela ho itokisetsa ho itekanetse le
ho tŔehetsa litho tsa malumeli a mang joalokaha ntate oa hae a ne a
entse pele ho eena. Leha
ho le joalo, sena sohle se ile sa fetoha ha a kopana le
motlatsi-moitlami ea molimo oa bolumeli ea Nigler ea ileng a mo bolella
EvamÄda-vagga. Ka mor’a moo a khaotsa ho tÅ”ehetsa lihlopha tse ling tsa bolumeli ‘me thahasello ea hae le boinehelo ho Dhamma ea teba. O
ile a sebelisa leruo la hae le leholo ho haha, ho boleloa, li-pagodas
tse likete tse mashome a mararo a metso e mene le vihÄras le ho tÅ”ehetsa
Bhikkhus ka mafolofolo ka litlhoko tse ‘nĆØ. Mora oa hae Mahinda le morali oa hae Saį¹ ghamittÄ ba ile ba khethoa ‘me ba lumelloa ho ea Saį¹ gha. Qetellong, ho fana ha hae e ne e le ho baka mathata a tebileng ka hare ho Saį¹ gha. Ha
nako e ntse e ea taelo e ne e kenngoa ke banna ba bangata ba sa
tŔoaneleheng, ba tŔoere maikutlo a bohata le ba neng ba khahloa ke taelo
ka lebaka la tŔehetso ea Moemphera ea liatla le lihlahisoa tse theko e
boima ea lijo, liaparo, bolulo le meriana. Bongata
ba banna ba se nang tumelo, ba meharo ba neng ba tŔehetsa maikutlo a
fosahetseng ba ile ba leka ho kenela molao empa ba nkoa ba sa tŔoanelehe
ho hlophisoa. Ho
sa tsotellehe sena ba ile ba sebelisa monyetla oa ho sebelisa hampe
moemphera oa Moemphera bakeng sa mekhoa ea bona ‘me ba apara liaparo tse
telele mme ba ikopanya le taelo ntle le hore ba behoe hantle. Ka hona, tlhompho bakeng sa Saį¹ gha e fokotsehile. Ha
sena se senola ba bang ba baitlami ba nnete ba hana ho tŔoara mokete oa
tlhoekiso kapa mokete oa Uposatha hammoho le baitlami ba bobolu ba
bohata. Ha
Moemphera a utloa ka sena o ile a leka ho lokisa boemo boo mme a romela
e mong oa basebeletsi ba hae ho baitlami ka taelo ea hore ba etse
mokete ona. Leha
ho le joalo, Moemphera ha aa ka a fa moruti taelo e tobileng mabapi le
hore na a ka sebelisoa ho phetha taelo ea hae joang. Baitlami
bao ba ile ba hana ho mamela le ho tŔoara mokete ona hammoho le
metsoalle ea bona ea bohata le ea ‘thiba’ [theyyasinivÄsaka]. Ka
tsielelo moruti ea halefileng o ile a theohela tlas’a moloko oa
baitlami ba lutseng ‘me a hula sabole ea hae, a li khaola hlooho ka
mor’a e’ ngoe ho fihlela a tla ho khaitseli ea Morena, Tissa ea neng a
khethiloe. Moruti
eo a tÅ”ositsoeng o ile a thibela polao ‘me a baleha holong eaba o
tlaleha ho Moemphera Asoka o ile a utloa bohloko haholo’ me a halefisoa
ke se etsahetseng eaba o ipolela hore o bolaile. O ile a batla keletso ea Thera Moggaliputta Tissa. O ile a etsa tlhahiso ea hore baitlami ba bohata ba lelekoe taolong ‘me lekhotla la boraro le tÅ”oaroe hang-hang. Kahoo ho ne ho le joalo ka selemo sa leshome le metso e supileng sa puso ea Moemphera ho ile ha bitsoa Lekhotla la Boraro. Thera
Moggaliputta Tissa o ile a lebisa nyeoe eo ‘me a khetha baitlami ba
likete ho ba likete tse mashome a tŔeletseng ba kopanetsoeng bakeng sa
ho pheta-pheta mekhoa ea Dhamma le Vinaya, e ileng ea tsoela pele ka
likhoeli tse robong. Moemphera, ka boeena o ile a botsa baitlami ba tsoang matlong a mangata a baitlami ka lithuto tsa Buddha. Ba neng ba e-na le maikutlo a fosahetseng ba ile ba pepesoa ‘me ba lelekoa ho Saalata ka potlako. Ka tsela ena Bhikkhu Saį¹ gha e ile ea hloekisoa ba bhikkhus ba bohata le ba nang le bohata.
Lekhotla lena le ile la finyella lintho tse ling tsa bohlokoa hape. Moholo
Moggaliputta Tissa, e le hore a hanyetse liphutheho tse ngata ‘me a
tiise hore Dhamma e bolokiloe e hloekile, e lumellane le buka nakong ea
lekhotla le bitsoang KathÄvatthu. Buka
ena e na le likhaolo tse mashome a mabeli a metso e meraro, ‘me ke
pokello ea lipuisano (kathÄ) le likhopolo tsa maikutlo a bohata a
tÅ”oaroang ke lihlopha tse sa tÅ”oaneng litabeng tsa filosofi. Ke karolo ea bohlano ea libuka tse supileng tsa Abhidhamma Piį¹aka. Litho
tsa Lekhotla li ile tsa fana ka tiiso ea borena ea tumello ea thuto ea
Buddha, ea e bitsa VibhajjavÄda, thuto ea ho hlahloba. Ho joalo le ka thuto e amohelehang ea TheravÄda. E
‘ngoe ea liphello tse bohlokoa ka ho fetisisa tsa kopano ena ea Dhamma
le e neng e lokela ho beha litholoana makholo a mangata a tlang, e ne e
le Moemphera ea rometsoeng ke baitlami, ba tsebahalang haholo ka
Buddha’s Dhamma le Vinaya ba neng ba ka e pheta ka pelo eohle, ho e ruta
linaheng tse robong tse fapaneng. Li-DhammadÅ«ta li-monks li ne li kenyeletsa Venerable Majjhantika Thera ea ileng a ea Kashmir le GandhÄra. O ile a kÅptjoa hore a bolele Dhamma mme a theha taelo ea baitlami moo. MahÄdeva
ea Venerable e rometsoe Mahinsakamaį¹įøaįø·a (Mysore ea kajeno) le
Venerable Rakkhita Thera e ile ea romeloa BanavÄsÄ« (karolong e ka leboea
ea Kanara e ka boroa ho India.) Venerable Yonaka Dhammarakkhita Thera o
ile a romeloa Upper Aparantaka (leboea Gujarat, Kathiawar, Kutch le
Sindh] .
la boraro le ne le tŔoeroe haholo ho tlosa Sahalaghor ea bobolu le
baitlami ba bohata ba neng ba e-na le pono ea bohata. Lekhotla le ile la bokelloa ka 326 B.C. At AsokÄrÄma ka Paį¹aliputta tlas’a patronage ea Emperor Asoka. E ne e laoloa ke Moholo Moggaliputta Tissa le baitlami ba sekete ba ile ba kenya letsoho Lekhotleng lena. Tloaelo
ke hore Asoka o ile a hlÅla borena ka ho tÅ”olla mali a mora oa ntat’ae
kaofela ho pholosa mor’abo, Tissa KumÄra eo qetellong a ileng a khethoa a
ba a finyella Arahantship. Asoka o ile a roala moqhaka ka selemo sa makholo a mabeli le metso e robeli ka mor’a MahaparinibbÄna oa Buddha. Qalong
o ile a lefa Dhamma le Sahalagha feela ho itokisetsa ho itekanetse le
ho tŔehetsa litho tsa malumeli a mang joalokaha ntate oa hae a ne a
entse pele ho eena. Leha
ho le joalo, sena sohle se ile sa fetoha ha a kopana le
motlatsi-moitlami ea molimo oa bolumeli ea Nigler ea ileng a mo bolella
EvamÄda-vagga. Ka mor’a moo a khaotsa ho tÅ”ehetsa lihlopha tse ling tsa bolumeli ‘me thahasello ea hae le boinehelo ho Dhamma ea teba. O
ile a sebelisa leruo la hae le leholo ho haha, ho boleloa, li-pagodas
tse likete tse mashome a mararo a metso e mene le vihÄras le ho tÅ”ehetsa
Bhikkhus ka mafolofolo ka litlhoko tse ‘nĆØ. Mora oa hae Mahinda le morali oa hae Saį¹ ghamittÄ ba ile ba khethoa ‘me ba lumelloa ho ea Saį¹ gha. Qetellong, ho fana ha hae e ne e le ho baka mathata a tebileng ka hare ho Saį¹ gha. Ha
nako e ntse e ea taelo e ne e kenngoa ke banna ba bangata ba sa
tŔoaneleheng, ba tŔoere maikutlo a bohata le ba neng ba khahloa ke taelo
ka lebaka la tŔehetso ea Moemphera ea liatla le lihlahisoa tse theko e
boima ea lijo, liaparo, bolulo le meriana. Bongata
ba banna ba se nang tumelo, ba meharo ba neng ba tŔehetsa maikutlo a
fosahetseng ba ile ba leka ho kenela molao empa ba nkoa ba sa tŔoanelehe
ho hlophisoa. Ho
sa tsotellehe sena ba ile ba sebelisa monyetla oa ho sebelisa hampe
moemphera oa Moemphera bakeng sa mekhoa ea bona ‘me ba apara liaparo tse
telele mme ba ikopanya le taelo ntle le hore ba behoe hantle. Ka hona, tlhompho bakeng sa Saį¹ gha e fokotsehile. Ha
sena se senola ba bang ba baitlami ba nnete ba hana ho tŔoara mokete oa
tlhoekiso kapa mokete oa Uposatha hammoho le baitlami ba bobolu ba
bohata. Ha
Moemphera a utloa ka sena o ile a leka ho lokisa boemo boo mme a romela
e mong oa basebeletsi ba hae ho baitlami ka taelo ea hore ba etse
mokete ona. Leha
ho le joalo, Moemphera ha aa ka a fa moruti taelo e tobileng mabapi le
hore na a ka sebelisoa ho phetha taelo ea hae joang. Baitlami
bao ba ile ba hana ho mamela le ho tŔoara mokete ona hammoho le
metsoalle ea bona ea bohata le ea ‘thiba’ [theyyasinivÄsaka]. Ka
tsielelo moruti ea halefileng o ile a theohela tlas’a moloko oa
baitlami ba lutseng ‘me a hula sabole ea hae, a li khaola hlooho ka
mor’a e’ ngoe ho fihlela a tla ho khaitseli ea Morena, Tissa ea neng a
khethiloe. Moruti
eo a tÅ”ositsoeng o ile a thibela polao ‘me a baleha holong eaba o
tlaleha ho Moemphera Asoka o ile a utloa bohloko haholo’ me a halefisoa
ke se etsahetseng eaba o ipolela hore o bolaile. O ile a batla keletso ea Thera Moggaliputta Tissa. O ile a etsa tlhahiso ea hore baitlami ba bohata ba lelekoe taolong ‘me lekhotla la boraro le tÅ”oaroe hang-hang. Kahoo ho ne ho le joalo ka selemo sa leshome le metso e supileng sa puso ea Moemphera ho ile ha bitsoa Lekhotla la Boraro. Thera
Moggaliputta Tissa o ile a lebisa nyeoe eo ‘me a khetha baitlami ba
likete ho ba likete tse mashome a tŔeletseng ba kopanetsoeng bakeng sa
ho pheta-pheta mekhoa ea Dhamma le Vinaya, e ileng ea tsoela pele ka
likhoeli tse robong. Moemphera, ka boeena o ile a botsa baitlami ba tsoang matlong a mangata a baitlami ka lithuto tsa Buddha. Ba neng ba e-na le maikutlo a fosahetseng ba ile ba pepesoa ‘me ba lelekoa ho Saalata ka potlako. Ka tsela ena Bhikkhu Saį¹ gha e ile ea hloekisoa ba bhikkhus ba bohata le ba nang le bohata.
Lekhotla lena le ile la finyella lintho tse ling tsa bohlokoa hape. Moholo
Moggaliputta Tissa, e le hore a hanyetse liphutheho tse ngata ‘me a
tiise hore Dhamma e bolokiloe e hloekile, e lumellane le buka nakong ea
lekhotla le bitsoang KathÄvatthu. Buka
ena e na le likhaolo tse mashome a mabeli a metso e meraro, ‘me ke
pokello ea lipuisano (kathÄ) le likhopolo tsa maikutlo a bohata a
tÅ”oaroang ke lihlopha tse sa tÅ”oaneng litabeng tsa filosofi. Ke karolo ea bohlano ea libuka tse supileng tsa Abhidhamma Piį¹aka. Litho
tsa Lekhotla li ile tsa fana ka tiiso ea borena ea tumello ea thuto ea
Buddha, ea e bitsa VibhajjavÄda, thuto ea ho hlahloba. Ho joalo le ka thuto e amohelehang ea TheravÄda. E
‘ngoe ea liphello tse bohlokoa ka ho fetisisa tsa kopano ena ea Dhamma
le e neng e lokela ho beha litholoana makholo a mangata a tlang, e ne e
le Moemphera ea rometsoeng ke baitlami, ba tsebahalang haholo ka
Buddha’s Dhamma le Vinaya ba neng ba ka e pheta ka pelo eohle, ho e ruta
linaheng tse robong tse fapaneng. Li-DhammadÅ«ta li-monks li ne li kenyeletsa Venerable Majjhantika Thera ea ileng a ea Kashmir le GandhÄra. O ile a kÅptjoa hore a bolele Dhamma mme a theha taelo ea baitlami moo. MahÄdeva
ea Venerable e rometsoe Mahinsakamaį¹įøaįø·a (Mysore ea kajeno) le
Venerable Rakkhita Thera e ile ea romeloa BanavÄsÄ« (karolong e ka leboea
ea Kanara e ka boroa ho India.) Venerable Yonaka Dhammarakkhita Thera o
ile a romeloa Upper Aparantaka (leboea Gujarat, Kathiawar, Kutch le
Sindh] .
Venerable MahÄrakkhita Thera o ile a ea Yonaka-loka (naha ea
ba-loniane, Bactrians le Bagerike.) Venerable Majjhima Thera o ile a ea
Himavanta (sebaka se haufi le Himalaya.) Venerable Soį¹a le Venerable
Uttara ba rometsoe Suvaį¹į¹abhÅ«mi [hona joale Myanmar]. The
Venerable Mahinda Thera, The Venerable Ittiya Thera, ea Venerable
Uttiya Thera, Venerable Sambala Thera le Venerable BhaddasÄla Thera ba
ile ba romeloa Tambapaį¹į¹i (hona joale ke Sri Lanka). Li-dhamma
tsa baitlami bana li ile tsa atleha ‘me tsa beha litholoana tse ngata
ka mor’a nako’ me tsa nka nako e telele ho ruta batho ba linaha tsena ka
mpho ea Dhamma le ho susumetsa lichaba le litso tsa bona. Ka ho ata ha Dhamma ka mantsoe a Buddha, qetellong India e ile ea tsejoa e le Visvaguru, mosuoe oa lefats’e. Lekhotla la bone Lekhotla la bone le ne le tÅ”oaretsoe Tambapaį¹į¹i [Sri Lanka] ka 29 B.C. tlas’a taolo ea Morena Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i. Lebaka
le ka sehloohong la ho bokana ha lona ke ho lemoha hore hona joale ha
hoa khoneha hore boholo ba baitlami ba boloke thepa eohle ea Tipiį¹aka
mehopolong ea bona joalokaha ho ne ho kile ha e-ba joalo bakeng sa
Mahinda ea Nang le Boikokobetso le ba mo latelang morao tjena. Ka
hona, kaha bokhoni ba ho ngola bo ne bo le teng haholo, ho ne ho nkoa
hore hoa hlokahala ebile ho hlokahala hore ‘mele oohle oa thuto ea
Buddha o ngoloe fatŔe. Morena
Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i o ile a tÅ”ehetsa khopolo ea monk ‘me lekhotla le ne le
tÅ”oaroa ka ho khetheha ho fokotsa Tipiį¹aka ka kakaretso ho ngola. Ka
hona, e le hore Dhamma ea nnete a ka ‘na a bolokeha ka ho sa feleng,
MahÄrakhita e nang le Venerable le baitlami ba makholo a mahlano ba
pheta mantsoe a Buddha ebe ba e ngola fatŔe makhasi a palema. Morero
ona o tsotehang o ile oa etsahala lehaheng le bitsoang, Äloka lena, e
lutseng ka har’a marulelo a boholo-holo haufi le seo hona joale se leng
Matale. Ka hona sepheo sa Lekhotla se ile sa finyelloa ‘me tlhokomelo ka mokhoa oa ho boloka Dhamma e tiileng e ile ea tiisoa. Hamorao, lekholong la bo18 la lilemo, Morena VijayarÄjasÄ«ha o ne a e-na le litÅ”oantÅ”o tsa Buddha tse entsoeng ka lehaheng lena. The Fifth Council Lekhotla
la Bohlano le ile la etsoa MÄndalay, Burma eo hona joale e tsejoang e
le Myanmar ka 1871 A.D. nakong ea puso ea Morena Mindon. Sepheo
se seholo sa seboka sena e ne e le ho pheta lithuto tsohle tsa Buddha
ebe o li hlahloba ka boitsebiso bo lekaneng ho bona hore na leha e le
efe ea tsona e fetotsoe, e sothehile kapa e lahlehetsoe. E
ne e laoloa ke Baholo ba bararo, e leng Venerable MahÄthera
JÄgarÄbhivaį¹sa, ea Venerable NarindÄbhidhaja, le Venerable MahÄthera
Sumaį¹ galasÄmi ka khampani ea ba likete tse peli le makholo a mabeli (2
400). Kemiso ea bona ea Dhamma e kopaneng e ile ea nka likhoeli tse hlano. E
ne e boetse e le mosebetsi oa lekhotla lena ho etsa hore Tipiį¹aka eohle
e ngolisoe bakeng sa mefuta e meng ea makholo a supileng le mashome a
mabeli a motso o robong a marble ka mongolo oa Myanmar ka mor’a hore
phetolelo ea eona e phethiloe ‘me e amoheloe ka bonngoe. Mosebetsi
ona o moholo o ne o etsoa ke baitlami ba li-erudite tse likete tse peli
le makholo a mabeli le litsebi tse ngata tsa litsebi tse nang le
litsebo tse qaqileng tse neng li qeta ho qeta setho ka ‘ngoe li ne li li
beha ka ntle ho’ piį¹aka ‘pagodas sebakeng se khethehileng ka mabaka a
King Mindon’s Kuthodaw Pagoda tlas’a majoe a MÄndalay Hill moo sena se bitsoa ‘buka e kholo ka ho fetisisa lefatÅ”eng’, se eme ho fihlela kajeno.
Lekhotla la Borobeli
Lekhotla
la Borobeli le ile la bitsoa Kaba Aye Yangon, e neng e kile ea e-ba
Rangoon ka 1954, lilemo tse mashome a robeli a metso e meraro ka mor’a
hore ea bohlano e tÅ”oaroe Mandalay. E ne e tÅ”ehetsoa ke ‘Muso oa Burma o etelletsoeng ke Prime Minister, Mohlomphehi U Nu. O
ile a lumella ho hahoa ha MahÄ PÄsÄna GÅ«hÄ, lehaha le leholo le
hahiloeng ho tloha fatŔe, e le sebaka sa ho bokella ho tŔoana le Thaba
ea SattapÄnni ea India - sebaka sa Dhamma Council ea pele. Ha
Lekhotla le fela, Lekhotla le ile la kopana le la 17 May, 1954. Joaloka
makhotla a fetileng, morero oa lona oa pele e ne e le ho netefatsa le
ho sireletsa Dhamma le Vinaya. Leha ho le joalo e ne e le ikhethang ho fihlela baitlami ba ileng ba kenya letsoho ho eona ba tsoa linaheng tse robeli. Ba
likete tse peli le makholo a mahlano ba ile ba ithuta baitlami ba
TheravÄda ba tsoa Myanmar, Cambodia, India, Laos, Nepal, Sri Lanka,
Thailand le Vietnam. Qetellong
Venerable MahÄsi Sayadaw o ile a khethoa mosebetsi o babatsehang oa ho
botsa lipotso tse hlokahalang mabapi le Dhamma ea Venerable Bhadanta
VicittasÄrÄbhivaį¹sa Tipiį¹akadhara Dhammabhaį¹įøÄgÄrika ea ba arabang
kaofela ka thuto le ka mokhoa o khotsofatsang. Nakong
eo lekhotla lena le neng le kopane le eona, linaha tsohle tse ntseng li
kopanela li ne li e-na le PÄli Tipiį¹aka e ngotsoeng ka lipuo tsa bona,
ntle le India. Kemiso
ea setso ea Mangolo a Dhamma e ile ea nka lilemo tse peli nakong eo
Tipiį¹aka le lihlopha tsa eona li kopantseng libukeng tsohle li
hlahlobisitsoe ka mokhoa o hlollang. Phapang
leha e le efe e fumanoeng e ile ea boleloa fatŔe, litokisetso tse
hlokahalang li ile tsa etsoa ‘me liphetolelo tsohle li kopantsoe. Ka lehlohonolo, ho ile ha fumanoa hore ho ne ho se na phapang e ngata linthong tsa litemana tsena. Qetellong,
ka mor’a hore Lekhotla le li amohele ka molao, libuka tsohle tsa
Tipiį¹aka le litlhaloso tsa bona li ne li lokiselitsoe ho hatisa mechine
ea khatiso ea mehleng ea kajeno ‘me e hatisitsoe ka senyesemane sa
Myanmar (Burmese). TlhÅlo
ena e ikhethang e ile ea khoneha ka boiteko bo inehetseng ba baitlami
ba likete tse peli le makholo a mahlano le batho ba bangata ba
lahlehileng. Mosebetsi oa bona o ile oa fela ka May, 1956, lilemo tse peli le halofo ka mor’a hore Morena a fumane ParinibbÄna. Mosebetsi ona o ne o e-na le katleho e ikhethang ea baemeli ba lefats’e lohle la Mabuddha. Tlhahiso
ea Tipiį¹aka eo e ileng ea qala ho hlahisa e nkoa e le ea nnete ho
lithuto tse hlollang tsa Gotama Buddha le phetolelo e nang le matla ka
ho fetisisa ho bona ho fihlela joale. Libuka tse hatisitsoeng ka mor’a hore Sixth Saį¹ gÄyana li hatisoe Myanmar. E
le hore batho ba India ba etse libuka tsena, Setsi sa Lipatlisiso sa
Vipassana se qalile morero oa ho hatisa Tipiį¹aka le Aį¹į¹hakathÄs le į¹ikas
e Devanagari ka selemo sa 1990. Ho tsosoa e le ho lemosa lithuto tsa Buddha ka mantsoe a 5
Kamehla U Etse se Molemo U se ke Ua Hopola! Bakeng sa tlhaloso e feletseng Ka kopo etela:
Insight
Analysis Net - FREE Online Tipiį¹aka Research le Practice University le
tse amanang le NEWS ka http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ka lipuo tse 105
Ho tloha ho:
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org Fetolela ena Google Phetolelo ka puo ea heno u sebelisa
https://translate.google.com Ke eona thuto ea hau Imeile:
Buddhasaid2us@gmail.com
http://www.palicanon.org/
la Borobeli le ile la bitsoa Kaba Aye Yangon, e neng e kile ea e-ba
Rangoon ka 1954, lilemo tse mashome a robeli a metso e meraro ka mor’a
hore ea bohlano e tÅ”oaroe Mandalay. E ne e tÅ”ehetsoa ke ‘Muso oa Burma o etelletsoeng ke Prime Minister, Mohlomphehi U Nu. O
ile a lumella ho hahoa ha MahÄ PÄsÄna GÅ«hÄ, lehaha le leholo le
hahiloeng ho tloha fatŔe, e le sebaka sa ho bokella ho tŔoana le Thaba
ea SattapÄnni ea India - sebaka sa Dhamma Council ea pele. Ha
Lekhotla le fela, Lekhotla le ile la kopana le la 17 May, 1954. Joaloka
makhotla a fetileng, morero oa lona oa pele e ne e le ho netefatsa le
ho sireletsa Dhamma le Vinaya. Leha ho le joalo e ne e le ikhethang ho fihlela baitlami ba ileng ba kenya letsoho ho eona ba tsoa linaheng tse robeli. Ba
likete tse peli le makholo a mahlano ba ile ba ithuta baitlami ba
TheravÄda ba tsoa Myanmar, Cambodia, India, Laos, Nepal, Sri Lanka,
Thailand le Vietnam. Qetellong
Venerable MahÄsi Sayadaw o ile a khethoa mosebetsi o babatsehang oa ho
botsa lipotso tse hlokahalang mabapi le Dhamma ea Venerable Bhadanta
VicittasÄrÄbhivaį¹sa Tipiį¹akadhara Dhammabhaį¹įøÄgÄrika ea ba arabang
kaofela ka thuto le ka mokhoa o khotsofatsang. Nakong
eo lekhotla lena le neng le kopane le eona, linaha tsohle tse ntseng li
kopanela li ne li e-na le PÄli Tipiį¹aka e ngotsoeng ka lipuo tsa bona,
ntle le India. Kemiso
ea setso ea Mangolo a Dhamma e ile ea nka lilemo tse peli nakong eo
Tipiį¹aka le lihlopha tsa eona li kopantseng libukeng tsohle li
hlahlobisitsoe ka mokhoa o hlollang. Phapang
leha e le efe e fumanoeng e ile ea boleloa fatŔe, litokisetso tse
hlokahalang li ile tsa etsoa ‘me liphetolelo tsohle li kopantsoe. Ka lehlohonolo, ho ile ha fumanoa hore ho ne ho se na phapang e ngata linthong tsa litemana tsena. Qetellong,
ka mor’a hore Lekhotla le li amohele ka molao, libuka tsohle tsa
Tipiį¹aka le litlhaloso tsa bona li ne li lokiselitsoe ho hatisa mechine
ea khatiso ea mehleng ea kajeno ‘me e hatisitsoe ka senyesemane sa
Myanmar (Burmese). TlhÅlo
ena e ikhethang e ile ea khoneha ka boiteko bo inehetseng ba baitlami
ba likete tse peli le makholo a mahlano le batho ba bangata ba
lahlehileng. Mosebetsi oa bona o ile oa fela ka May, 1956, lilemo tse peli le halofo ka mor’a hore Morena a fumane ParinibbÄna. Mosebetsi ona o ne o e-na le katleho e ikhethang ea baemeli ba lefats’e lohle la Mabuddha. Tlhahiso
ea Tipiį¹aka eo e ileng ea qala ho hlahisa e nkoa e le ea nnete ho
lithuto tse hlollang tsa Gotama Buddha le phetolelo e nang le matla ka
ho fetisisa ho bona ho fihlela joale. Libuka tse hatisitsoeng ka mor’a hore Sixth Saį¹ gÄyana li hatisoe Myanmar. E
le hore batho ba India ba etse libuka tsena, Setsi sa Lipatlisiso sa
Vipassana se qalile morero oa ho hatisa Tipiį¹aka le Aį¹į¹hakathÄs le į¹ikas
e Devanagari ka selemo sa 1990. Ho tsosoa e le ho lemosa lithuto tsa Buddha ka mantsoe a 5
Kamehla U Etse se Molemo U se ke Ua Hopola! Bakeng sa tlhaloso e feletseng Ka kopo etela:
Insight
Analysis Net - FREE Online Tipiį¹aka Research le Practice University le
tse amanang le NEWS ka http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org ka lipuo tse 105
Ho tloha ho:
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org Fetolela ena Google Phetolelo ka puo ea heno u sebelisa
https://translate.google.com Ke eona thuto ea hau Imeile:
Buddhasaid2us@gmail.com
http://www.palicanon.org/
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7EVWxIdh46w
“Beyond Buddhism: What We Need to Lose To Save What We Love” with angel Kyodo williams
Naropa University
Published on Apr 16, 2015
Naropa University presents the Frederick P. Lenz Foundation
Distinguished Guest Lecturer Program in Buddhist Studies and American
Culture and Values with angel Kyodo williams. Called āthe most vocal and
most intriguing African-American Buddhist in America,ā by Library
Journal, Rev. angel Kyodo williams, Sensei,
is an author, maverick spiritual teacher, master trainer and founder of
Center for Transformative Change. She has been bridging the worlds of
personal transformation and justice since the publication of her
critically acclaimed book, Being Black: Zen and the Art of Living With
Fearlessness and Grace. Her book was hailed as āan act of loveā by
Pulitzer Prize winner Alice Walker and āa classicā by Buddhist teacher
Jack Kornfield. Ordained as a Zen priest, she recently became the second
black woman recognized as a teacher in her lineage.
Category
Education
youtube.com
Naropa University presents the Frederick P. Lenzā¦
83) Classical Shona
83) Shona Shona
2638 Fri 1June CHIDZIDZO
Pali Canon Online
Mashoko Okutanga eBuddha
The Origin of the Pali Canon “Ngatitii
mumwe mutongi aifanira kuti:” Shamwari, ndakanzwa uye ndakagamuchira
izvi kubva pamuromo wemiromo yaIshe: iyi ndiyo Dhamma, ichi ndicho
chirango, iyi ndiyo dzidziso yaMadzidzisi “, zvino, madhori, haufaniri
kubvumirana kana kuramba mashoko. Zvadaro,
pasina kubvumirana kana kusavhiringidza, mazwi ake nemashoko anofanira
kunyatsocherechedzwa uye kuenzaniswa neSuttas uye kuongororwa muchiedza
chechirango. Kana
ivo, pakuenzanisa kwakadaro nekudzokorora, vanoonekwa kuti havafaniri
kufanana neSuttas kana chirango, kupedzisa kunofanira kuva: “Zvechokwadi
iyi haisi shoko raBuddha, rave risina kunzwisiswa necheki”, uye nyaya
yacho inofanira kurambwa. Asi
pane kuenzanisa kwakadai uye kuongororwa ivo vanowanikwa kuti
vawirirane neSuttas kana chirango, kupedzisa kunofanira kuva:
“Zvechokwadi iyi ndiro shoko raBuddha, rakanzwisiswa zvakakodzera
nemunoni uyu.” - DN 16 MahÄparinibbÄna Sutta - The Great Passing, Mazuva Ekupedzisira eBuddha
Dzidziso dzechokwadi dze Gotama Buddha dzakachengetedzwa uye dzakapiwa kwatiri uye dzinowanikwa muTippiį¹aka. Izwi rokuti PÄli, ‘Tipiį¹aka’, rinoreva kuti ‘matengu matatu’ (ti = matatu + piį¹aka = kuunganidza magwaro). Dzidziso dzose dzeBuddha dzakanga dzakakamurwa kuva zvikamu zvitatu. 1. Chikamu chokutanga chinozivikanwa seVinaya Piį¹aka uye ine mitemo yose iyo Buddha yakarongedza vatongi nevatongi.
2. Chikamu chechipiri chinonzi Suttaį¹ ta Piį¹aka uye ine hurukuro.
3. Chikamu chechitatu chinonzi Abhidhamma Piį¹aka uye chinosanganisira dzidziso dzezvepfungwa dzeBuddha. Izvo
zvinozivikanwa, kuti pose apo Buddha akapa hurukuro kune vadzidzi vake
vakagadzwa kana vateveri-vateereri kana kuti vakarayira mutemo wevatongi
mumakore makumi mana nemashanu eushumiri hwake, avo vevadzidzisi vake
vakazvipira uye vakadzidza, zvino vanenge varipo vaizobva vangoita
dzidziso dzake pakarepo shoko shoko neshoko. Nokudaro
mazwi aBuddha akachengetedzwa zvakarurama uye panguva yakafanira
akapfuura mumuromo kubva mudzidzisi kuenda kune mudzidzi. Vamwe
vemamongi avo vakanga vanzwa Buddha vachiparidza mumunhu mavo vaiva
Arahants, uye naizvozvo nekududzirwa, ‘vakachena’ vasina rushuvo,
vasingadi-kuda uye kunyengera uye naizvozvo, pasina mubvunzo vakakwanisa
kuchengetedza, zvakakwana mazwi aBuddha. Nokudaro vakavimbisa kuti dzidziso dzaBuddha dzaizochengetedzwa zvakatendeka kuti zvivepo. Kunyangwe
vatendi vakazvipira vakanga vasati vasvika Arahantahood asi vakanga
vasvika pamatanho matatu ekutanga e-shinti uye vaiva nehutukudzo,
zvingarangaridzo zvekare zvinogonawo kududzira mupfungwa shoko neshoko
izvo Buddha ainge aparidza uye kuitira kuti zvive vakakodzera
kudzivirira dzidziso dzeBuddha. Imwe
nyoro yakadai yaiva Änanda, mushumiri akasarudzwa uye nguva dzose
shamwari yeBuddha munguva yekupedzisira makore makumi maviri namashanu
ehupenyu hwake. Änanda aive akangwara uye aine chipo chokuyeuka chero chaainge achinzwa. Zvechokwadi,
chaiva chido chake chakanaka chokuti Buddha anogara achirondedzera
hurukuro dzake dzose kwaari uye kunyange zvazvo akanga asati ava
Arahanta akazvipira nemaune shoko rezwi shoko rose raBuddha iro
raakakurudzira vatongi, vanamwari nevadzidzi vake vateveri. Kuedza
kwakabatana kwevatenzi ava vane zvipo uye vakazvipira kwakaita kuti
zvive nyore kuti Dhamma naVinaya, sezvakadzidziswa neBuddha kuti
vachengetedzwe muhurumende yepakutanga. Iyo
PÄli Tipiį¹aka pamwe nemabhuku ayo akabatanidzwa aripo pamusana
pekuwanikwa kwaBuddha kwemugwagwa wakanaka uye wakasununguka weDhamma
yakachena. Iyi nzira inobatsira avo vose vanotevera kutevera upenyu hune rugare uye hunofadza. Zvechokwadi,
muzuva rino nemakore isu tiri neropafadzo yekuve nedzidziso dzechokwadi
dzeBuddha dzakachengetedzwa kumarudzi anotevera kuburikidza nehanya
nehana uye zvakaitwa nevadzidzi vake vakagadzwa kusvika kumakore. Bhudha
akanga ataura kuvadzidzi vake kuti paakanga asiri pakati pavo, kuti
zvakanga zvakakosha kuti Sazitagha aifanira kuuya pamwechete kuitira
chinangwa chekudzokorora Dhamma, zvakanyatsoenderana sezvaakanga
adzidzisa. Mukuteerera
nemirairo iyi vakuru vekutanga vakatumidzwa dare uye vakagadzirisa
zvakarongedza hurukuro dzose dzeBuddha nemitemo yemamoni ndokubva
vataurazve vakatendeka shoko neshoko mumakonti.
The Origin of the Pali Canon “Ngatitii
mumwe mutongi aifanira kuti:” Shamwari, ndakanzwa uye ndakagamuchira
izvi kubva pamuromo wemiromo yaIshe: iyi ndiyo Dhamma, ichi ndicho
chirango, iyi ndiyo dzidziso yaMadzidzisi “, zvino, madhori, haufaniri
kubvumirana kana kuramba mashoko. Zvadaro,
pasina kubvumirana kana kusavhiringidza, mazwi ake nemashoko anofanira
kunyatsocherechedzwa uye kuenzaniswa neSuttas uye kuongororwa muchiedza
chechirango. Kana
ivo, pakuenzanisa kwakadaro nekudzokorora, vanoonekwa kuti havafaniri
kufanana neSuttas kana chirango, kupedzisa kunofanira kuva: “Zvechokwadi
iyi haisi shoko raBuddha, rave risina kunzwisiswa necheki”, uye nyaya
yacho inofanira kurambwa. Asi
pane kuenzanisa kwakadai uye kuongororwa ivo vanowanikwa kuti
vawirirane neSuttas kana chirango, kupedzisa kunofanira kuva:
“Zvechokwadi iyi ndiro shoko raBuddha, rakanzwisiswa zvakakodzera
nemunoni uyu.” - DN 16 MahÄparinibbÄna Sutta - The Great Passing, Mazuva Ekupedzisira eBuddha
Dzidziso dzechokwadi dze Gotama Buddha dzakachengetedzwa uye dzakapiwa kwatiri uye dzinowanikwa muTippiį¹aka. Izwi rokuti PÄli, ‘Tipiį¹aka’, rinoreva kuti ‘matengu matatu’ (ti = matatu + piį¹aka = kuunganidza magwaro). Dzidziso dzose dzeBuddha dzakanga dzakakamurwa kuva zvikamu zvitatu. 1. Chikamu chokutanga chinozivikanwa seVinaya Piį¹aka uye ine mitemo yose iyo Buddha yakarongedza vatongi nevatongi.
2. Chikamu chechipiri chinonzi Suttaį¹ ta Piį¹aka uye ine hurukuro.
3. Chikamu chechitatu chinonzi Abhidhamma Piį¹aka uye chinosanganisira dzidziso dzezvepfungwa dzeBuddha. Izvo
zvinozivikanwa, kuti pose apo Buddha akapa hurukuro kune vadzidzi vake
vakagadzwa kana vateveri-vateereri kana kuti vakarayira mutemo wevatongi
mumakore makumi mana nemashanu eushumiri hwake, avo vevadzidzisi vake
vakazvipira uye vakadzidza, zvino vanenge varipo vaizobva vangoita
dzidziso dzake pakarepo shoko shoko neshoko. Nokudaro
mazwi aBuddha akachengetedzwa zvakarurama uye panguva yakafanira
akapfuura mumuromo kubva mudzidzisi kuenda kune mudzidzi. Vamwe
vemamongi avo vakanga vanzwa Buddha vachiparidza mumunhu mavo vaiva
Arahants, uye naizvozvo nekududzirwa, ‘vakachena’ vasina rushuvo,
vasingadi-kuda uye kunyengera uye naizvozvo, pasina mubvunzo vakakwanisa
kuchengetedza, zvakakwana mazwi aBuddha. Nokudaro vakavimbisa kuti dzidziso dzaBuddha dzaizochengetedzwa zvakatendeka kuti zvivepo. Kunyangwe
vatendi vakazvipira vakanga vasati vasvika Arahantahood asi vakanga
vasvika pamatanho matatu ekutanga e-shinti uye vaiva nehutukudzo,
zvingarangaridzo zvekare zvinogonawo kududzira mupfungwa shoko neshoko
izvo Buddha ainge aparidza uye kuitira kuti zvive vakakodzera
kudzivirira dzidziso dzeBuddha. Imwe
nyoro yakadai yaiva Änanda, mushumiri akasarudzwa uye nguva dzose
shamwari yeBuddha munguva yekupedzisira makore makumi maviri namashanu
ehupenyu hwake. Änanda aive akangwara uye aine chipo chokuyeuka chero chaainge achinzwa. Zvechokwadi,
chaiva chido chake chakanaka chokuti Buddha anogara achirondedzera
hurukuro dzake dzose kwaari uye kunyange zvazvo akanga asati ava
Arahanta akazvipira nemaune shoko rezwi shoko rose raBuddha iro
raakakurudzira vatongi, vanamwari nevadzidzi vake vateveri. Kuedza
kwakabatana kwevatenzi ava vane zvipo uye vakazvipira kwakaita kuti
zvive nyore kuti Dhamma naVinaya, sezvakadzidziswa neBuddha kuti
vachengetedzwe muhurumende yepakutanga. Iyo
PÄli Tipiį¹aka pamwe nemabhuku ayo akabatanidzwa aripo pamusana
pekuwanikwa kwaBuddha kwemugwagwa wakanaka uye wakasununguka weDhamma
yakachena. Iyi nzira inobatsira avo vose vanotevera kutevera upenyu hune rugare uye hunofadza. Zvechokwadi,
muzuva rino nemakore isu tiri neropafadzo yekuve nedzidziso dzechokwadi
dzeBuddha dzakachengetedzwa kumarudzi anotevera kuburikidza nehanya
nehana uye zvakaitwa nevadzidzi vake vakagadzwa kusvika kumakore. Bhudha
akanga ataura kuvadzidzi vake kuti paakanga asiri pakati pavo, kuti
zvakanga zvakakosha kuti Sazitagha aifanira kuuya pamwechete kuitira
chinangwa chekudzokorora Dhamma, zvakanyatsoenderana sezvaakanga
adzidzisa. Mukuteerera
nemirairo iyi vakuru vekutanga vakatumidzwa dare uye vakagadzirisa
zvakarongedza hurukuro dzose dzeBuddha nemitemo yemamoni ndokubva
vataurazve vakatendeka shoko neshoko mumakonti.
Dzidziso dziri muTipiį¹aka dzinozivikanwawo seDzidziso yevakuru (TheravÄda). Hurukuro idzi dzinhamba mazana emakore uye dzakagara dzichirondedzerwa shoko neshoko kubvira pakatanga Gungano rekutanga. Nokudaro,
mamwe mapurisa ave akadanwa nokuda kwezvikonzero zvinoverengeka asi
pane imwe neimwe yazvo muviri wose wekudzidzisa kwaBuddha wakagara
uchinyorwa nevatori vechiSajiligha, pamwe chete neshoko neshoko. Dare
rekutanga rakaitwa mwedzi mitatu mushure mekunge Buddha yawana
MahÄparinibbÄį¹a uye yakateverwa nemamwe mashanu, maviri ayo
akabatanidzwa muzana remakore gumi namapfumbamwe nemazana makumi maviri.
Izvi
zvinyorwa zvekuunganidza zvakagadzirwa nemamonaki pamatare aya eDhamma
Mazano anozivikanwa se’Dhamma Saį¹ gÄ«tis ‘, Dhamma Recitations. Izvo
zvakasarudzwa nekuda kwetsika yakagadzirirwa pa First Dhamma Council,
apo zvose Dzidziso dzakadzokororwa kutanga neMukuru weSaharagha
ndokuzoimbazve zvakare mumhanzi pamwe nemamoni ose ari kupinda
pagungano. Kudzokorora kwakatongwa kuti kwaiva kwechokwadi, nguva uye iyo apo, iyo yakagamuchirwa pamwe chete nhengo dzeDare. Izvo zvinotevera ndeye pfupi nhoroondo yematare matanhatu. The First Council Mambo AjÄtasattu akatsigira nekutanga First Council. Yakagadzirirwa muna 544 B.C. muSattapaÄÄÄ« Gango riri kunze kweRajagaha mwedzi mitatu mushure mekunge Buddha afa. Nhoroondo yakazara yemusangano uyu wekare inogona kuwanikwa muCÅ«llavagga yeVinaya Piį¹aka. Maererano
nenhoroondo iyi chiitiko chakaita kuti Mukuru MahÄkassapa atumidze
musangano uyu waiva kunzwa kwake kunyadzisa kutaura pamusoro pemutemo
wakaoma wehupenyu hwevatongi. Izvi ndizvo zvakaitika. Iyo
monk Subhadda, aimbova shara, uyo akanga agadza nguva pfupi muupenyu,
paakanzwa kuti Buddha akanga apera, akaratidza kutsamwa kwake pakufanira
kuchengeta mitemo yose yevatenzi vakaiswa pasi neBuddha. Vakawanda vemamongi vakachema kudarika kweBuddha uye vakashungurudzika kwazvo. Zvisinei, Mukuru Mukuru MahÄkassapa akanzwa Subhadda achiti: ‘’ Zvakakwana yako Reverences, usanetseka, usachema. Isu takasunungurwa zvakanaka nekudarika uku kukuru (Buddha). Takatambudzwa
paakati, ‘izvi zvinotenderwa kwauri, izvi hazvibvumirwi kwauri’ asi
zvino tichakwanisa kuita sezvatinofarira uye hatizofaniri kuita
zvatisingadi ‘’. MahÄkassapa
aityisa nemashoko ake uye akatya kuti Dhamma neVinaya vangave
vakuvadzwa uye vasati vapenyu vakagadzikana kana mamwe madzimambo
aifanira kuzvibata se Subhadda uye anotsanangura Dhamma uye Vinaya
mitemo sezvavanoda. Kuti arege izvi akafunga kuti Dhamma inofanira kuchengetedzwa nekudzivirirwa. Nokuda kweizvi mushure mekunge agamuchira mvumo ye Sazitagha akadana kukereke mazana mashanu Arahants. Änanda aifanira kuiswa mune izvi zvakapiwa akawana Arahanthood panguva iyo gungano raitumira. Nevakuru vakuru MahÄkassapa vatungamiri, avo vashanu-mazana Arahant vanamoni vakaungana musangano panguva yemvura. Chinhu
chokutanga MahÄkassapa chakanga chiri chokubvunza mubvunzo wekutanga
weVinaya wezuva, Venerable UpÄli pane zvinyorwa zvekutonga kwemamoni. Uyu mutongi aive akakodzera zvakakwana kuita basa sezvo Buddha akanga amudzidzisa yose yeVinaya pachake. Chokutanga
cheMukuru MahÄkassapa akamukumbira zvakananga pamusoro pekutongwa
kwechivi chekutanga [pÄrÄjika], maererano nezvenyaya yacho, chiitiko,
munhu akaiswa, kuparidzirwa, kudzokorora kwekuzivisa, mhosva uye nyaya
yeusina- offense. UpÄli akapa mhinduro dzinodzidza uye dzakakwana uye mazwi ake akazadzwa nekubvumirana kweiyo Mutungamiri Sazitagha. Nokudaro Vinaya yakagamuchirwa zvakajeka. Mukuru
Mukuru MahÄkassapa akabva atora pfungwa yake kuna Änanda mukurumbira
wehutano hwake hwakanaka mune zvose zvine chokuita neDhamma. Zvinofadza, usiku hwakange husati hwasangana neBungwe, Änanda akanga awana Arahantship uye akabatana neDare. Saka
Mukuru MahÄkassapa, saka, akakwanisa kumubvunza kwenguva yakareba
nekuvimba kwakakwana pamusoro peDhamma nekunyatsotaura nezvemashoko
aBuddha. Iyi
kubvunzwa pamusoro peDhamma yakatsvaga kuongorora nzvimbo iyo hurukuro
dzose dzakatanga kuparidzirwa uye munhu wavakanga vataurirwa. Änanda,
akabatsirwa neshoko rake-kukangamwa kwakakwana kwakakwanisa kupindura
zvakarurama uye saka Hurukuro dzakasangana nekubvumirana kweSajiligha
kubvumirana. Ikokutanga
Gwaro rakapawo chisimbiso chebvumirano chekugamuchirwa kwekuvharwa
kwechitsauko pamusoro pemitemo miduku uye miduku, uye kugamuchirwa
kwekuchengeta kwavo. Zvakatora
monks mwedzi minomwe kuti adzokorwe vose veVinaya neDhamma uye avo
vanowakwanira zvakakwana zvakakanganwa zvakanaka zvakachengetwa zvose
zvakange zvichirondedzerwa. Iyi
nhengo yekutanga yekutanga yakazozivikanwa sePaascasatika nokuti mazana
mashanu akajekeswa zvizere Arahants akanga atora chikamu mairi.
mamwe mapurisa ave akadanwa nokuda kwezvikonzero zvinoverengeka asi
pane imwe neimwe yazvo muviri wose wekudzidzisa kwaBuddha wakagara
uchinyorwa nevatori vechiSajiligha, pamwe chete neshoko neshoko. Dare
rekutanga rakaitwa mwedzi mitatu mushure mekunge Buddha yawana
MahÄparinibbÄį¹a uye yakateverwa nemamwe mashanu, maviri ayo
akabatanidzwa muzana remakore gumi namapfumbamwe nemazana makumi maviri.
Izvi
zvinyorwa zvekuunganidza zvakagadzirwa nemamonaki pamatare aya eDhamma
Mazano anozivikanwa se’Dhamma Saį¹ gÄ«tis ‘, Dhamma Recitations. Izvo
zvakasarudzwa nekuda kwetsika yakagadzirirwa pa First Dhamma Council,
apo zvose Dzidziso dzakadzokororwa kutanga neMukuru weSaharagha
ndokuzoimbazve zvakare mumhanzi pamwe nemamoni ose ari kupinda
pagungano. Kudzokorora kwakatongwa kuti kwaiva kwechokwadi, nguva uye iyo apo, iyo yakagamuchirwa pamwe chete nhengo dzeDare. Izvo zvinotevera ndeye pfupi nhoroondo yematare matanhatu. The First Council Mambo AjÄtasattu akatsigira nekutanga First Council. Yakagadzirirwa muna 544 B.C. muSattapaÄÄÄ« Gango riri kunze kweRajagaha mwedzi mitatu mushure mekunge Buddha afa. Nhoroondo yakazara yemusangano uyu wekare inogona kuwanikwa muCÅ«llavagga yeVinaya Piį¹aka. Maererano
nenhoroondo iyi chiitiko chakaita kuti Mukuru MahÄkassapa atumidze
musangano uyu waiva kunzwa kwake kunyadzisa kutaura pamusoro pemutemo
wakaoma wehupenyu hwevatongi. Izvi ndizvo zvakaitika. Iyo
monk Subhadda, aimbova shara, uyo akanga agadza nguva pfupi muupenyu,
paakanzwa kuti Buddha akanga apera, akaratidza kutsamwa kwake pakufanira
kuchengeta mitemo yose yevatenzi vakaiswa pasi neBuddha. Vakawanda vemamongi vakachema kudarika kweBuddha uye vakashungurudzika kwazvo. Zvisinei, Mukuru Mukuru MahÄkassapa akanzwa Subhadda achiti: ‘’ Zvakakwana yako Reverences, usanetseka, usachema. Isu takasunungurwa zvakanaka nekudarika uku kukuru (Buddha). Takatambudzwa
paakati, ‘izvi zvinotenderwa kwauri, izvi hazvibvumirwi kwauri’ asi
zvino tichakwanisa kuita sezvatinofarira uye hatizofaniri kuita
zvatisingadi ‘’. MahÄkassapa
aityisa nemashoko ake uye akatya kuti Dhamma neVinaya vangave
vakuvadzwa uye vasati vapenyu vakagadzikana kana mamwe madzimambo
aifanira kuzvibata se Subhadda uye anotsanangura Dhamma uye Vinaya
mitemo sezvavanoda. Kuti arege izvi akafunga kuti Dhamma inofanira kuchengetedzwa nekudzivirirwa. Nokuda kweizvi mushure mekunge agamuchira mvumo ye Sazitagha akadana kukereke mazana mashanu Arahants. Änanda aifanira kuiswa mune izvi zvakapiwa akawana Arahanthood panguva iyo gungano raitumira. Nevakuru vakuru MahÄkassapa vatungamiri, avo vashanu-mazana Arahant vanamoni vakaungana musangano panguva yemvura. Chinhu
chokutanga MahÄkassapa chakanga chiri chokubvunza mubvunzo wekutanga
weVinaya wezuva, Venerable UpÄli pane zvinyorwa zvekutonga kwemamoni. Uyu mutongi aive akakodzera zvakakwana kuita basa sezvo Buddha akanga amudzidzisa yose yeVinaya pachake. Chokutanga
cheMukuru MahÄkassapa akamukumbira zvakananga pamusoro pekutongwa
kwechivi chekutanga [pÄrÄjika], maererano nezvenyaya yacho, chiitiko,
munhu akaiswa, kuparidzirwa, kudzokorora kwekuzivisa, mhosva uye nyaya
yeusina- offense. UpÄli akapa mhinduro dzinodzidza uye dzakakwana uye mazwi ake akazadzwa nekubvumirana kweiyo Mutungamiri Sazitagha. Nokudaro Vinaya yakagamuchirwa zvakajeka. Mukuru
Mukuru MahÄkassapa akabva atora pfungwa yake kuna Änanda mukurumbira
wehutano hwake hwakanaka mune zvose zvine chokuita neDhamma. Zvinofadza, usiku hwakange husati hwasangana neBungwe, Änanda akanga awana Arahantship uye akabatana neDare. Saka
Mukuru MahÄkassapa, saka, akakwanisa kumubvunza kwenguva yakareba
nekuvimba kwakakwana pamusoro peDhamma nekunyatsotaura nezvemashoko
aBuddha. Iyi
kubvunzwa pamusoro peDhamma yakatsvaga kuongorora nzvimbo iyo hurukuro
dzose dzakatanga kuparidzirwa uye munhu wavakanga vataurirwa. Änanda,
akabatsirwa neshoko rake-kukangamwa kwakakwana kwakakwanisa kupindura
zvakarurama uye saka Hurukuro dzakasangana nekubvumirana kweSajiligha
kubvumirana. Ikokutanga
Gwaro rakapawo chisimbiso chebvumirano chekugamuchirwa kwekuvharwa
kwechitsauko pamusoro pemitemo miduku uye miduku, uye kugamuchirwa
kwekuchengeta kwavo. Zvakatora
monks mwedzi minomwe kuti adzokorwe vose veVinaya neDhamma uye avo
vanowakwanira zvakakwana zvakakanganwa zvakanaka zvakachengetwa zvose
zvakange zvichirondedzerwa. Iyi
nhengo yekutanga yekutanga yakazozivikanwa sePaascasatika nokuti mazana
mashanu akajekeswa zvizere Arahants akanga atora chikamu mairi.
reChipiri rakadanwa makore zana mushure meBuddha’s ParinibbÄį¹a kuitira
kugadzirisa kukakavadzana kukuru pamusoro pe “gumi pfungwa”. Izvi zvinoreva kune vamwe vatendi vanoputsa mitemo gumi miduku. vakapiwa: 1. Kuchengeta munyu muhwamanda.
2. Kudya shure masikati.
3. Kudya kamwechete uye zvakare kuenda kumusha kune zvipo.
4. Kubata Mutezo weUposatha nevamongi vanogara munzvimbo imwechete.
5. Kuita mabasa ehurumende apo gungano rakanga risina kukwana.
6. Kutevera chimwe chiitiko nokuti chakaitwa nomudzidzisi kana mudzidzisi.
7. Kudya mukaka wakasviba mushure mekunge munhu ava nemasikati.
8. Kushandisa doro rinotyisa risati rapiswa.
9. Kushandisa chikwata chakanga chisina kukosha.
10. Kushandisa ndarama nesirivha. Kushata
kwavo kwakava nyaya uye kwakakonzera kukakavadzana kukuru sekuputsa
mitemo iyi kwaifungidzirwa kupesana nedzidziso dzeBuddha dzepakutanga. Mambo KÄįø·Äsoka aiva wechipiri wehurumende uye musangano wakaitwa kuVesÄli nekuda kwezviitiko zvinotevera. Rimwe
zuva, pavakashanyira MahÄvana Grove paVeÄsli, Mukuru weAasa akauya
kuzoziva kuti boka guru revatongi rainzi Vajjians rakanga richiputsa
murairo wairambidza moni kuti agamuchire goridhe nesirivha kuburikidza
achikumbira kubva kune avo vakazvipira. Akakurumidza
kutsoropodza mufambiro wavo uye kupindura kwavo kwaiva kumupa chikamu
chekuwana kwavo kusina mutemo mune tariro yokuti aizokundwa. Vakuru Yasa, asi vakaramba uye vakazvidza maitiro avo. Vanyori vakakurumidza kumupomera nechisarudzo chekuyananisa, vachimupomera kuti akanga ataura kuti avo vakanga vakazvitsaurira. Mukuru
Mukuru Yasa akazviyananisira pamwe nevaya vakanga vakazvipira, asi
panguva imwe chete, vakavavimbisa kuti vatongi veVijjian vakange vaita
zvakaipa kuburikidza kudzokorora chirevo cheBuddha pamusoro
pekuregererwa kwekubvuma kana kukumbira goridhe nesirivha. Vaya
vatungamiri vakakurumidza kuratidza kutsigira kwavo kuMukuru Yasa uye
vakazivisa vatongi veVajjian kune vanoita zvisakarurama nevanyengeri,
vachiti ‘’ Mukuru Yasa oga ndiye mutongi chaiye uye SÄkyan mwanakomana. Mamwe ose haasi machoni, kwete vana vaSÄkyan ‘’. VaMejjian
vakanga vakaoma uye vasingapfidzi vakabva vatamira kumiswa kweVenerable
Yasa Thera kunze kwekubvumirwa nevamwe veSajiligha pavakasvika pakuziva
nezvekuguma kwemusangano wake nevaya vaizvipira. Vakuru
Yasa, kunyange zvakadaro vakapukunyuka mukutsamwa kwavo ndokuenda
vachitsvaka rubatsiro kubva kune vanamwari kune imwe nzvimbo, avo
vakatsigira maonero ake orthodox pamusoro peVinaya. Makomo
makumi matanhatu ematunhu anogara kuPÄvÄ nemamongi makumi masere kubva
kumaodzanyemba kweAvanti avo vaiva nemafungiro akafanana, vakazvipira
kumubatsira kuti aongorore uori hweVinaya. Vose
vakafunga kuenda kuSoreyya kunobvunza Venerable Revata sezvaakanga ari
monk anoremekedzwa zvikuru uye nyanzvi muDhamma uye Vinaya. Pangokunge
vatongi vaVajjian vakasvika pakuziva izvi ivo vakatsvakawo kutsigira
kwaVenerable Revata nokumupa zvikonzero zvina zvaakaramba nokukurumidza.
Ava vatongi vakatsvaka kushandisa nzira imwe chete kuti vakunda pamusoro pevaranda vaVenerable Revata, Venerable Uttara. Pakutanga
iyewo, vakanyatsorambidza kupa kwavo asi vakanyengedza kumubvumira kuti
agamuchire chipo chavo, vachiti kana mabhizimisi aireva kuti Buddha
aisagamuchirwa naye, Änanda aizokumbirwa kuvabvuma uye kazhinji
aizobvuma kuita saizvozvo. Uttara akachinja pfungwa dzake uye akagamuchira zvigaro. Akakurudzirwa
navo akazobvumirana kuenda uye kukurudzira Venerable Revata kuti
azivise kuti vatongi veVajjian vakanga vari vatauriri veChokwadi uye
vatsigiri veDhamma. Venerable Revata vakaona kuburikidza nekunyengera kwavo uye vakaramba kuvatsigira. Akabva atora Uttara. Kuti
agadzirise nyaya yacho kamwechete uye yevose, Venerable Revata
akarayira kuti dare rekufanirwa kunziidzwa kuVÄįø·ikÄrÄma uye pachake
pachake achibvunza mibvunzo pamusoro pemhosva gumi dzevakuru vevakuru
vezuva iro, Thera SabbjakÄmi. Pane
imwe nguva maonero ake aipiwa kuti aifanira kunzwiwa nekomiti yevatongi
vasere, uye kubvumirana kwayo kwakasarudzwa nevhoti yavo. Vatori
vasere vakadanwa kuti vatonge nyaya yacho vaiva Venerables SabbakÄmi,
saįø·ha, Khujjasobhita uye VÄsabhagÄmika, vanobva kuMabvazuva nemamiriki
mana kubva kumavirira, Venerables Revata, Sambhuta-SÄį¹avÄsÄ«, Yasa uye
Sumana. Vakanyatsopikisa nyaya yacho naRevata semubvunzi uye sabbakÄmÄ« achipindura mibvunzo yake. Mushure
mokunge gakava rakanzwika vatongi vasere vakasarudza kupikisa vatongi
veVajjian uye kutonga kwavo kwakaparidzwa kukereke. Mushure
mokunge vanomwe mazana manomwe vatongi vakadzoka Dhamma naVinaya uye
chiverengero ichi chakazozivikanwa seSattasatī nokuti mazana manomwe
emamoni akanga atora chikamu mairi. Iyi
nhoroondo yemakurukota inonziwo, Yasatthera Sangīti nekuda kwebasa guru
iro Mukuru Yasa akaridza mairi uye kushingairira kwekuchengetedza
Vinaya. Vatongi
veVajjian vakaramba zvakagamuchirwa kugamuchira chisarudzo cheBumbiro
uye mukushora kudanwa kereke yeiyo yainzi iyo MahÄsaį¹ giti.
The Third Council
Dare rechitatu rakabatanidzwa zvikuru kuti ribvise Sazitagha yehuori uye vatongi vanyengeri avo vakaramba vachiona maonero. Dare rakagadzirwa muna 326 B.C. At AsokÄrÄma muPaį¹aliputta pasi pekutonga kwaMambo Asoka. Yakanga ichitungamirirwa neMukuru Moggaliputta Tissa uye mamiriki ane chiuru akapindira muDare iri. Mutsika
ndeyekuti Asoka akanga atora chigaro chake kuburikidza nekudurura ropa
rebaba vose vebaba vake kunze kwehama yake, Tissa KumÄra uyo akazogadzwa
uye akazadza Arahantship. Asoka akange akapfekedzwa korona mumakore mazana maviri negumi nemasere mushure meBuddha’s MahaparinibbÄna. Pakutanga
akabhadhara chidziro chechiratidzo chete kune Dhamma uye Sazitagha uye
akatsigira nhengo dzemamwe mapoka echitendero sezvakaitwa nababa vake
vasati vamboita. Zvisinei, izvi zvose zvakachinja paakasangana nomudzidzisi anodikanwa-monike Nigrodha uyo akamuparidzira AppamÄda-vagga. Shure kwaizvozvo akarega kusimbisa mamwe mapoka echitendero uye kufarira kwake uye kuzvipira kuna Dhamma kwakadzika. Akashandisa
pfuma yake yakawanda kuvaka, zvinonzi, makumi masere neane zviuru
pagodas uye vihÄras uye kutsigira zvakasimba Bhikkhus nezvinowanzodiwa. Mwanakomana wake Mahinda nemwanasikana wake Saį¹ ghamittÄ vakagadzwa uye vakabvumirwa kuSajiligha. Pakupedzisira, rupo rwake rwaiva kukonzera matambudziko makuru mukati meSajiligha. Nokufamba
kwenguva urongwa hwacho hwakapindirwa nevarume vakawanda vasina
kukodzera, vakabata maonero ekutsvaga uye avo vakakweverwa kurongwa
nekuda kwekusimbisa kwaMambo uye kupa zvipo zvinodhura zvekudya,
zvokupfeka, pokugara uye mishonga. Nhamba
huru dzevarume vasina kutenda, varume vane makaro vaifunga maonero
asina kururama vakaedza kubatana nehurongwa asi vakaonekwa vasina
kukodzera kugadzwa. Pasinei
neizvi vakabata mukana wekushandisa simba raMambo wekupa ruzivo
rwemagariro avo uye vakapfeka nguvo uye vakabatana nehurongwa vasina
kuve vakagadzwa zvakanaka. Nokudaro, kuremekedza kweSajiligha kuderedzwa. Apo
izvi zvakazojekesa vamwe vevatendi vechokwadi vakaramba kuchengetedza
zvakanatswa kucheneswa kana mutezo weUposatha musangano revanhu vakaipa,
vanyengeri. Apo
Emperori akanzwa pamusoro peizvi akaedza kugadzirisa mamiriro acho
ezvinhu ndokutuma mumwe wevashumiri vake kumamonki nemurairo kuti ivo
vaite mutambo. Kunyange
zvakadaro, Emperori akanga atapa mushumiri kwete mirairo yakananga
pamusoro pekuti zvii zvaifanira kushandiswa kutevera murayiro wake. VaMonks vakaramba kuteerera uye vanobata mhemberero iri pamwe chete neshamwari dzavo dzenhema ne’kubavha ‘[theyyasinivÄsaka]. Mukushungurudzika,
mushumiri akatsamwa akaenderera mberi nechepamusoro pemadzitateguru
akagara uye achivhomora munondo wake, akagura musoro wavo ose mumwe
pashure peimwe kusvikira asvika kuhama yaMambo, Tissa uyo akanga
agadzwa. Mushumiri
uyu akatya akarega kuurawa akatizira muimba uye akadzoka zvakare kuna
Emperor Asoka akachema zvikuru uye akatsamwiswa nezvakanga zvaitika uye
akazvipa mhosva nokuda kwekuuraya. Akatsvaka zano raThera Moggaliputta Tissa. Akaronga kuti vatongi venhema vanodzingwa kubva muhurongwa uye chechitatu Gungano rinofanira kuungana pakarepo. Saka ndizvo zvakaitika mugore rechigumi nemanomwe rokutonga kwaMambo weTatu Dare rainzi. Thera
Moggaliputta Tissa akatungamirira nyaya yacho uye akasarudza madhimoni
ane chiuru kubva kune makumi matanhatu zviuru zvavakabatanidzwa
mukudzokorora kwetsika dzeDhamma neVinaya, iyo yakaenderera kwemwedzi
mipfumbamwe. Mambo, iye pachake akabvunzurudza vatongi kubva kune mamiriyoni akawanda pamusoro pezvidzidzo zveBuddha. Vaya vakabata maonero asina kunaka vakazarurwa uye vakadzingwa kubva kuSajiligha pakarepo. Nenzira iyi Bhikkhu Saį¹ gha yakabviswa yevanyengeri uye bhikkhus anonyengera.
Dare iri rakawana zvimwe zvinhu zvinokosha zvakare. Mukuru
Mukuru Moggaliputta Tissa, kuitira kuti arambe dzimwe nhesi uye aone
kuti Dhamma yakachengetedzwa yakachena, yakabvumirana nebhuku panguva
yedare rainzi Kathatavatthu. Bhuku
iri rinosanganisira zvitsauko makumi maviri nezvitatu, uye rinongororwa
hurukuro (kathÄ) uye kufungidzirwa kwemaonero ekufungidzira akaitwa
nemapoka akasiyana-siyana panyaya dzefilosofi. Ndiyo yechishanu yemabhuku manomwe eAbhidhamma Piį¹aka. Nhengo
dzeDare dzakapawo chisimbiso chechibvumirano chekudzidziswa kune
dzidziso yeBuddha, achichitumidza kuti VibhajjavÄda, Dzidziso
yekuongorora. Izvo zvakafanana nedzidziso yakagamuchirwa yeTheravÄda. Chimwe
chezvinhu zvakakosha zvikuru kubudirira kwegungano reDhamma uye rimwe
raizobereka michero kwemazana emakore aizouya, akanga ari kutumirwa
kwaMambo wevatongi, avo vainyatsoziva muBuddha’s Dhamma naVinaya avo
vaizokwanisa kudzokorora zvose nemoyo, kuti vadzidzise mune mapfumbamwe nyika dzakasiyana. Ava vaDhammadÅ«ta vatongi vaisanganisira Venerable Majjhantika Thera vakaenda kuKashmir neGandhÄra. Akakumbirwa kuparidzira Dhamma ndokugadza mutemo wevatongi ikoko. Venerable
MahÄdeva yakatumirwa kuMahinsakamaį¹įøaįø·a (Modern Mysore) uye Venerable
Rakkhita Thera yakatumirwa kuvanavÄsÄ« (kuchamhembe kweKanaara
kumaodzanyemba kweIndia). Venerable Yonaka Dhammarakkhita Thera
akatumirwa kuUpper Aparantaka (kuchamhembe kweGujarat, Kathiawar, Kutch
neSindh] .
ndeyekuti Asoka akanga atora chigaro chake kuburikidza nekudurura ropa
rebaba vose vebaba vake kunze kwehama yake, Tissa KumÄra uyo akazogadzwa
uye akazadza Arahantship. Asoka akange akapfekedzwa korona mumakore mazana maviri negumi nemasere mushure meBuddha’s MahaparinibbÄna. Pakutanga
akabhadhara chidziro chechiratidzo chete kune Dhamma uye Sazitagha uye
akatsigira nhengo dzemamwe mapoka echitendero sezvakaitwa nababa vake
vasati vamboita. Zvisinei, izvi zvose zvakachinja paakasangana nomudzidzisi anodikanwa-monike Nigrodha uyo akamuparidzira AppamÄda-vagga. Shure kwaizvozvo akarega kusimbisa mamwe mapoka echitendero uye kufarira kwake uye kuzvipira kuna Dhamma kwakadzika. Akashandisa
pfuma yake yakawanda kuvaka, zvinonzi, makumi masere neane zviuru
pagodas uye vihÄras uye kutsigira zvakasimba Bhikkhus nezvinowanzodiwa. Mwanakomana wake Mahinda nemwanasikana wake Saį¹ ghamittÄ vakagadzwa uye vakabvumirwa kuSajiligha. Pakupedzisira, rupo rwake rwaiva kukonzera matambudziko makuru mukati meSajiligha. Nokufamba
kwenguva urongwa hwacho hwakapindirwa nevarume vakawanda vasina
kukodzera, vakabata maonero ekutsvaga uye avo vakakweverwa kurongwa
nekuda kwekusimbisa kwaMambo uye kupa zvipo zvinodhura zvekudya,
zvokupfeka, pokugara uye mishonga. Nhamba
huru dzevarume vasina kutenda, varume vane makaro vaifunga maonero
asina kururama vakaedza kubatana nehurongwa asi vakaonekwa vasina
kukodzera kugadzwa. Pasinei
neizvi vakabata mukana wekushandisa simba raMambo wekupa ruzivo
rwemagariro avo uye vakapfeka nguvo uye vakabatana nehurongwa vasina
kuve vakagadzwa zvakanaka. Nokudaro, kuremekedza kweSajiligha kuderedzwa. Apo
izvi zvakazojekesa vamwe vevatendi vechokwadi vakaramba kuchengetedza
zvakanatswa kucheneswa kana mutezo weUposatha musangano revanhu vakaipa,
vanyengeri. Apo
Emperori akanzwa pamusoro peizvi akaedza kugadzirisa mamiriro acho
ezvinhu ndokutuma mumwe wevashumiri vake kumamonki nemurairo kuti ivo
vaite mutambo. Kunyange
zvakadaro, Emperori akanga atapa mushumiri kwete mirairo yakananga
pamusoro pekuti zvii zvaifanira kushandiswa kutevera murayiro wake. VaMonks vakaramba kuteerera uye vanobata mhemberero iri pamwe chete neshamwari dzavo dzenhema ne’kubavha ‘[theyyasinivÄsaka]. Mukushungurudzika,
mushumiri akatsamwa akaenderera mberi nechepamusoro pemadzitateguru
akagara uye achivhomora munondo wake, akagura musoro wavo ose mumwe
pashure peimwe kusvikira asvika kuhama yaMambo, Tissa uyo akanga
agadzwa. Mushumiri
uyu akatya akarega kuurawa akatizira muimba uye akadzoka zvakare kuna
Emperor Asoka akachema zvikuru uye akatsamwiswa nezvakanga zvaitika uye
akazvipa mhosva nokuda kwekuuraya. Akatsvaka zano raThera Moggaliputta Tissa. Akaronga kuti vatongi venhema vanodzingwa kubva muhurongwa uye chechitatu Gungano rinofanira kuungana pakarepo. Saka ndizvo zvakaitika mugore rechigumi nemanomwe rokutonga kwaMambo weTatu Dare rainzi. Thera
Moggaliputta Tissa akatungamirira nyaya yacho uye akasarudza madhimoni
ane chiuru kubva kune makumi matanhatu zviuru zvavakabatanidzwa
mukudzokorora kwetsika dzeDhamma neVinaya, iyo yakaenderera kwemwedzi
mipfumbamwe. Mambo, iye pachake akabvunzurudza vatongi kubva kune mamiriyoni akawanda pamusoro pezvidzidzo zveBuddha. Vaya vakabata maonero asina kunaka vakazarurwa uye vakadzingwa kubva kuSajiligha pakarepo. Nenzira iyi Bhikkhu Saį¹ gha yakabviswa yevanyengeri uye bhikkhus anonyengera.
Dare iri rakawana zvimwe zvinhu zvinokosha zvakare. Mukuru
Mukuru Moggaliputta Tissa, kuitira kuti arambe dzimwe nhesi uye aone
kuti Dhamma yakachengetedzwa yakachena, yakabvumirana nebhuku panguva
yedare rainzi Kathatavatthu. Bhuku
iri rinosanganisira zvitsauko makumi maviri nezvitatu, uye rinongororwa
hurukuro (kathÄ) uye kufungidzirwa kwemaonero ekufungidzira akaitwa
nemapoka akasiyana-siyana panyaya dzefilosofi. Ndiyo yechishanu yemabhuku manomwe eAbhidhamma Piį¹aka. Nhengo
dzeDare dzakapawo chisimbiso chechibvumirano chekudzidziswa kune
dzidziso yeBuddha, achichitumidza kuti VibhajjavÄda, Dzidziso
yekuongorora. Izvo zvakafanana nedzidziso yakagamuchirwa yeTheravÄda. Chimwe
chezvinhu zvakakosha zvikuru kubudirira kwegungano reDhamma uye rimwe
raizobereka michero kwemazana emakore aizouya, akanga ari kutumirwa
kwaMambo wevatongi, avo vainyatsoziva muBuddha’s Dhamma naVinaya avo
vaizokwanisa kudzokorora zvose nemoyo, kuti vadzidzise mune mapfumbamwe nyika dzakasiyana. Ava vaDhammadÅ«ta vatongi vaisanganisira Venerable Majjhantika Thera vakaenda kuKashmir neGandhÄra. Akakumbirwa kuparidzira Dhamma ndokugadza mutemo wevatongi ikoko. Venerable
MahÄdeva yakatumirwa kuMahinsakamaį¹įøaįø·a (Modern Mysore) uye Venerable
Rakkhita Thera yakatumirwa kuvanavÄsÄ« (kuchamhembe kweKanaara
kumaodzanyemba kweIndia). Venerable Yonaka Dhammarakkhita Thera
akatumirwa kuUpper Aparantaka (kuchamhembe kweGujarat, Kathiawar, Kutch
neSindh] .
Venerable
MahÄrakkhita Thera akaenda kuYonaka-loka (nyika yevaLonian, Bactrians
neVaGiriki.) Venerable Majjhima Thera akaenda kuHeavanta (nzvimbo iri
pedyo nemitambo yeHimalaya). Venerable Soį¹a uye Venerable Uttara
vakatumwa kuSuį¹į¹į¹abhÅ«mi [zvino Mayanima]. The
Venerable Mahinda Thera, The Venerable Ittiya Thera, Venerable Uttiya
Thera, Venerable Sambala Thera uye Venerable BhaddasÄla Thera
vakatumirwa kuTambapaį¹į¹i (zvino yava Sri Lanka). Dhamma
mishandi yemamongi aya akabudirira uye akabereka michero yakawanda
mukati mekufamba kwenguva uye akaenda nenzira yakareba mukuvhiringidza
vanhu vemunyika idzi nechipo cheDhamma uye kuchinja mararamiro avo uye
tsika. Nekupararira kwaDhamma kuburikidza nemashoko eBuddha, panguva iyo India yakazozivikanwa seVevgguru, mudzidzisi wenyika. The Fourth Council Dare rechina rakaitirwa muTambapaį¹į¹i [Sri Lanka] muna 29 B.C. pasi pebasa reMambo Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i. Chikonzero
chikuru chekuungana kwacho ndechokuziva kuti ikozvino hazvibviri kuti
vazhinji vemamongi varambe vachichengeta iyo yose Tipiį¹aka mumarangariro
avo sezvakanga zvamboitika kare kune Venerable Mahinda nevaya
vakamutevera munguva pfupi pashure pacho. Nokudaro,
sezvo unyanzvi hwekunyora hwaive, panguva ino hukawanda hukuru,
hwaifungidzirwa hunobatsira uye hunodiwa kuti muviri wose wekudzidzisa
kwaBuddha unyorwa. Mambo Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i akatsigira pfungwa yemuoni uye dare rakagadzirirwa zvakananga kuderedza Tipiį¹aka zvachose kunyora. Nokudaro,
kuitira kuti Dhamma chaiyo igare yakachengetedzwa, MahÄrakhita
anoremekedzwa uye mazana mashanu madonki akadzokorora mashoko eBuddha
ndokubva avanyora pasi pamichindwe mashizha. Iri purojekiti inoshamisa yakaitwa mubako rinonzi, i Äloka lena, iri mumucheka wepanyika yekare kune zvino yava Matale. Nokudaro chinangwa cheMatare chakagadziriswa uye kuchengetedzwa mukunyorwa kwechokwadi Dhamma kwakavimbiswa. Gare gare, mugore rechi18, Mambo VijayarÄjasÄ«ha aiva nemifananidzo yeBuddha yakagadzirwa mubako iri. The Fifth Council IFifth Council yakaitwa muMÄndalay, Burma yava kuzivikanwa seMyanmar muna 1871 A.D. mukutonga kwaMambo Mindon. Chinangwa
chikuru chemusangano uyu ndechekudzokorora dzidziso dzose dzeBuddha uye
kuvatsvakurudza mumashoko mashomanana kuti aone kana chimwe chazvo
chakanga chachinjwa, chakakanganisa kana kuti chidonherwe. Yakanga
ichitungamirirwa nevakuru vatatu, Venerable MahÄthera JÄgarÄbhivaį¹sa,
Venerable NarindÄbhidhaja, uye Venerable MahÄthera Sumaį¹ galasÄmi mune
imwe boka remamwe zviuru zviviri nemana mazana mana (2 400). Kushamwaridzana kwavo Dhamma kudzokorora kwakagara kwemwedzi mishanu. Yakanga
iriwo basa remusangano uyu kuti zviite kuti Tipiį¹aka yose ishandwe
kunyoresa pamashira mazana manomwe nemakumi maviri namapfumbamwe
emabharbhe mumagwaro echiMyanmar mushure mokudzokorora kwaro kwapera uye
kubvumirana kwakabvumirana. Iri
basa guru rakagadzirwa nemamwe zviuru zviviri nemazana mazana emadurite
eEudud uye vashandi vakawanda vane ruzivo avo pavakapedza kugadzirwa
kwebhande rimwe nerimwe vakaita kuti vagare mune zviduku zvishoma
‘piį¹aka’ pagodas pane imwe nzvimbo inokosha munzvimbo dzeMambo Mindon’s
Kuthodaw Pagoda pasi peMÄndalay Gomo apo iyi inonzi “bhuku guru pane dzimwe nyika”, rinomira kusvikira nhasi.
MahÄrakkhita Thera akaenda kuYonaka-loka (nyika yevaLonian, Bactrians
neVaGiriki.) Venerable Majjhima Thera akaenda kuHeavanta (nzvimbo iri
pedyo nemitambo yeHimalaya). Venerable Soį¹a uye Venerable Uttara
vakatumwa kuSuį¹į¹į¹abhÅ«mi [zvino Mayanima]. The
Venerable Mahinda Thera, The Venerable Ittiya Thera, Venerable Uttiya
Thera, Venerable Sambala Thera uye Venerable BhaddasÄla Thera
vakatumirwa kuTambapaį¹į¹i (zvino yava Sri Lanka). Dhamma
mishandi yemamongi aya akabudirira uye akabereka michero yakawanda
mukati mekufamba kwenguva uye akaenda nenzira yakareba mukuvhiringidza
vanhu vemunyika idzi nechipo cheDhamma uye kuchinja mararamiro avo uye
tsika. Nekupararira kwaDhamma kuburikidza nemashoko eBuddha, panguva iyo India yakazozivikanwa seVevgguru, mudzidzisi wenyika. The Fourth Council Dare rechina rakaitirwa muTambapaį¹į¹i [Sri Lanka] muna 29 B.C. pasi pebasa reMambo Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i. Chikonzero
chikuru chekuungana kwacho ndechokuziva kuti ikozvino hazvibviri kuti
vazhinji vemamongi varambe vachichengeta iyo yose Tipiį¹aka mumarangariro
avo sezvakanga zvamboitika kare kune Venerable Mahinda nevaya
vakamutevera munguva pfupi pashure pacho. Nokudaro,
sezvo unyanzvi hwekunyora hwaive, panguva ino hukawanda hukuru,
hwaifungidzirwa hunobatsira uye hunodiwa kuti muviri wose wekudzidzisa
kwaBuddha unyorwa. Mambo Vaį¹į¹agÄmaį¹i akatsigira pfungwa yemuoni uye dare rakagadzirirwa zvakananga kuderedza Tipiį¹aka zvachose kunyora. Nokudaro,
kuitira kuti Dhamma chaiyo igare yakachengetedzwa, MahÄrakhita
anoremekedzwa uye mazana mashanu madonki akadzokorora mashoko eBuddha
ndokubva avanyora pasi pamichindwe mashizha. Iri purojekiti inoshamisa yakaitwa mubako rinonzi, i Äloka lena, iri mumucheka wepanyika yekare kune zvino yava Matale. Nokudaro chinangwa cheMatare chakagadziriswa uye kuchengetedzwa mukunyorwa kwechokwadi Dhamma kwakavimbiswa. Gare gare, mugore rechi18, Mambo VijayarÄjasÄ«ha aiva nemifananidzo yeBuddha yakagadzirwa mubako iri. The Fifth Council IFifth Council yakaitwa muMÄndalay, Burma yava kuzivikanwa seMyanmar muna 1871 A.D. mukutonga kwaMambo Mindon. Chinangwa
chikuru chemusangano uyu ndechekudzokorora dzidziso dzose dzeBuddha uye
kuvatsvakurudza mumashoko mashomanana kuti aone kana chimwe chazvo
chakanga chachinjwa, chakakanganisa kana kuti chidonherwe. Yakanga
ichitungamirirwa nevakuru vatatu, Venerable MahÄthera JÄgarÄbhivaį¹sa,
Venerable NarindÄbhidhaja, uye Venerable MahÄthera Sumaį¹ galasÄmi mune
imwe boka remamwe zviuru zviviri nemana mazana mana (2 400). Kushamwaridzana kwavo Dhamma kudzokorora kwakagara kwemwedzi mishanu. Yakanga
iriwo basa remusangano uyu kuti zviite kuti Tipiį¹aka yose ishandwe
kunyoresa pamashira mazana manomwe nemakumi maviri namapfumbamwe
emabharbhe mumagwaro echiMyanmar mushure mokudzokorora kwaro kwapera uye
kubvumirana kwakabvumirana. Iri
basa guru rakagadzirwa nemamwe zviuru zviviri nemazana mazana emadurite
eEudud uye vashandi vakawanda vane ruzivo avo pavakapedza kugadzirwa
kwebhande rimwe nerimwe vakaita kuti vagare mune zviduku zvishoma
‘piį¹aka’ pagodas pane imwe nzvimbo inokosha munzvimbo dzeMambo Mindon’s
Kuthodaw Pagoda pasi peMÄndalay Gomo apo iyi inonzi “bhuku guru pane dzimwe nyika”, rinomira kusvikira nhasi.
rechitanhatu rakadanwa kuKaba Aye kuYangon, raimbova Rangoon muna 1954,
makore makumi masere nematatu mushure mekunge yechishanu yakabatwa
muMandalay. Yakabhadharwa nehurumende yeBurma yakatungamirirwa naHurumende, Mutungamiri U Nu. Akabvumira
kuvakwa kweMahÄ PÄsÄna GÅ«hÄ, ibako guru rakavakwa kubva pasi, kuti rive
senzvimbo yekuunganidza yakafanana neIndia SattapÄnni Cave - nzvimbo
yekutanga Dhamma Council. Pakazopera,
Gungano rakaungana musi wa17 Chivabvu, 1954. Sezvazvakangoitika
kumatare ekutanga, chinangwa chayo chekutanga chaiva kutsigira uye
kuchengetedza Dhamma naVinaya chaiye. Zvisinei, yakanga iri yakasiyana nepamusoro pokuti kureva kuti vatongi vaiita chikamu mairi vakabva kunyika masere. Ava
zviuru zviviri nemazana mashanu vakadzidza vaTravÄda vatongi vaibva
kuMyanmar, Cambodia, India, Laos, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Thailand neVietnam. Iko
kunopera Venerable MahÄsi Sayadaw akagadzwa basa rakaisvonaka
rokukumbira mibvunzo inodiwa pamusoro peDhamma yeVenerable Bhadanta
VicittasÄrÄbhivaį¹sa Tipiį¹akadhara Dhammabhaį¹įøÄgÄrika uyo akavapindura
vose vakadzidza uye vanogutsa. Nenguva
iyo gungano iri rakaungana, nyika dzose dzakabatanidzwa dzaive nePÄli
Tipiį¹aka dzakashandurwa mumabhuku avo, kunze kweIndia. Kudzokorora
kwemashoko eDhamma Magwaro kwakatora makore maviri apo Tipiį¹aka nemamwe
mabhuku ezvinyorwa mune zvinyorwa zvose zvakaongororwa zvakaoma. Chero kusvibiswa kwakawanikwa kwakaonekwa, kuregererwa kwakakosha kwakagadzirwa uye maBhaibheri ese akazobatanidzwa. Zvinofadza kuti yakawanikwa kuti pakange pasina misiyano yakawanda mune zvinyorwa zvepi zvinyorwa. Pakupedzisira,
mushure mokunge Bato raive ravabvumirana nemutemo, zvose zvikamu
zveTipiį¹aka nemapato avo zvakagadzirirwa kushandiswa pamichina yezvino
uye zvakabudiswa mumutauro weMyanmar (Burmese). Kubudirira
uku kunoshamisa kwakaitwa kuburikidza nemabasa akazvitsaurira ezviuru
zviviri nemazana mazana emamonki uye vanhu vakawanda vari vanhu. Basa ravo rakasvika pakupera muna May, 1956, maviri nehafu yemakumi mana shure kwekuwana Ishe paParinibbÄna. Basa remakurukota iri raiva kubudirira kunoshamisa kwevatariri kubva munyika yose yeBhudha. Shanduro
yeTipiį¹aka iyo yatakatanga kubudisa yakaratidzwa seyechokwadi kune
dzidziso dzakanaka dze Gotama muBuddha uye iyo inonyanya kupiwa mazita
avo kusvikira zvino. Mifananidzo yakadhindwa mushure mokunge Sixth SazitagÄyana yakadhindwa muMyanmar. Kuti
vanhu vaIndia vave nemabhuku aya, Vipassana Research Institute
yakatanga iyo purojekiti kuti ibudise Tipiį¹aka neAį¹į¹hakathÄs uye į¹ikas
mu Devanagari mugore ra1990. Akamutsa Rimwe Nokuziva Dzidziso dzeBuddha mumashoko 5
Nguva dzose Ita Zvakanaka Iva Nehanya! Kuti uwane tsanangudzo yakazara Ndapota shanyirai:
Analytic
Insight Net - FREE Online Tipiį¹aka Research and Practice University uye
yakabatana NEWS kuburikidza ne http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org mune 105
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
Kubva:
http://sarvajan.ambedkar.org Shandura iyi Google Translation mumutauro waamai vako uchishandisa
https://translate.google.com Ndicho CHIDZIDZO chako Imeyili:
buddhasaid2us@gmail.com
http://www.palicanon.org/
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HhVupJ6UERY
J. Krishnamurti - Brockwood Park 1979 - Discussion 4 with Buddhist Scholars - Truth
J. Krishnamurti - Official Channel
Published on Jan 6, 2014
J. Krishnamurti - Brockwood Park 1979 - Discussion 4 with Buddhist Scholars - Truth
Summary:
Q: Is there a difference between reality and truth?
All the things that thought has put together — literature, poetry,
painting, illusions, gods and symbols — that is reality for us. But
nature is not created by thought.
Can the mind, the network of all the senses apprehend, see and observe truth?
Psychological time is the invention of thought, which we use as a means
of achieving enlightenment. Is such time an illusion? Is truth
measurable by words? Truth is timeless, thought is of time, and the two
cannot run together.
Without love, without compassion, truth
cannot be. I cannot go to truth, I cannot see truth. Truth can only
exist when the self is not.
—
This channel is managed by the Krishnamurti Foundation Trustāā, UKā, and by the Krishnamurti Foundation of America.
The role of the foundations was described by Krishnamurti when he
said,ā ā’The foundations will see to it that these teachings are kept
whole, are not distorted, are not made corrupt. They will not give rise
to any sectarian spirit in their activities… nor create any kind of
place of worship around the teachings or the person.ā’ā
We
maintain extensive archives of Krishnamurti’s original works and all
four Krishnamurti foundations are actively engaged in the publication of
material in various forms.
Our videos contain thousands of
subtitles in more than 25 languages, translated by volunteers from all
over the world. If you would like to help us with translating subtitles,
please contact us at digital@kfoundation.org
For more information about J. Krishnamurti and the Krishnamurti foundations:
International Site - http://www.jkrishnamurti.org/
Facebook - https://www.facebook.com/jk.krishnamurti
Twitter - https://twitter.com/orgKrishnamurti
Krishnamurti Foundation Trust, UK - http://www.kfoundation.org/
Krishnamurti Foundation of America - http://www.kfa.org/
Krishnamurti Foundation of India - http://www.kfionline.org/
FundaciĆ³n Krishnamurti Latinoamericana - http://www.fkla.org/
This organization is a registered charity. Registered charity number: 312865
Ā© 1979 Krishnamurti Foundation Trust
Category
Education
youtube.com
J. Krishnamurti - Brockwood Park 1979 - Discussion 4 with Buddhist Scholars - Truth Summary: Q: Is there aā¦